.

.

•

•

i

•

•

•

, ; -

•

:,

I

.

.

I

i

•

H

•
1

. • • . •

L

:

.
'

•

.

.
•

I

•

.

i

•

ru

r m

-

m

^^H

•

PRESENTED

BY

The Trustees

OF

THE BRITISH MUSEUM.

- Jtssl^&fa- <3~^~0(jL -" j£~^2 tA_<2— -

Le.

NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION

1901-1904

9"

7/r

NATURAL HISTORY

VOL. V.
ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY

LONDON

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF
THE BRITISH MUSEUM

1910
(All Rig/its Reserved)

SOLD BY LONGMANS AND Co., 39 PATERNOSTER Row, E.C. ; BERNARD QUARITCH, 11 GRAFTON STREET, W.

DULAU AND Co., LTD., 37 SOHO SQUARE, W. ;

AND AT

THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), CROMWELL ROAD, LONDON, S.W.

PREFACE TO VOL. V.

THIS, the fifth volume of the Report of the Natural History Results of the
Voyage of the S.S. 'Discovery' sent in 1901 to the Antarctic I legions under
Captain R. F. Scott, R.N., contains five reports on Animals and one on the
Lichens collected by the Officers of the Expedition, and has licon edited by
Mr. Jeffrey Bell.

It is hoped that another volume, treating of the Polyzoa, Polychseta,
Radiolaria, Fresh Water Alga} and, possibly, some isolated specimens, will
conclude these Reports, which, taking everything into consideration, may be
said to have been produced more rapidly than such Reports generally are.

SIDNEY F. HARMER,

Kfi'/n'r of

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY).
\ltlt, I'JKi.

SUMMARY OF THE

CONTENTS OF VOLS. II.-V.

CONTAINING THE REPORTS ON ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY
SO FAR AS PUBLISHED.

ON COLLECTING IN ANTARCTIC ) T> T v TT T? T c v i

£„ > By T. V. HODGSON, l.L.b. . . . Vol. III.

ZOOLOGY.

VERTEBRATA.

MAMMALIA (WHALES AND) T, v v w iv/r -D

q \ f By EDWARD A. WILSON, M.B. . ,, II.

SEAL-EMBRYOS . . . By DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS . V.

Avi:s . . . By EDWARD A. WILSON, M.B. . „ If.

ON SOME POINTS IN THE
ANATOMY OF THE EM-
PEROR AND ADELIE PEN-
GUINS .

By W. P. PYCRAFT . . . „ 11.

PISCES . . . . By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. . . . II.

TUNICATA.
By PROF. W. A. HERDMAN, D.Sc., F.R.S. . „ V.

PTEROBRANCHIA.
CEPHALODISCUS . . . By W. G. HIDEWOOD, D.Sc. . . . „ II.

^

VI

CONTENTS OF VOLS. II.-V.

CEPHALOPODA

GASTROPODA

PTEROPODA

NUDIBRANCHIATA

AMPHINEURA

SOLENOGASTRES .

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA

APTERA

DECAPODA .
CUMACEA .
AMPHIPODA
ISOPODA
SCHIZOPODA
LEPTOSTRACA
COPEPODA .
OSTRACODA

(JlRRIPEDIA

MOLLUSCA.

. By W. E. HOYLE, D.Sc., M.A. .
. By EDGAR A. SMITH, I.S.O.
. By SIR CHARLES ELIOT, K.C.M.G., LL.D.
. By SIR CHARLES ELIOT, K.C.M.G., LL.D.
. By EDGAR A. SMITH, I.S.O.

By DR. H. F. NIERSTRASZ
. By -EDGAR A. SMITH, I.S.O.

BRACHIOPODA.
By EDGAR A. SMITH, I.S.O. .

ARTHROPODA.

(A) INSECTA.
. By G. H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., M.R.I. A.

(B) PYCNOGONIDA.
By T. V. HODGSON, F.L.S. .

(C) ACARI.
By DR. E. L. TROUESSART ....

(D) CRUSTACEA.

. By W. T. CALMAN, D.Sc.

. By W. T. CALMAN, D.Sc.

. By A. 0. WALKER, F.L.S.

. By T. V. HODGSON, F.L.S.

. By W. M. TATTERSALL, M.Sc. .

. By DR. J. THIELE .

. By R. NORRIS WOLFKNDEN, M.D.

. By PROF. G. S. BRADY, F.R.S.
By PROF. A. GRUVEL

Vol. II.
„ II-
„ HI.
„ II.
„ II.
„ IV.
II.

„ II.

„ iv.

„ III.

„ 111.

„ II.

„ II.

„ III.

„ v.

„ IV.

„ III.

„ iv.

„ III.
III.

CONTENTS OF VOLS. II.-Y. vii

ECHINODERMA.

ECHINODER.MA . . . By F. JEFFREY BELL, M.A. . . . Vol. IV.

ECHINODERM LARV.E . . |By PR,)F E W. MAOBRIDE, M.A, F.R.S,)

( and J. C. SIMPSON, B.Sc. . . j

SIPUNCULOIDEA.
By W. F. LANCHESTER, M.A. . . . ,, IV.

MYZOSTOMIM.

By DR. RUDOLF RITTER v. STUMMER-TRAUNFELS . „ IV.

CELETOGNATHA.

By DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER . . . . „ III.

NEMATODA.
By DR. 0. VON LINSTOW .....,, III.

NEMERTINEA.
By PROF. L. JOUBIN . . . . . . ,, V.

CESTODA.

By ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, F.R.S. . . . „ III.

CCELENTE1U.

ALCYONARIA . . -By PROF. S. J. HICKSON, F.R.S. . . ,, III.
HYDROID ZOOPHYTES . . |By PROF. S. J. HICKSOX, F.R.S., and F. H.) m

r VrRA\ ELY . . . . . J

TENTACLES OF A SIPHONOPHORE By DR. J. RENNIE .....,, III.
.MKUUS.E .... By EDWARD 1. BROWNE . . . . „ V. ,
ACTINI.E . . . . By J. A. CLUBB, M.Sc. . . . „ IV.

PORIFERA.

HEXACTINELLIDA . . -By R. KIRKPATRICK ....,, III.
TETRAXONIDA . . -By R. KIRKPATRICK ....,, IV.
CALCAREA . . . -By C. F. JENKIN, B.A ,, IV.

viii CONTENTS OF VOLS. II.-V.

BOTANY.
MUSCI.

By JULES CARDOT ...... Vol. III.

MARINE ALGM.
PH/EOPHYCE.E AND FLORIDE.E By MR. A. and MRS. E. S. GEPP . . „ III.

CORALLINACE.E . . -By M. FoSLIE . . . . ,, HI.

LICHENES.
By DR. OTTO VERNON DARBISHIRE . . . „ V.

CONTENTS OF VOL. V.

VERTEBRATA.
1A.— MAMMALIA (SEAL-EMBRYOS). By DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS . (21 pp., -2 Pis.)

TUNICATA.
By PROF. W. A. HERDMAN, D.Sc., F.R.S. (26 pp., 7 Pis.)

ARTHROPODA.

(B) CRUSTACEA.

I

IX.— ISOPODA. By MR. T. V. HODGSON . (77 pp., 10 Pis.)

NEMERTINEA.
By PROF. L. JOUBIN . (15 pp., 1 PI.)

CCELENTERA.

V.— MEDUSAE. By MR. EDWARD T. BROWNE . (62 pp., 7 Pis.)

LICHENES.
By DR. OTTO VERNON DARBISHIRE . (11 pp., 1 PI.)

MAMMALIA.

P. SEAL-EMBRYOS.

EEPORT ON A COLLECTION OF SEAL-EMBRYOS (LEPTONYCHOTES
WEDDELLI) MADE DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE ' DISCOVERY '
IN THE ANTARCTIC SEAS, 1901-1904.

By H. W. MARETT TIMS, M.A. (Cantab.), M.D. (Edin.),

Professor of Biology, Royal Veterinary College, and of Zoology and Comparative
Anatomy, Bedford College ( University of London).

(2 Plates.)

INTRODUCTION.

THROUGH the kindness of Professor Jeffrey Bell of the British Museum (Natural
History) a collection of seal embryos was placed in my hands for examination. The
collection was made during the voyage of the ' Discovery ' in the Antarctic polar seas
during the years 1901 to 1904. The bulk of the material was fairly well preserved,
though some was useless for histological purposes, while the larger specimens were so
brittle that it was scarcely possible even to dissect them. This, coupled with the fact
that the collection is rather deficient in early embryos, rendered it impossible to trace
out in detail the embryological history of these interesting animals. I have therefore
contented myself with giving a general account of the material, and of what appeared
to me to be the more salient points of interest, more particularly those connected with
structural adaptive modifications, or such as may have some bearing upon the phylogeny
of the sub-order.

The embryos are all labelled as those of Weddell's Seal (Leptonychotes wcddelli).
The material is the more interesting since a similar collection was obtained during the
voyage of the ' S. Y. Belgica' in 1897-1899. The latter has been placed in the hands
of several investigators, and some of their results have now been published.

The Antarctic Phocidse are represented by five genera, Stenorrhynchus, Macrorhinus,
Lolodon, Ommatophoca and Leptonychotes* (syn. : Leptonyx, Pcecilophoca), of which
the three last mentioned only are to be found within the Antarctic circle.

Dr. Wilson (13) describes Weddell's Seal as being the most handsome of them
all, having a " coat richly marked with black and grey and silvery white ; the upper
parts are the darkest, but below these shades are blended in a most striking manner."
The adult animal measures 9 to 10 feet in length and has a girth of 6 to 7 feet.

* The generic name, Leptonychotes, is now generally employed, since Sir William Turner pointed out that
the name Leptonyx had been pre-occupied, having been given to other vertebrates as well as to a gastropod
mollusc : see this Report, vol. ii., p. 10.

VOL. v. B

II. W. MARETT TIMS.

MATERIAL.

The present collection consisted of twenty-nine embryos together with some
portions of the reproductive organs, presumably adult. The youngest specimen had a
length of 12 mm., measured in a direct line, and was lying in position "in utero"
(PI. I., fig. l); the oldest, also a uterine specimen, had a total circumferential length
of 795 mm., and weighed 12^ Ibs.

Nearly all the material had been preserved in corrosive, but in the larger
specimens the uterus had not been opened and thus the preservative had been unable
to penetrate sufficiently to act efficiently.

Omitting the very early uterine embryos and one or two of the larger ones that
had been sliced, the following Table furnishes a list of the remainder with their
measurements and dates and places of capture.

The measurements here, tabulated are : —

(a) Length of body taken circumferentially from the tip of the snout to the root of the tail.
(5) Length of head (circumferentially) from the tip of the snout to a point on a level with the
angle of the mouth.

(>) Length of the tail.

TABLE I.

MEASUREMENTS OF FREE EMBRYOS IN ORDER OF SIZE.

—

Date of Capture.

Place of Capture.

Total length to
root of tail.

Head length.

Tail length.

1

Feb. 9, 1903 . . .

Hut Point.

61 mm.

17 mm.

4 mm.

2

Feb. 9, 1903 . . .

63 mm.

17 mm.

4 mm.

3

Feb. 9, 1903 . . .

64 mm.

15 mm.

4 mm.

4

Feb. 25, 1903 . .

66 mm.

19 mm.

4 mm.

5

Feb. 25, 1903 . .

76 mm.

26 mm.

4 mm.

6

Feb. 25, 1903 . .

98 mm.

30 mm.

4 mm.

7

Feb. 25, 1903 . .

100 mm.

34 mm.

6 mm.

8

Mar. 1-20, 1903 . .

Not stated.

105 mm.

30 mm.

8 mm.

9

Mar. 1-20, 1903 . .

a a

107 mm.

25 mm.

7 mm.

10

Mar. 9, 1903 . . .

Cape Armitage.

110 mm.

33 mm.

8 mm.

11

Feb. 25, 1903 . .

Hut Point.

114 mm.

36 mm.

6 mm.

12

Mar. 1-20, 1903 . .

Not stated.

127 mm.

32 mm.

',) mm.

13

Mar. 9, 1903 . .

Cape Armitage.

126 mm.

36 mm.

9 mm.

14

Feb. 25, 1903 . .

Hut Point.

137 mm.

37 mm.

10 mm.

15

Mar. 9, 1903 . .

Cape Armitage.

139 mm.

36 mm.

10 mm.

16

Mar. 1-20, 1903 . .

Not stated.

144 mm.

40 mm.

15 mm.

17

Mar. 1-20, 1903 . .

11 11

147 mm.

42 mm.

12 mm.

18

Mar. 1-20, 1903 . .

11 )'

152 mm.

40 mm.

7 mm.

19

Mar. 1-20, 1903 . .

11 11

153 mm.

40 mm.

13 mm.

20

Mar. 9, 1903 . .

Cape Armitage.

158 mm.

36 mm.

10 mm.

21

Mar. 1-20, 1903 . .

Not stated.

100 mm.

42 mm.

10 mm.

22

Feb. 25, 1903 . .

Hut Point.

161 mm.

47 mm.

10 mm.

23

Mar. 1-20, 1903 . .

Not stated.

190 mm.

50 mm.

12 mm.

24

Not stated.

a a

560 mm.

1 55 mm.

52 mm.

25

Not stated.

a a

795 mm.

230 mm.

70 mm.

SEAL-EMBRYOS.

It will be seen that all these embryos, the place of capture of which is stated, were
obtained either at Cape Armitage or Hut Point. It is difficult from the above Table
to deduce any definite facts relative to the rate of growth, as, from the same locality
and on precisely the same date, specimens were, obtained with extreme total lengths
of GG mm. and 1G1 mm., a difference of 95 mm. The mean date of capture may be
taken as March, and the mean length of the embryos included in the above Table
(excluding Nos. 24 and 25, the dates of capture of which are not given) is 155 mm.,
or, including the tail, 127 '5 mm. The average length of those obtained during
February (9th to 25th) is 99 mm., while that of the thirteen taken in March
(1st to 20th) is 149 '6 mm. Taking the mean dates in these two months as
February 17th and March 10th, we arrive approximately at a rate of growth of
50 mm. in 21 days. Supposing this to represent the rate of growth from the
commencement, it follows that the date of sexual pairing would be in the early part
of January. From these figures one may also estimate the period of mating as being
not less than six weeks.

Major Barrett-Hamilton states (2) that the young of Weddell's Seal are
born on the ice in September. Dr. Wilson, in his appendix to Capt. Scott's "Voyage
of the ' Discovery,' " however, says that they were able to observe the breeding habits
and that the young were born " during the last week of October and the beginning
of November." This difference of two months may possibly be accounted for by the
difference in latitude. The young specimen (three months old) described by Major
Barrett-Hamilton was found by the ' Belgica ' Expedition in 70° 18" S. Lat., whereas
those observed and collected by the ' Discovery ' were obtained about 78° S. Lat.

It may therefore safely be concluded that the period of gestation in the seals is
not less than nine months, probably rather longer. Nine months is the time given
by Sir William Turner, though he does not mention the data upon which he based
the statement.

It is evident that the rate of growth as estimated above for the earlier period
of intra-uterine life must be increased during the later periods, otherwise a young
animal born in the early part of November would measure but just over GOO mm.,
which is considerably exceeded in my oldest uterine specimen. The development of
the hair, the descent of the testes, and other factors, lead to the conclusion that this
largest foetus could not have been far from completing its uterine existence.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.

Colour. — With the exception of the two oldest specimens, all the embryos are
destitute of hairy covering and are of an ivory-white colour, due no doubt in part to
the action of the preservative fluid. The only pigment visible gives rise to a narrow
black line along the margin of each eyelid, where it makes its appearance at a very
early age. The two largest specimens showed considerable colouration ; in the younger

B 2

O

4 H. W. MARETT TIMS.

(No. 24) the pigment was confined to the cutis, the hair but just showing through the
skin on the body, though it was rather more evident -on the head. In the older
specimen (No. 25) the body was covered with hair, the limbs alone being naked. The
dorsal aspect of the trunk is of a uniform dark olive-green colour, the ventral surface
being paler, more particularly in the region of the throat where the colour tends to
yellow. Along the sides of the body are numerous elongated "splashes" of a
yellowish-grey colour. Similar splashes, though less numerous, are also present on
the ventral surface. The limbs are very dark in colour, the plantar surfaces of the
toes being almost black. Both manus and pes are destitute of hair. Even in this
specimen the pigment is largely present in the cutis, from which it seems to travel up
into the hairs.*

At what age the colouration makes its appearance is uncertain, as there is a very
considerable difference in size and age between the oldest uncoloured specimen (No. 23)
and the two under consideration.

These animals appear to undergo considerable alteration in colour shortly after
birth. Major Barrett-Hamilton (loc. cit.} describes the skin of a young male (? three
months) as being slatey-grey above and dirty white on the under surface of both body
and nippers. The " splashes " mentioned above seem to be of a more permanent
character, for the same author speaks of a " series of dirty white spots running
obliquely forwards, arranged almost in rows and give the impression that they are
iliscontinuous streaks." This impression is not confirmed by these specimens. The
post-natal alteration in colour is probably due to a shedding of the hair.

Hair. — As already mentioned the hair is just emerging through the skin of the
trunk in foetus No. 24. In the oldest specimen (No. 25) the hair on the body was

5 mm. in length and about half as long again on the head. The hairs are straight,
v/ith a slight tendency to curl, soft and smooth ; they are closely apposed to the
surface and firmly adherent to the skin by their roots. Over the body the general
direction is backwards, but on the limbs the hair slopes towards the borders and away
from the median line of the limb itself.

Seen under a lens the hair is of uniform diameter throughout the greater part of
its length, but towards the free extremity it tapers somewhat abruptly to a point.
Pigment is visible in the central axis of the tapering portion but is absent from the
remainder of the hair.

The different genera of the Phocidse exhibit differences in the nature of the early
hairy covering and also as to the period of shedding. Wright, quoted by Turner (11),
describes the hair in Phoca vitulina as long, whitish, curly or woolly, and shed " in
utero " in the early part of June ; the hairs of the newly-born being of the same colour
and quality as those of the mother. This, Wright thinks, is consistent with the fact

* At a meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science at Leicester, in 1907, Professor
Simroth drew attention to a similar fact in Cricetus frumcntarius, in which the black pigment in the young
animal is found only in the cutis, but later on in the hair.

C

S HAL-EMBRYOS. 5

that the young pass at once into the water. In another animal of the same species,
born in the Zoological Gardens in London, the hair was got rid of immediately after birth,
and with it the young animal formed a sort of nest upon which it lay for some hours.

The foetal hair of Leptonychotes seems to approach in quality more nearly to that
of Halichcerus, as described by Turner, rather than to that of Plwca. The young of
Halichcerus do not change their first hair until about three weeks after birth, and then,
but not till then, do they take to the water. Dr. Wilson (loc. cit.) gives some
interesting particulars in this connection with regard to the habits of the young of
Weddell's Seal. He says that after birth the young " lay on the ice at the mouth of
the blow-holes which the parents kept open for the purpose of procuring food. The
young were born in a thick and woolly coat of dull ochre-grey and black showing
something of the markings which would appear later on in the adult. The coat began
to drop off at the end of fourteen days, and by the end of a month the moult had
finished. The young seal, attired now in a very handsome coat of glossy black and
silver hair, could for the first time enter the water and take a share in finding its own
food. It is suckled for a variable time on the ice. It takes about two years to arrive
at maturity and the size increases considerably for many years."

Wright has suggested that the character of the festal hair on those seals which
take to the water immediately after birth may present certain differences from the
hair of those animals which enter the water only after some interval of time. The
facts just stated appear to confirm the truth of this suggestion. And further,
Leptonychotes, both in habit and in the quality of the first developed hair, more
closely resembles Halichcerus than Phoca.

The vibrissae on the upper lip are arranged in four rows. They are distinctly
visible in embryos of 98 mm. in length (No. G), so that by the time the body hairs
begin to appear the animal has whiskers of considerable length. The tufts of long
hairs which are attached a little distance above the inner angle of the eye do not
make their appearance until later, when the animal has attained a size of 158 mm.
(No. 20).

Eyes, nose, and ears. — The eyelids were firmly adherent to one another along their
edges even in the oldest foetus. Whether they remain closed until the time of birth,
or even after, as in some other carnivores, I am unable to say. In the foetus of a Grey
Seal (Halichcerus grypus), "about three mouths from the completion of its term of
intra-uterine life," described by Turner, the palpebral fissure was not closed. As
already stated, there is a narrow line of dark pigment along the margin of either lid
from quite an early age. The pupils are circular.

The external nares are, throughout the series, in the form of crescentic slits, the
concave margin being directed outwards, and are covered by a valvular fold of skin.
The nares are placed upon the anterior surface of the snout, and look forwards. Not
even in the oldest specimen have they assumed the dorsal position characteristic of the
Phocidse. In the latest stage the nose is covered with short hairs, and there is no

G II. W. MARETT TIMS.

naked, darkly pigmeuted skin area, such as Mr. Beddard has figured arid described
(3) as present, and of systematic importance, in the Otariidse.

Perhaps one of the most interesting points in the external features is what I
think must be regarded as a vestige of an external ear. lu a very early embryo,
situated just behind the eye is a somewhat circular depression (PI. I., figs. 2 and 3), the
upper and posterior margin of which is sharply defined. Arising from the bottom of
this depression, rather towards the posterior part, is a minute, filiform, forwardly
directed, elevation with a small dark speck at its apex. Whether it is an aperture
or not I cannot say, but I was unable to insert a bristle into it. This structure was
bi-lateral, though more distinct on the right side.

It corresponds so closely to the description given by Howes (4) of the vestiges
of the external ear in two of the Cetacea that I cannot refrain from quoting his words.
In a fetal porpoise 22 inches in length was found the external auditory aperture an
inch and a quarter behind the eye, into which a fine bristle could be passed. " Over-
hanging this aperture was a filamentous process of the integument which measured a
quarter of an inch in length, its pointed extremity being turned forwards, while behind
it became somewhat broadened, fading off into that covering the head."

Still more similar is the description given of the external ear in a fetal Beluga,
13 inches in length. Howes says (p. 468) that "The external ear opens, in this
creature, a little above and three-quarters of an inch behind the eye by a minute
slit-like aperture, somewhat cresceutic in shape, and having its concavity turned
forwards. There projects out of this aperture a delicate filamentous process, having
the same general appearance as that observed in the porpoise, save that it is more
slender and appears to spring from the integument forming the posterior lip of the
aperture rather than altogether behind it." I think there can be no doubt that the
structure present in this fetal seal is the vestige of an external ear, and it is
interesting to note the close agreement which exists in the last traces of this organ
in animals of different classes, which have undergone so many similar structural
alterations in adaptation to their aquatic habit.

Limbs. — The development of the limbs naturally invites attention on account
of their adaptive modifications, and it has already been examined to some extent in
this connection by Professor Leboucq (7). He, however, had a smaller amount of
material at his disposal, and I think it is possible to add some additional points of
interest to his published account. The first thing that strikes the observer is the
precocious development of the hind limb. In fig. 1 the hind limb is as long, if not
slightly longer, than the fore limb. With the growth of the embryo the total length
of the latter soon exceeds that of the former, as is seen by a reference to figs. 4, 5, G.
This increase is due to an elongation of the femoral and crural segments, since it is not
until the embryo reaches a body length of about 144 mm. (No. 16) that the length of
the pes begins to exceed that of the manus, and even then there are individual
instances in which this is not the case.

SKAL-KmSRYOS.

Leboucq (loc. cit.) has given the actual measurements of the hand and foot of
four specimens of Leptonychotcs, together with the ratio that each bears to the body
length. The measurements are taken from the radio-carpal and tibio-tarsal articulations
respectively to the distal extremity of the first digit. For purposes of comparison I
have adopted the same points, and the measurements of the material in hand are set
forth in the following Table, together with the ratios of the hand and toot to body
length.

TABLE II.
SHOWING LENGTH OF HAND AND FOOT AND RATIO OF EACH TO BODY LENGTH.

Numbers corre-
sponding to numbers
in Table I.

Length of Hand
and Foot.

Ratios to
Body length.

Numbers corre-
sponding to numbers
in Table I.

Length of Hand
and Foot.

Ratios to
Body length.

3

H. 4-0

F. 4-0

(i ' 2
0-2

15

H. 14-0
F. 14-0

lO'O

10-0

4

II. 4-5

F. :>•()

(5-8
7-5

16

II. 1;VO
F. Ill-it

ld-4
11-1

5

11. 5-0
F. 5-0

(} • 5
6'5

17

IT. 14-0
F. 17-0

9-5
11-5

G

H. 7-0
F. 7-5

7-1
7-6

18

H. KVo

F. 18-n

10-5
10-8

7

ir. D-D

F. 8 • :>

9-0
8-5

19

H. l.vn
F. IT) -it

9-8
9-8

S

H. ii-;,
F. 11-5

10-9

10-9

20

H. 1G-0 lo-l
F. 18-0 1T3

9

H. ll-ii

F. 11 Ml

10-2
10-2

21

II. 18-0 11-2
F. 19-0 11-8

10

H. 12-0
F. 12-0

in "9
lil-'.l

22

H. 18-0 11-1
F. IC.Ti 10-2

11

H. 0-f)
F. Hi-it

8-3

8-7

28

II. is-:, 9-7
F. 21- it ll-o

12

H. 12 -f>

F. 13-0

10-3

10-7

24

II. 65-0 11-6
F. 75-0 13-2

13

H. 12-0

F. lL"H

9 • :>

9 • :.

25

II. IKl-n 13-0
F. 127-o U -G

14

H. l:;-n
F. 12 -ii

9 ' 9
9-1

The figures are substantially in agreement with those given by Professor Leboucq,
which I quote here for comparison.

H. W. MARETT TIMS.

TABLE III.

COMPARISON OF LIMB MEASUREMENTS OF SPECIMENS IN THE 'BELGICA' AND
' DISCOVERT ' COLLECTIONS.

' BELGICA ' MATERIAL.

1 DISCOVERT ' MATERIAL.

Body length.

Length of
Hand and Foot.

Ratios.

Body length.

Length of
Hand and Foot.

Ratios.

113

H. 8

7-08

114

H. 9-5

8-3

F. 9

7'9G

F. 10-0

8-7

120

H. 10

8-33

121

H. 12-5

10-3

F. 12

10-00

F. 13-0

10-7

172

H. 18
F. 19

10-4G
11-04

No specimens of corresponding size.

190

H. 20

10-53

190

H. 18-5

9-7

F. 23

12-10

F. 21-0

11-0

The following conclusions arrived at by Professor Leboucq from his four
specimens are fully borne out by the study of this additional material, viz. :—

1. The length of the limbs does not remain of constant proportion to that
of the body.

2. The proportion per cent, increases from the earlier to the later stages.

3. The increase in the hand and foot does not remain parallel, but is in favour
of the foot.

And further the surmise that, in stages younger than those in his possession, the
proportions of the two extremities would be equal, is shown to be correct by the
younger embryos of the ' Discovery ' collection.

The limbs appear as buds, with bulbous extremities, which spring out almost at
a right angle to the long axis of the trunk (fig. 1) with the flexor surface apposed to
the body, the radial and tibia! borders directed anteriorly, and the median axes
of the arm and leg directly continuous with those of the manus and pes. This
continuity of the axis persists from a short time after the appearance of the digits
(fig. 4). Very soon, however, the manus becomes ulnar flexed, so that the median axis
of the hand forms an obtuse angle with that of the arm, the radial border of the
forearm being in a direct line with the radial border of the pollex (fig. 5). Up to this
point the change in position seems to have affected the hand only, but now the whole
limb begins to assume a backward direction, the axes of the hand and arm once more
become almost continuous (figs. G, 7). In the case of the hind limb the backward
extension is gradual but continuous, the movement affecting the whole extremity
simultaneously.

SEAL-EMBRYOS.

Manus. — In an embryo 64 mm. long the five digits are quite visible and
distinctly webbed, the webbing extending to almost the tips of the fingers and, at
this stage, being quite as well marked as in the foot. At this stage the second digit
is slightly longer than the otlnTs, the fifth being the smallest. The nails begin to
appear when the animal is rather older. Beyond the change in position of the limb
described above, the rnanus retains these characters throughout fetal life.

Pes, — At their first appearance the digits are spread out in a fan-shaped manner.
They are sub-equal in length and united by a web. The outermost digits on both
sides soon commence to elongate, so that the tips of the digits are in a line with
each other (figs. 5, 6). This increase continues until the first and fifth digits are
longer than the intervening toes (fig. 7), a condition which obtains throughout the life
of the animal. A web extends between all the toes. Those portions of the web which
pass between the first and second digits and between the fourth and fifth are very
short, so that their mobility is considerably restricted. The portions of the membrane
(in each side of the central digit are much longer. This condition is shown in the
text (fig. 8), which is drawn from the foot of the largest fetus.

Accompanying the elongation of the outermost toes there is a considerable amount
of flattening and lateral expansion, each toe having a width of 2 ' 5 cm. The flattening
becomes more marked towards the extremity where the digit is almost membranous.
The nails are terminal and recurved in the earlier stages, but, owing to the elongation
and expansion of the fleshy parts of the toes, more particularly the first and fifth, they
come to be on the dorsal surface 1 • 3 cm. from the distal margin. After the nails have
once been formed they increase but very slightly in size ; in the specimen here
represented the free portion of the nail has only a length of 3 mm. Those on tin-
three central digits are rather longer and are placed somewhat nearer to the extremity.
Visceral arches. — As might be expected, these are only visible in the very earliest
stages ; the intervening clefts are not perforated (fig. 2).

In the later stages the subcutaneous tissues become laden with fat, the lobules
being bound together by very tough connective tissue. The rapid accumulation of
fat in the skin as the intra-uterine life is drawing towards its termination, is in
preparation for the young animal's independent life in the frozen waters of the
Antarctic seas.

SKELETAL -AND MUSCULAR SYSTEMS.

I am able to add but little to the accounts already published by Leboucq, Murie,
and others, with regard to the anatomy of the skeleton and muscles. There are,
however, a few points of interest to which attention may be drawn.

Skeleton. Skull and Vertebral Column. — With the exception of the basis cranii,
the process of ossification had not advanced to any great extent even in the oldest
foetus. In general shape the skull has the characteristic adult appearance from quite

VOL. V. C

10 II. W. MARETT TIMS.

an early age. lu the specimen No. 24 the bizygomatic breadth measured 64 mm., the
bicranial diameter being but 61 mm. It is doubtful whether the relations of these two
diameters is of any importance, since in the two skulls of Stenorrhynchus leptonyx
measured by Turner, the bizygomatic was greater in one, the bicranial in the other.
A point to which it is possible greater importance may be attached is that in the foetal
Leptonychotes the widest part of the zygomatic arch is at its posterior end, the breadth
gradually diminishing as one passes forwards. In this respect they agree with the adult-
skull of Stenorrhynchus, but differ from that of the adult Weddell's Seal, in which the
widest part is at the mid-point of the arch. The most interesting point which I have
observed is the extraordinary downward curve in the cervical region of the vertebral
column (PL II., fig. 12). The curvature involves the whole of the cervical and the
anterior portion of the dorsal region. The bend is so considerable that the ventral
surfaces of the vertebrae are brought so close to the ventral body wall that the
trachea and oesophagus are deflected to one side. Dr. Gadow made the suggestion
to me that it might possibly be a sexual character present only in the males and
caused by the habit of lifting the females when pairing. I therefore made median
sections of both sexes and found that the curvature is a constant feature, and further,
that it tends to become accentuated with the increasing age of the foetus. It is
evidently caused by the action of the powerful muscles on the dorsum of the neck
which, by approximating the head to the mid-dorsal region, have caused a " buckliug-up "
of the spinal column while in a cartilaginous and plastic condition. The particular
mechanical advantage to be derived by this condition is not quite easy to understand,
but apparently a short stunted neck is of value to aquatic animals as evidenced by
the Cetacea and Sireuia. In these mammals the shortening is brought about by an
antero-posterior compression and a partial fusion of the individual vertebral centra.
In the seals, however, the same end has* been attained by different means. I am not
aware of this fact having been noticed before ; it certainly is not shown by the
mounted skeletons which are to be seen in museums.*

Muscular system. — So detailed and careful a description of the muscles and their
attachments in Otaria and Trichechus having been given by Dr. Murie (9), it is
unnecessary for me to do more than note the points in which the muscles of these
animals appear to differ from those of the foetal specimens under consideration.
It is necessary, however, to repeat that the material was by no means in good
condition for dissection, the muscles being in a very brittle condition, so that,
in spite of care, the facts here recorded must be taken with a certain amount of
reservation.

Writers on mammalian myology attach considerable importance to the muscles as
being of systematic and phylogenetic importance. Bearing this in mind, I have
compared the muscles of the embryo seal with the descriptions of the muscles of the

* A mounted, but not exhibited, skeleton of Phoca vitulina in the Natural History Museum shows a
well-marked curvature in the cervical region. — F. J. B.

SEAL-EMBRYOS. 11

terrestrial Oaruivora as given by Drs. Parsons and Windle (14), to sec what evident-!-.
if any, could be obtained in support of Mivart's suggestion that the Otaries may have
been derived from bear-like ancestors, while the P/wcidse had another, possibly Lutrine
origin (8).

From the fact that the muscles which show distinctive characters between the
Ursidse and the Mustdldse are with one exception (viz. the Rhomboideus profundus as
a separate muscle) confined to the limbs, the very positions in which adaptive
peculiarities would probably be most apparent, it might be inferred that but little
evidence would be forthcoming from this source. As a fact, however, the altered
position and functions of the limbs seem to have produced, at least in the embryo,
comparatively little change in the muscular attachments.

Anterior extremity. — (i.) The Supinator longus is a well-marked muscle inserted
into the lower end of the radius. It arises from high up on the shaft of the humerus
close to the tuberosities, there being practically no origin from the supra-condylar
ridge. The origin of the muscle agrees closely with that of Trichechus, but would
appear to correspond only with the second additional belly arising from the deltoid
ridge which Dr. Murie described in Otaria juliata. The attachments also further
correspond with those found in Lutra. According to Drs. Parsons and Wiudle this
muscle is constantly present in the Ursidse, Viverridse and in most of the Felidse, but
absent in the Canidse and Hi/sen idse.

(ii.) The Pronator radii tcres is inserted into quite the lower end of the radius,
and I could find no deep head of origin. This attachment agrees with what
Drs. Parsons and Windle found throughout the laud Carnivores, and they point out
that the insertion is " of some interest from a systematic point of view." The insertion
found in the seal agrees with that found in the Ursidse and many Mustelidse, including
Lutra vulyaris. The description given by Dr. Murie in Otaria is rather ambiguous,
but the attachments would seem to be more extensive, though it must be remembered
that he is describing the conditions found in the adult animal, and it is quite possible
that in the seals the terrestrial condition found in the foetus may, when the limb
becomes functionally powerful, give place to more extensive bony attachments.

(iii.) Flexor carpi radial is is inserted into the bases of the first and second
metacarpals, the latter attachment being the smaller, and has disappeared altogether
in Otaria. The insertion into both metacarpals agrees with the condition found by
Meckel in Ursus arctos.

(iv. ) Palmaris lonyus, — The attachments of this muscle appear to vary considerably
in the land Carnivora. Drs. Parsons and Windle describe this muscle as composed
of external and internal portions, both of which are present in the Procyonidse alone,
the muscle being frequently absent altogether in the Ursidse. They find both portions
of the muscle present in Lutra cinerea, while in the majority of the Mustelidss,
including L. vulgar is, the large external one alone was present. Both portions are
present in the embryo seal, the external being the larger. The condition approximates

c 2

12 II . W. MARETT TIMS.

more closely to that of Trichechus than of Otaria, the Palmaris tertius in the former
being much weaker than the other two heads.

(v.) Flexor sublimis digitorum gives tendinous slips to all the digits, that to the
pollex being the largest and the slip to the fifth digit being very small. This
arrangement coincides with that found iu Trichechus, though in the latter the fifth slip
does not appear to be so much reduced. In this respect the condition in the seal is
intermediate between Trichechus and Otaria, in which the slip to the fifth digit is
wanting. Tendinous slips of insertion to all the digits seem to be exceptional among
the land Carnivores, in which the slip to the fifth digit is usually absent.

(vi.) Flexor carpi ulnaris. — Only the olecrano-pisiform portion of the muscle
appears to be present ; if there be any condylar fibres, they form but an insignificant
part in these foetal animals. Here again this muscle is similar to that of Trichechus,
in which there is no sharp division between it and the third Palmaris longus.
In Otaria there is in addition a second strong tendon -of insertion into the fifth
nietacarpal bone.

Drs. Parsons and Windle give no instance of a Fissipede in which the olecrano-
pisiform portion of the muscle is alone present, though the condition seems to be
approximated in Procyon lotor, Ictonyx and Mustela puton

(vii.) Flexor brevis digitorum manus. — I could find no trace of this muscle, which
I believe to be absent. In this respect this Seal agrees with the Otary and not with
the Morse, in which this muscle is present.

(viii.) Extensor communis digitorum gives tendons of insertion to all the digits
• with the exception of the first. They spring from a broad tendinous expansion lying-
over the dorsum of the metacarpals and blending with the fascia over the radial side
of the rnanus. This is the usual carnivorous plan, but in this instance the tendinous
expansion appears to be unusually large and strongly developed. A further point to
notice is the presence of a tendinous intersection running for some distance up into
the fleshy belly, into which the fibres on each side are inserted, giving a pectiuiform
arrangement, so commonly seen in the deltoid muscle.

(ix.) Extensor profundus digitorum is inserted into digits 2, 3 and 4, the last
b'eing very feeble. The two outermost slips are inserted into the bases of the
proximal phalanges, that to the second digit being prolonged onwards, reaching nearly
to its distal end. A membranous expansion extends between the tendons. The
condition of the outermost tendon seems to indicate approaching extinction. Absence
of any slip to the pollex is a noticeable peculiarity on account of the relatively large
size of that digit.

(x.) Extensor ossis metacarpi jjollicis. — I was unable to detect any origin from
the radius. The groove on that bone for the tendon was comparatively deep. In
origin this muscle agrees with Otaria, in which there is no radial origin, while in
Trichechus the only bony origin is from the radius.

Immediately subjacent to this muscle a long tendon was to be found which

SKAL-KMIIIJYOS. 1.3

appeared to arise in common with this extensor and was inserted into the fascia
covering the dorsal surface of the carpus.

1 am omitting any account of the muscles of the hinder extremity, as the limbs
were so rigidly fixed in the older specimens and the muscles in such a brittle condition
that any data which could be obtained seem to me to be unreliable. The facts related
with regard to the muscles of the anterior extremity are, I believe, so far as stated,
trustworthy.

A consideration of these facts tends towards certain conclusions :—

(i. ) The muscles as a whole show a closer agreement with the muscles of Trichechus
than with those of Otaria. There are one or two exceptions (e.g. Flexor brevis
digitoriim, Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis), but the general tendency is as just stated.

(ii.) Mivart's suggestion of a Lutriiie origin for the Phocidse seems to receive
some additional support, the muscles as a whole agreeing rather more closely
with the accounts given by Drs. Parsons and Wiudle of the myology of Lutra than
with that of other terrestrial Carnivores.

ALIMENTARY SYSTEM.

The upper lip, which is cleft in the middle line, carries six rows of stiff
elongated vibrissse on either side. The tongue also is cleft at the tip, though in
the later embryonic stages the fissure is relatively not so deep. The lingual papillje
do not become distinctly visible to the naked eye until the latter part of foetal life,
and even in the oldest specimens the anterior third of the dorsum of the tongue
appears to be destitute of them. On the posterior two-thirds of the dorsum filiform
papillae are distinctly visible, being arranged in fairly regular transverse rows, where
they are so closely set as to give rise to the appearance of almost continuous
ridges with a slightly backward inclination. At the root of the tongue, in the
region of the foramen caecum, there is a group of well-marked fungiform and
circumvallate papillae.

The faucial region is much constricted, allowing only a small passage into the
oesophagus. Neither the anterior nor posterior pillars of the fauces are evident, nor is
any uvula present. On each side of the fauces is a patch of follicular-looking tissue,
which probably represents the tonsil.

The teeth have not erupted in any of the specimens. The dental formula of
Weddell's Seal agrees with that of the other members of the sub-family .Monachina-,

.2-2 1-1 4-4 1-1
viz., i 9 _ 9, c --— — , pin -j-- — m = 32. Ihe median incisors in the upper

jaw are relatively small, the outer ones being considerably larger and more caniniform
in shape. There is no diastema between the incisors. Between the outer incisor and
the canine there is an interval, but none between the canine and first premolar.
Passing towards the posterior end of the jaw, the intervals between the cheek teeth

14 II. W. MARETT TIMS.

progressively increase, that between jjm* and -in1 being of considerable width. Pin1 is
a comparatively small tooth, while the remaining premolars are sub-equal ; if anything,
jnir is slightly the largest of the series. From the fact that the Phocinse still retain
the characteristic number of three incisors in the upper jaw, it may be presumed that
the loss of an incisor in the Monachinse has taken place comparatively recently, and
the question arises, which of the three is the missing tooth ? Comparison with other
mammals, e.g. Rodents and Marsupials, affords no clue, since the tooth differs in both
these orders. I have, therefore, examined serial sections of the upper jaw in these
seals at different ages in order to try and determine this point.

In a specimen with a body length of 147 mm. (No. 17), I found what I believe to
be distinct evidences of three upper incisors. Of these the first and third were con-
siderably larger than the vestige of the intervening tooth, - already giving evidence of
calcification. A consideration of the facts appears to lead to the conclusion that it is
the second incisor which is missing in the adult. If this conclusion be correct, it tends

•o

to support Mivart's opinion of a Lutrine origin for the seals, for in Lutra itself ~ is the
smallest of the series, and in many cases this tooth is so crowded out that it occupies a
position quite behind the other incisors. Mere inspection of the teeth would lead to

the conclusion that is in process of extinction among living Otters.

So far as I have been able to determine, the tooth-genesis in the seals affords no
distinct evidence as to their phylogeny.

It is well known that the milk dentition of the seals is but feebly developed,
and it is generally stated that the teeth belonging to that series are usually shed just
before or very shortly after birth. From an examination of these jaws, I am of
opinion that many of the deciduous teeth either do not all develop beyond the stage
of a non-calcified enamel organ, even if so far, or else if they attain a stage of
calcification that they disappear at an earlier age than is usually supposed.

In the jaws here figured the only milk tooth which was present was —

Further detailed investigation would no doubt settle these points, but I have not
deemed the matter of sufficient general importance to work through all the material in
the present instance, though I hope I may be permitted to do so on a future occasion.

As already mentioned, owing to the curvature of the vertebral column in the
cervical region, the oesophagus is deflected to one side.

There is a considerable amount of bkck pigment present in the mesentery and
peritoneum generally. In the dorsal part of the cavity it is present in so large an
amount as to give the peritoneum in this situation an almost uniformly black
appearance.

The greater part of the stomach lies to the left of the mesial plane ; it is relatively
broad, so that the organ has an almost globular shape. The liver becomes more
multilobed as age increases, the individual lobes exhibiting a considerable amount of

SKAL-KMIIKYUS.

15

fissuring (figs. 9, 10, 11). In the oldest specimen there is a greatly elongated lobe on
the left side which runs some distance backwards along the dorsal abdominal wall.

The intestine was considerably convoluted. Owing to its brittle condition it
was impossible to obtain exact measurements, but the total length of the gut was
approximately 2'5 metres in the oldest foetus. The large intestine was not saceulated,
the diameter being the same throughout the length of the intestine, with the excep-
tion of the rectum, which was slightly enlarged. There was no covum, Meckel's
cliverticulum, or any appendices epiploicse.

PiKSPIRATORY SYSTEM.

Two points in the natural history of WeddelTs Seal direct attention to the
morphology of the organs of respiration. The one, common to all marine mammals, is
the prevention of the passage of water into the lungs ; the other, the production of
sound.

Dr. Wilson (loc. ctt.) describes the voice as commencing " with a long and musical
moan at a high pitch, which gradually got lower, and sounded much like the ice-moans
that are common on an extensive sheet of ice. This was followed by a series of
grunts and gurgles, and a string of plaintive piping notes, which ended up exactly
on the call-note of a bullfinch. Then came a long shrill whistle, and a snort to finish,
as though he had for too long held his breath."

In all the specimens in the collection the external nares were situated at the
anterior end of the snout and not on the dorsal surface, the position they assume in
the adult. At first they are in the form of small horizontal slit-like apertures
without any valvular apparatus. In the largest foetus the slits are cresceutic, the
convexity being turned towards the median line of the nose ; they are almost vertical
in direction. The openings are guarded by valves formed by a prolongation inwards
of a fold of skin from the outer margin of the meatus. This flap when pressed down
completely occludes the orifice. Closure of the valve is effected by the lower fibres
of the pyramidalis nasi muscle, which on reaching the nose curve outwards and pass
into the substance of the valvular lid. Below the nares, these muscular fibres bend
inwards towards the middle line, some to be inserted into the premaxillary bone,
others to mingle with the fibres of the levator labii superioris muscle, and appearing
ultimately to iuterdigitate with the fibres of the pyramidalis of the opposite side.
Thus, the two muscles acting in conjunction form a kind of sphincter for both nostrils
and effectually close the valves. The nostrils lead into two large nasal cavities (/. n. c.),
one on each side, which are separated by a median cartilaginous septum (figs. 13, 14).
Springing from the outer wall of each chamber is a delicate scroll-like turbinal. From
the posterior part of the floor of each lateral chamber is an opening leading into an elon-
gated median chamber (m. c.) which overlies the posterior part of the palate. The glottis
opens into the floor of this median chamber at its back part, the anterior surface of

16 H. W. MARETT TIMS.

the epiglottis abutting against the posterior free (mesial) border of the palate. At
this stage the aryteno-epiglottic folds are in close apposition, so that the cleft between
their margins lies in the horizontal plane, whereas the true rima glottidis is vertical
(fig. 15). The relation of the parts agrees in considerable detail with the description
given by Waldeyer of the larynx in the Manatee (12). The iutra-uarial position of the
epiglottis at an early foetal stage is interesting, in connection with the question as
to whether this condition is a secondary one in the Mammalia or not. The late
Professor Howes (5), after bringing forward a considerable amount of evidence,
concluded that a consideration of the facts " weighs heavily against the supposition
that the introduction of the epiglottis into the narial pharynx can have been a
secondary process," and further, " as the case stands the facts point to the uselessness
of the epiglottis in deglutition, and, to my thinking, to a primary association in
mammals between that organ and the velum palati for purposes of respiration
exclusively through the nostrils."

In order to more effectually shut off the respiratory passage from the gullet the
posterior margin of the velum palati grows backwards on either side of the larynx to
become, in later foetal life, united with the dorsal wall of the oesophagus, the food
having therefore to pass either to the right or left of the larynx.

Even in the oldest specimens at my disposal there is no trace of any tubular
prolongation of the larynx and epiglottis such as is present in the Cetacea ; indeed,
the epiglottis in these seals is relatively diminutive. The particular adaptation here
present to prevent the entrance of water into the lungs approaches much more closely
to that of the Sirenia than to that of the Cetacea.

The high pitch of the voice referred to by Dr. Wilson is probably due to the
relative shortness of the vocal cords.

The only other fact to record in regard to the larynx is that I was unable to
detect the existence of the cartilaginous nodule lying in the thyro-hyoid ligament
which Dr. Murie found to be present in the Sea-lion (Otaria jubata), or of the
somewhat similar nodule, described by Howes, lying along the inner edge of the
posterior corner of the hyoid bone which he regarded as a " remnant of one of the
post-oral visceral arches such as are now known ... to exist in the urodele amphibia."

The trachea passes backwards with a considerable ventral curve. Owing to the
curvature of the cervical spine, to which reference has already been made, it lies to
one side of the median line (in the specimen examined the trachea was to the left
side). The trachea bifurcates into a right and left bronchus, the right being in almost
direct continuation with the trachea itself. The eparterial bronchus is given off from
the right side of the trachea on a level with its bifurcation.

The right lung has the usual three lobes of the Mammalia, the left lung being
bi-lobed. Of the two the right lung is much the more massive. Owing to the great
dorso-ventral obliquity of the diaphragm, the postero-dorsal margins of both lungs
are prolonged backwards for some considerable distance ; but, a condition which one

SEAL-KMBUYOS. 17

would not have expected is that, in spite of the presence of a large liver, the ^^
lung extends backwards to a greater distance than does the left, thus o-iviii"1 the ri»-ht

o O O

lung a greater antero-posterior, as well as a greater transverse diameter. A small
Infill* impar was present connected with the root of the right lung.
In specimen No. 24 the actual measurements were—

Greater antero-posterior length — right lung . 88 '5 mm.

Greater antero-posterior length — left lung. . . 85 '3 mm.

CIRCULATORY SYSTEM.

As in the case of the other systems, the anatomy of the circulatory system of the
Pinnipedia has been so fully and carefully described by Dr. Murie (loc. cit.) that there
remains but little to add, and I shall content myself by referring merely to a leu-
points which have either been omitted by that author, or which I wish to accentuate.

The heart appears to be somewhat disproportionately broad, being mainly due
to the breadth of the right ventricle. The heart in specimen No. 24 furnishes the
following measurements :—

Total maximum breadth . . . 55 mm.

Total maximum length . . . 50 mm.

Right ventricle breadth ... 35 mm.

Right ventricle length . . . . 50 mm.

Left ventricle breadth .... 20 mm.

Left ventricle length . . . . 35 mm.

The apex is traversely blunted, with a distinct notch separating the apices of the
two ventricles. There is nothing in the interior of the heart requiring special mention
beyond the fact that there is a well-marked moderator band.

From the arch of the aorta spring three arterial trunks, an innominate, a
left carotid, and a left subclavian, as Murie has shown to be the case in the Otariidse
but not in the Trichechidte. There is but a single renal artery to each multilobular
kidney. AVith regard to the middle sacral artery, around the morphology of which
so -much discussion has centred, I failed to discover, even in quite young specimens,
any evidence of a primitive double nature. So far as I was able to determine, this
artery was distinctly a median continuation of the dorsal aorta arising at the point of
bifurcation, perhaps slightly from the dorsal aspect. In one foetus (No. 24) the
middle sacral took origin from the dorsal aspect of the right common iliac artery, just
at its commencement ; I could find no corresponding branch arising from the left
common iliac.

The middle sacral itself, as one would expect from the very reduced size of the
tail, is an exceedingly slender vessel. About the distance of a couple of vertebra? from
the point of origin it gives off a pair of bilaterally symmetrical branches which have
all the appearance of ordinary segmental arteries.

18

H. W. MAEETT TIMS.

Epididymis

GENITO-URINARY SYSTEM.

The kidneys, as already stated, are multilobulated, the lobules being small and
numerous with a connective tissue packing between the sulci. On either side was a
single ureter, each of which opened separately into the base of the bladder.

I was unable to distinguish the sexes in the earlier stages by their external
character, and it so happened that the four specimens which I dissected all turned out
to be males. Whether this was simply bad fortune or whether it indicates that the
number of males born preponderates over females I am unable to say.

The testes develop in relation to the kidney, and when recognisable as distinct

organs, they lie at the posterior
end of the kidney, there being a
distinct depression in the latter in
-Testis which the testis lies. The epidi-

- I/as deferens dymis lies along the postero-exter-

- Uterus na} border of the testis, the globus

masculmus , . .

major and globus minor being dis-
tinctly marked. The vas deferens
leaves the hinder end of the
epididymis and runs backward for
a short distance and then bends
sharply inwards towards the middle
line. The two vasa enter the basal

angles of an elongated hollow organ, which I think must be regarded as an unusually
large uterus masculinus (see fig. above). Indeed, when I first saw this structure lying
between the bladder and rectum I made sure that I was dealing with an ordinary
female uterus. I found, however, that it opened into the neck of the bladder, and
examination of the testis proved that my first opinion was incorrect.

The sudden bend toward the middle line made by the vas deferens appears to be
due to its being held in position by a delicate cord-like structure, which I at first
took to be the round ligament of the uterus, but which can be no other than the
gubernaculuru testis passing forward from the inguinal canal.

The descent of the testis appears to take place during the latter half of iiitra-
uterine life, for in the older specimens it already lies in the inguinal canal, the position

Bladder — fe

it retains throughout life.

PLACENTA.

The placenta of seals has been described in more or less detail by Alessandrini,
Rosenthal, Eschricht and Barkow, but the most detailed account of its structure and
of the arrangement of the foetal membranes is that given by Sir William Turner.

SEAL-EMBRYOS. 19

In most of the recorded cases the uterus contained but a single foetus, as is the
case in the uterine specimens in this collection. Mayer, quoted by Turner, records aii
instance in Phoca vitulina in which the left horn of the uterus contained five embryos
and the right horn four. Turner also had in his possession twin foetuses from the
uterus of a Phoca greenlandica. There can, however, be no doubt that the presence
of more than a single foetus is quite exceptional, and that the foetus is situated in
one or other of the cornua, the non-gravid horn being very slightly, if at all enlarged.

There is little or nothing to add to the description already given by Turner of
the macroscopic characters of the placenta. As is the case in the Carnivora generally
the placenta of the seal is zonary. The foetal surface (fig. 16) shows a series of
elongated cord-like elevations with intervening depressions. These elevations lie more
or less parallel with one another and run in the long axis of the placenta itself (fig. 16).

The histological characters were examined by means of longitudinal and transverse
sections from the margin and central portion of placenta of different ages. In order
that no point of importance should be overlooked I submitted the sections for
examination to my friend Mr. Richard Asshcton, who has done so much to elucidate
the structure and comparative anatomy of that organ, and to his kindness I am
indebted for the description here given.

Two distinct stages are represented in the specimens examined. The earlier one
is of an age equivalent to the 24th to 26th day of pregnancy of the dog, the older of
an age equivalent to perhaps the 40th to 45th day of pregnancy of the same animal.
There is, as one would expect from Turner's description (10), a very close resemblance
to the placenta of Carnivora such as the dog or ferret.

In the earlier stage the angioplasmode formation of Duval has become well
established but forms as yet only a thin layer. The mouths of the uterine glands are
blocked by the trophoblast and by degenerated uterine epithelium, but the preservation
of the material is not sufficiently good to determine the boundary between the two.
The distal parts of the glands are expanded, and by this expansion and consequent
thinning out of the intervening tissue the " lamelles meseuteriques " are formed (fig. 17).

In the younger stage the embryonic blood corpuscles are still nucleated. Even
in the early stages lacunae containing extravasated maternal blood, lying between the
maternal tissue and the trophoblast — or bounded on nearly all sides by the trophoblast
— have commenced to appear. (Compare Assheton 1, pi. 13, Cuti/.t.)

In the older specimen (fig. 18) the angioplasmode layer has increased enormously.
In the earlier stage it is only about one-sixth to one-quarter of the thickness of the
sub-mucous layer, whereas in the later sl.-igc it is about I wire the thickness of th.ii
layer. The dilated glands are now still more dilated, and Mr. Assheton thinks that in
many cases the angioplasmode projects into their cavities.

The lacunae of extravasated maternal blood are large and the trophoblast cells
forming their walls are gorged with red maternal blood corpuscles.

There appear to be no important differences between the placenta of the seal and

D 2

20 II. W. MARETT TIMS.

that of a carnivore such as the dog ; special differential staining might bring out
unimportant, differences in the minor details. It is impossible from the material at
hand, there being no complete series, to determine whether the placenta is of the more
" plicate " (Strahl) or the more " cumulate " (Duval) type.

In conclusion, may I once more tender my most grateful thanks to Professor
Jeffrey Bell of the British Museum (Natural History) for having entrusted the material
to me for examination and to Mr. R. Asshetou for his kindly assistance in reporting on
the structure of the placenta.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. ASSHETON, E. — "The morphology of the Ungulate placenta, particularly the development of that

organ in the Sheep and notes upon the placenta of the Elephant and Hyrax." Phil. Trans.,
vol. 198 B (1905), pp. 143-220.

2. BARRETT-HAMILTON, G. E. H. — " Seals." Resultatsdu voyage du ' S.Y. Belgica ' en 1897-1898-1899

(1901), pp. 3-19.

3. BEDDARD, F. E. — " On the structure of Hooker's Sea-lion (Arctocephalus ffonkeri')." Trans. Zool.

Soc. Lond. (1887), pp. 3G9-380.

4. HOWES, G. B. — "On some points in the anatomy of the Porpoise (Fhocccna communis)." Journ.

Anat. and Pliys. xiv. (1879), pp. 467-474.

5. HOWES, G. B. — "Rabbit with an Intra-narial Epiglottis, with a suggestion concerning the phylogeny

of the mammalian respiratory apparatus." Journ. Anat. and Phys. xxiii. (1889), pp. 263-272.

6. HOWES, "G. B. — "Additional observations upon the Intra-narial Epiglottis." Tom. cit., pp. 587-598.

7. LEBOUCQ, H. — " Organogenic des Pinnipedes. I. Les extremites." Resnltats du voyage du

'S.Y. Belgica' en 1897-1898-1899 " (1904), pp. 3-17.

8. MIVART, ST. G. — "Notes on the Pinnipedia." Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1885), pp. 484-501.

9. MURIE, J. — "Researches on the anatomy of the Pinnipedia." Pt. I. "On the Walrus (Trielicrlnis

rosmarm)." Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. vii. (1870), pp. 411-4C4. Pt. II. " Descriptive Anatomy of
the Sea-lion (Otaria jubata)." Tom. cit., pp. 527-526. Pt. III. Op. cit. viii. (1870), pp. 501-582.

10. TURNER, W. — "On the placentation of the Seals." Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. xxvii. (187C),

pp. 275-304.

1 1. TURNER, W.— " Seals." Reports of the Scientific results of the voyage of ' H.M.S. Challenger ' (1888),

vol. XjXvi. pt. 68.

12. WALDEYER, W. — " Beitriige zur normalen und vergleichenden Anatomie des Pharynx mit besonderer

Beziehung auf den Schlingweg." Sitzungsb. der Konig. Preuss. Akad. Berlin (1886),
pp. 233-250.

13. WILSON, E.— Appendix to "The Voyage of the ' Discovery,' " London (1905), 2 vols., by Captain

R. F. Scott, R.X.

.14. WINDLE, B. C. A., and PARSONS, F. G. — "On the myology of the terrestrial Carnivora." Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. (1897), pp. 370-409 ; (IX'.is), pp. 152-lsi;.

SEAL-EMBRYOS. 21

ILLUSTRATIONS OF LEPTONYCHOTES WEDDELLI.

!M,AT!-; I.

fir,, i. — Dissection (if u uterus, showing the youngest fu'tus in Uic collection i,i Kiln. The hind limb is

as long and well-developed as the fore limb.
FI(; •_> — A. slightly older specimen, showing the position of the vestige of the external ear (*>).

Enlarged.

Fro. 3. — The Lend of the same specimen still more enlarged.
FIGS. 4, 5, G, and 7. — Four embryos (natural size), showing the gradual alteration in the position of the

limbs.
FIG. 8. — Foot of the largest embryo, showing the webbing of the digits and position of the nails.

Natural size.
FIGS. 9, 10, .and 11. — Three stages in the development of the liver, b. <1. = Bile duct. Natural sizes.

Seen from ventral side.

PLATE II.

FIG. 12. — Mesial section of an embryo, showing curvature of the cervical spine. Natural size.
FIG. 13. — Section through the head of the oldest embryo, slightly to the right of the mesial plane. The
median nasal septum has been partially removed. A probe («) is shown passing through
the external nares into the lateral nasal cavity (J. n. c.). Another (b) through the opening
from that cavity into the median chamber (m. <•.), and a third probe (c) from that chamber
through the rima glottidis into the trachea (/.), which has been opened. Reduced.

Fn;. 14. — Section through the head before removal of the median nasal cartilage («. n. ntrt.}. »i. r. =
median chamber. The lateral wall of the larynx has been removed to. show the
communication between the median chamber and trachea.

FIG. 15. — Dissection of the larynx from above, showing the intra-narial position of the epiglottis (rjti,//.}.
r. = true rima, which is r/rtiail in position; its posterior part has been drawn backwards
in order to expose it. r. p. = velum palati.
FIG. 1C. — Uterine surface of the placenta.
FIG. 17. — Section through the younger stage of the placenta.
a = lacuna of extravasated maternal blood.
b = " lamelles mcsenteriques."

f = " angioplasmode," trophoblast, embryonic, and maternal capillaries.
d = maternal portion of the placenta, showing uterine glands cut across (>).
e = uterine glands cut across.
Fio. 18. — Section through a slightly older placenta.
« = mesoblast of embryo.
b = " angioplasmode."
c = maternal portion of placenta.
'/ = uterine glands.

FIG. 4.

FIG. I.

FIG. 2.

/ ..

FiG.3.

FIG. 6

Ant.arct.iG iDisc • Exp.

Foetal Seals i

in . Cambridge

'

•-•

Antarctic (Discovery) Exp.

Foetal Seals pi. II.

E Wilson. Cambridge

~

TUNICATA.

By W. A. HERDMAN, D.Sc., F.K.S.,

Professor of Zoology in the, University of Liverpool.

(7 Plates.)

THIS is a small but interesting collection consisting of about twenty-two species,
represented by about 2,000 specimens. By for the greater number of the latter
belong, however, to a few species of Salpidax If we omit the Thaliacea and Larvacea,
the remaining simple and compound Ascidians number only thirty-three specimens,
belonging to fourteen species. They are distributed in families as follows :—

ASCIDIACEA :

Styelidse — two species.
Halocynthiidfe — two species.
Bolteuiidie — one species.
Molgulidre — four species.
Ascidiidse — one species.
Clavellinidse — one species.
Didemnidaj — two species.
Polycliuidse — one species.

THALIACEA :

Salpidse — four species.

Doliolidse — one species.
LARVACEA :

Appendiculariidse — at least two species.

Of these I find that I must describe ten (two species of Sti/iiu, one of IIal>c>/ntlii<i,
one of Soltenia, four of Molgulidae, and two compound Ascidians) as new to science,
although none of them are very remarkable forms in any way. The greater part of
the collection was obtained through closely adjacent holes in the ice near the Winter
Quarters of the ' Discovery ' in McMurdo Bay. Those species labelled simply " Winter
Quarters " must be regarded as coming from shallow water between the ship and the
shore in that locality.

I have already * expressed the view that the Ascidiau fauna of the far South is

* Report of British Association for 1892, p. 787 ; and elsewhere.

W. A. II REDMAN.

characterised by Ihe abundance aii<l llie large size of the individuals of a comparatively
few species. Every collection that has been brouglrt home from the Antarctic since
has demonstrated the correctness of this conclusion, and I find that Dr. Sluiter, in a
recent publication,* draws attention to the same set of facts. The aspect, for example,
of the present collection, with its comparatively few species, is in marked contrast to
that of a collection from the Indian Ocean, or any other tropical or sub-tropical region,
where the species are numerous and small. In the present collection as large
specimens we have Styela spectdbilis, measuring 18 cm., Molgula kodgsoni, measuring
4 cm., and Ilalocynthia sctosa up to 10 cm. ; while in the collection of the Scottish
Antarctic Expedition, now in my hands, this appearance of a fauna characterised by
few but gigantic species is still more marked. This possession of unusually large
species is a character in which the far southern seas certainly seem to surpass
those of the far North. The Arctic Tunicate fauna, which is now so very much
better known than the Antarctic, shows no such marked assemblage of gigantic
forms.

Although so many expeditions have collected in Antarctic seas of late, it cannot
be said yet that the fauna is sufficiently well known, as several of the collections have
not yet been worked out. We have reports upon the ' Valdivia,' the ' Charcot,' and
the ' Southern Cross ' Tunicata, but those of the ' Belg-ica,' the ' Scotia,' and the
' Gauss ' are not yet published. There will undoubtedly be a certain amount of
overlapping in the collections from these various expeditions, hut each will probably
add something to our knowledge of the Antarctic Tunicata. That knowledge is not
yet sufficiently detailed to permit of a close comparison with the corresponding Arctic
fauna ; but a certain similarity in families and genera — which does not, however,
extend to identity of species — is noticeable. For example, amongst simple Ascidians,
both polar regions are characterised by the presence of Ascidiidse and Molgulidre, while
tropical seas have more Cyuthiidse. Other resemblances might be pointed out, but
I believe the time has not yet come to 'make a detailed analysis of the two polar
faunas.

One difficulty met with in attempting any record of a section of the Antarctic
fauna is the absence of any natural northern limit and the want of agreement as to
where such a limit should be arbitrarily placed.

If we take the Antarctic region in a wide sense as including the Strait of Magellan,
Tierra. del Fuego, the Falkland Islands and Kerguelen Island, then we have a large
recorded fauna belonging to all groups of the Tunicata and characterised by abundance
of specimens belonging to many species (see, for example, those collected during the
'Challenger' expedition). If, however, we use the term 'Antarctic' in a more
restricted sense, as including only the sea-area south of, say, GO0 S. latitude, then we
cut out all laud except the shores of the Antarctic continent itself; but even from this
restricted region some fifty species of Tunicata are already known. The following

* Expedition Antiu-ctiijuc I'raix-aisc (Charcot). Tunicit-rs. Paris, p. 1.

TUNICATA. 3

is a list of the species which have been recorded from this restricted area, including
those described in the present Report :—

DISTOMIDJE Goldla pedunculate, Q. et G. ; Port Charcot (Sluiter).

Distoma glareosa, Sluit. ; Chenal de Schollaert (Sluiter).
Distaplia ignota, Herdm. ; Cape Adare (Herdman).

DIDEHNID^E Leptoclinum liiglans, Sluit. ; Port Charcot, &c. (Sluiter).

L. glaciale, sp. n. ; off Coulman Island (Herdman).
L. sp. ; McMurdo Bay (Herdman).

ASCIDIID^E Corella eumyota, Traust. (= Corella antarctica, Sluit.) ; Booth Wandel Id. (Sluiter).

Ascidia charcoti, Sluit. ; Booth AYandel Id. (Sluiter).

CLAVELLINIDJE Stereoclavella antarctica, sp. n. ; McMurdo Bay (Herdman).

STYELiDjE Styela lactea, Herdm. ; Cape Adare (Herdman).

S.flexibilis, Sluit. ; Booth Wandel Id. (Sluiter).

S. grahami, Sluit. ; Booth Wandel Id., &c. (Sluiter).

S. spectabilis, sp. n. ; McMurdo Bay (Herdman).

S. rotunda, sp. n. ; McMurdo Bay (Herdman).

Bathyoncus (Bathystyeloides) endcrlyanus, Michlsn. ; Enderby Land (Michaelsen).

B. herdmani, Michlsn. ; Enderby Land (Michaelsen).

HALOCYNTHHDzE.../M0«/»tfM'« setosa, Sluit. ; Booth Wandel Id. (Sluiter).
//. discovery}, sp._ n. ; McMurdo Bay (Herdman).

BOLTENIID^ Boltenia tiirqueti, Sluit. ; Booth Waudel Id. (Sluiter).

B. salelrosa, Sluit. ; Booth Wandel Id. (Sluiter).

B. scotti, sp. n. ; McMurdo Bay (Herdman).

Culeolus murrayi, Herdm. ; Enderby Land (Michaelsen).

MOLGULID.E Bathypera splendens, Michlsn. ; Enderby Land (Michaelsen).

Molgula maxima, Sluit. ; Booth Wandel Id. (Sluiter).
Molgula hodgsoni, sp. n. ; McMurdo Bay (Herdman).
M. bacca, sp. n. ; McMurdo Bay (Herdman).
M. longicaulis, sp. n. ; McMurdo Bay (Herdman).
M. concomitans, sp. n. ; McMurdo Bay (Herdman).

POLYCLINID^E Tylolrancliion antarcticum, Herdm. ; Cape Adare (Herdman).

Pharyngodictyon redudum, Sluit. ; Booth Wandel Id. (Sluiter).
Polydinum adareanum, Herdm. ; Cape Adare (Herdman).
Amarouciiim meridianum, Sluit. ; Chenal de Schollaert (Sluiter).
A. cceruleum, Sluit. ; Chenal de Schollaert (Sluiter).
A. antarcticum, sp. n. ; off Coulman Island (Herdman).
Lissamaroucium magnum, Sluit. ; Port Charcot, &c. (Sluiter).
Atopogaster elongata, Herdm. ; Cape Adare (Herdman).
Psammaplidium nii/nnn, Herdm. ; Cape Adare (Herdman).
Ps. antarcticum, Herdm. ; Cape Adare (Herdman).
Ps. orcUnatum, Sluit. ; Chenal de Schollaert (Sluiter).
Ps. triplex, Sluit. ; Chenal de Schollaert (Sluiter).
Ps. radiatum, Sluit. ; Port Charcot, &c. (Sluiter).
Ps. annulatum, Sluit. ; Chenal de Schollaert (Sluiter).

SALPID^E Salpa runcinata-fusiformis, Cham.-Cuv. ; Cape Adare (Herdman).

S. mucronata-democraiica, Forsk. ; Lat. 00° S., &c.
S. cordiformis-zonaria, Q. et G.-Pall. ; Lat. 5D0 S., &c.
S. hexagona, Q. et G. ; McMurdo Bay.

W. A. HERDMAN.

Doliolum resistibile, Neumann ; * Lat. 65° S.

APPENDICULARIID^E Oikopleura yciussica, Lohm. ; Lat. 65 '5° S., Long. 90° E. (Lohmann).

0. valdivicR, Lolim. ; ditto.

0. sp.

Fritillaria borealis, f. ft/pica, Lohm.

F. antarctica, Lohm.

According to this list fifty-two species are recorded from the Antarctic area
south of 60° S. lat. ; eighty-one species were enumerated by Hartmeyer in " Fauna
Arctica" in 1903.

lu the following systematic statement the species are merely placed in families
under the three great divisions of the Tunicata — groups of intermediate rank being
considered unnecessary in a report of this nature.

ASCIDIACEA.

STYELID^E.

STYELA SPECTABILIS.
(Plate I.)

Locality. — Winter Quarters, 17. i. 03, Flagon Point, Dredge, 10-20 fins. One
specimen measuring : — length 18 cm., dorse-ventral breadth (greatest) 9'5 cm., lateral
thickness 7 cm., dorso-ventral breadth at posterior end 6'5 cm. ; across anterior end
from branchial to atrial aperture, 8 • 5 cm.

External Appearance. — Body elongated, upright, somewhat flagon-shaped or
swollen in the middle, not compressed laterally, attached by the posterior end
(Plate I., fig. 1, and text-figs. 1 and 2). Both apertures are on the anterior end, the
branchial turned ventrally and the atrial dorsally ; both are large and distinctly
four-lobed (Plate I., figs. 2 and 3). The surface is even and fairly smooth, being
merely creased and somewhat corrugated (see text-figs. 1 and 2), but these surface
foldings probably disappear when the animal is expanded. The colour (in spirit) is
yellowish grey.

Test thin, but leathery ; somewhat corrugated on the surface and finely wrinkled
in places ; white in section and for the most part less than 1 mm. in thickness.

Mantle thin, but very muscular, closely adhering to test. External layer of
circular and internal layer of longitudinal muscle bundles form a close and fairly
regular network (see Plate I., fig. 4).

* Dr. Neumann described (Zool. Anzeiger, 5th Jan., 1909, p. 794) a new Pyrosoma and this new Doliolum
from the collection of the German South Polar Expedition. It is only the Doliolum, however, that is really an
Antarctic form, found in latitudes 64° and 65° S., as the Pyrosoma (P. ovatum, Neum.) was obtained in the
South Atlantic at 30° S. latitude.

TUNIC AT A. 5

Branchial Sac with four large folds on each side, separated by wide interspaces
(Plate I., fig. 5). There are about six strong bars on a fold and five in the area
between two folds. The bars (fig. 6, i. I. b.) are wide and ribbon-like, and are far
apart (except on the folds). The transverse vessels are of at least three different sizes,
arranged symmetrically (Plate I., fig. G). The meshes are elongated and may contain
as many as twenty-five to thirty stigmata. The wall of the branchial sac is thrown
into occasional undulations, as shown in fig. 6.

Tentacles large (15 mm. x 2 mm.), simple, about thirty in number; a few are
smaller, but there is no regular alternation.

Dorsal Lamina a plain membrane, short and not very wide.

Dorsal Tubercle large and complicated in form (Plate I., fig. 7), having broken up
into several distinct spirals with the horns coiled inwards.

Alimentary Canal very large, on the left side, oesophageal opening very far
forward, within 5 cm. of the anterior end of the body, and leading by a short funnel-
shaped oesophagus to a large smooth-walled stomach (Plate I., fig. 8, St.). The
intestine is short and wide, and has the usual course (see fig. 8). The wide anus,
close to the oesophagus, is fringed with about ten simple or compound projections.

Gonads enormous and placed on both sides of the body. They are like yellow
sausages, fully 1 cm. in diameter, with small nipple-like ducts at their atrial ends
(fig. 8, ff.). Numerous large and small irregularly shaped endocarps (figs. 8 and 9) are
present on both sides of the body ; they measure up to 2'5 cm. in length.

This very fine species is probably the largest Styela known. In some respects it
recalls Styela rustica of Arctic seas, but is very much larger, and differs in details of

FIG. 1.— Styela spectabilis, l''i<-.. \i.—Stij,-la

from left side. from right side.

(Ahout one-third natural size.) (About one-third natural size.)

structure. Although the two apertures differ so greatly in appearance (Plate 1.,
figs. 2 and 3) in the preserved specimen, they are probably both widely open and more

K 2

6 W. A. HERDMAN.

or less square and funnel-like when the animal is alive and fully expanded. The
other anatomical characters are sufficiently shown in the figures on Plate I. or
described in the above diagnosis.

•

STYELA ROTUNDA.
(Plate VI. , figs. 14-19).

Locality. — Winter Quarters, in McMurdo Bay.

External Appearance. — Shape almost globular, attached by a wide posterior end,
not flattened. Both apertures minute, cross-slit, inconspicuous, sessile, on the rounded
anterior end about 1 cm. apart. Surface even, but finely roughened. Colour yellow.
Size 2 cm. dorso-ventrally x 1 ' 8 cm. antero-posteriorly x 1 ' 8 cm. from side to side.

Test thin, but leathery ; stiff, but not tough, easily torn.

Mantle closely adhering to inner surface of test.

Branchial Sac with four folds on each side, the ventral ones are the slighter and
placed further apart. Very many longitudinal bars are present. There may be as
many as eight or ten on a fold, and about twenty to twenty-four in the interspace
(fig. 15). The transverse vessels are of three orders, but none are very wide. The
meshes are elongated vertically and contain two or three long narrow stigmata each.
They are crossed by a fine horizontal vessel (fig. 15).

Dorsal Lamina a narrow plain membrane.

Tentacles simple, at least forty large and a few smaller scattered irregularly
between.

Dorsal Tubercle simple, horse-shoe shaped, turned with the opening to one side.

The Alimentary Canal is posterior to and partly on the left side of the branchial
sac. The stomach is long and is very finely ridged along its length (fig. 17).

The Gonads are two or three narrow, yellow, convoluted tubes on each side.

This species recalls in some respects the species of Dendrodoa from Arctic seas,
and especially perhaps D. kuekentkali, Hartmeyer, but differs in having gonads on
both sides of the body — a character which determines its position as a Styela. It
resembles in external appearance St. nordenskjoeldi, Michaelsen, from Magellan Strait
and other localities at the south end of America, but differs wholly in the structure of
the branchial sac and other details of anatomy. The figure (Plate VI., fig. 14) is from
a photograph, and represents the specimen, of which the measurements are given above,
at double the natural size. A second specimen slightly smaller, 1'8 x 1P6 cm., was
obtained from " Dredge off Coulman Island — 13. i. 02 — 100 fathoms."

TUNICATA.

HALOCYNTHIHXE.

HALOCYNTHIA SETOSA.

(Plate II.)
Halocyntltia setosa, Sluiter, Bull. Mus. Xat. Hist. Paris, xi. (1905), p. 470.

Localities. — (1) Winter Quarters, 10 fathoms, 19. iii. 02, one specimen, 8x4x6 cm. ;
(2) East End of Barrier, 100 fathoms, 29. i. 02, bottom mud, stones and rocks, two
specimens, 10 x 6 x 5 and 5 x 3 x 2'5 cm.; (3) Winter Quarters, D net, No. 12
Hole, 100 yards S. of Hut Point, 20. viii. 03. one specimen, 9x5x5 cm. ;
(4) Winter Quarters, 20 fathoms, net, one specimen, 6 x 3'5 x 4 cm.

External Appearance. — The body is ellipsoidal, with the longer axis dorso-ventral
and the height about equal to the breadth. It is attached by a small bare area which
occupies the middle half of the lower surface, and in the first specimen recorded above
measures 4*5x3 cm. Colour yellowish grey, and due to the numerous long echinated
spines that cover the test densely (Plate II., fig. 1). Branchial and atrial apertures
4-lobed and very far apart — 5 cm. apart in a specimen measuring 9 cm. in greatest
(dorso-ventral) diameter.

Test leathery, not thick, 1 to 2 mm. over most of the body, increasing up to
5 mm. on the base of attachment ; white in section, smooth and glistening on the
inside, covered externally with a dense and somewhat matted layer of tapering
echinated spines (Plate II., fig. 2). The thickness of this layer varies from 5 to
15 mm. (fig. 2), and the individual spines, though tough, are not stiff, and the
consistency of the covering is more like coarse hair than bristles. The longest spines
reach 17 or 18 mm. in length and about 1 mm. in greatest diameter, and bear a large
number of small sharp-pointed spinules or recurved hooks (see figs. 2, A, B, and C).
Fig. 2 B shows a type of spine where the spinules are softer and more projecting ;
fig. 2 C a type where they are harder, sharper, and more recurved. Many of them are
densely clothed with growths of diatoms and other minute organisms, and many small
shells, fragments of Polyzoa, etc., are found entangled or attached to the spines. The
specimens from localities (3) and (4) are almost wholly covered by the remains of a
Hexactinellid sponge.

Mantle thick, opaque, scarcely attached to test. Musculature consisting of (l) the
siphonal sphincters, (2) a circularly running layer surrounding both apertures (fig. 3),
and (3) internal radial and longitudinally running stout fibres starting beneath the
sphincters. A fine fibrous connective tissue surrounds and unites these muscular
layers.

Branchial Sac with six large folds (fig. 5) on each side, the largest being that
nearest to the dorsal lamina (fig. 4, Br. /). The internal bars are much more

8 W. A. HERDMAN.

numerous on the folds than in the interspaces (fig. 5). On the third fold, for example,
there are about twenty-three on the fold and seven in the adjoining interspace. In
another case, however, there were ten on a fold and five in the interspace. Transverse
vessels are of four sizes, of which the three larger sizes (fig. 6, tr, tr', tr") are arranged
with regularity (1 — 3 — 2 — 3 — 1, etc.), and the fourth or smallest size occur irregularly
and may be as numerous as four or five between any two of the others. The meshes
are elongated horizontally and contain nine to twelve stigmata. The stigmata are
rather long and straight, and usually narrower than the interstigrnatic vessels (fig. 6).

Dorsal Lamina represented by a series of languets, which are smaller and very
closely placed anteriorly, and are further apart and larger posteriorly (fig. 4, d. I).

Tentacles about sixteen, large, of two orders, alternating with a third order of
much smaller ones, so : 1 — 3 — 2 — 3 — 1.

Dorsal Tubercle very large, about 3x5 mm., horseshoe-shaped, opening anterior,
horns turned inwards and coiled (fig. 4). Peri-tubercular area very wide.

Nerve-ganglion long and narrow, may be over 9 mm. in length, giving off two
nerves at each end, which can be traced some way round the sphincters.

Alimentary Canal forming a very long straight loop. (Esophageal opening
large, crescentic, with corrugated lips. Stomach having the wall folded into thin
lamellae projecting into the lumen. Anus with laminated edge, attached to the mantle
exactly alongside of oesophagus.

Gonads an elongated compact mass on each side of body, with papillary openings
into the atrial cavity. The left gonad entirely fills the intestinal loop.

This species, which would doubtless fall into the genus Pyura in the nomenclature
of MM. Hartmeyer and Michaelsen, was first described by Prof. Sluiter in 1905,* and
more fully in 1906,f in his report on the Tunicata of Dr. Jean Charcot's Antarctic
expedition of 1903-05. That expedition obtained two specimens of this species at
" He Booth Wandel, 40 metres " ; but the figure of the exterior (Exped. Charcot,
Plate V., fig. 57) is so formal, and the spines, as represented, are so formless compared
with those constituting the most conspicuous feature of the ' Discovery ' specimens,
that I failed at first to recognise that I was dealing with the same species.
Consequently I drew up the above detailed diagnosis and prepared the accompanying
figures (Plate II.), before establishing the identity of my specimens with Sluiter's
species. As Dr. Sluiter's lithographer has scarcely done justice to his subject, and as,
moreover, there are some points of difference in detail between the figures of the
' Charcot ' specimens and ours, I believe it will be useful to science that this present
account of the ' Discovery ' specimens should be published as a supplementary
description of the species.

I would point out : — that Plate II., fig. 1, gives a much more life-like

* Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris, xi. (1905), p. 473.

t Exped. Antarct. Franc. (Charcot). Tuniciers, p. 40. [No date.— ED.]

TUNICATA.

representation of the species, as known to me, than does the ' Charcot 'fig. 57 ; that
the dorsal tubercle is more coiled and has the horns proportionately larger (cf. our
fig. 4), than is shown in the ' Charcot ' fig. 37 ; that Prof. Sluiter's text-figure of the
branchial sac on p. 41 scarcely does justice to the marked differences between the
transverse vessels which he describes on the following page (cf. our fig. 6, tr. tr' , tr"),
and that the stigmata are in our specimens much more elongated than he shows.
Other minor differences will be found on comparing the details of the two descriptions,
but still it cannot be doubted that both refer to the same species.

I may add that this species was obtained in much greater quantity by the Scottish
Expedition in the ' Scotia ' at the South Orkneys.

HALOCYNTHIA DISCOVERY:.
(Plate IV., figs. 6-12.)

Locality. — Winter Quarters, in McMurdo Bay.

External appearance. — Body wide and low, somewhat flattened, with the two
apertures far apart on prominent siphons attached by posterior end. Surface irregular,
much wrinkled; colour yellow-brown. Size: — 2'5 cm. dorso-ventrally x 1'5 cm.
antero-posteriorly x 1 cm. from side to side.

Test tough and leathery, very stiff, much corrugated on outer surface (fig. 6).

Mantle adhering closely to test, yellow, opaque and very muscular. Strong
sphincters, and diaphragms at the base of the siphons.

Brancliial Sac with six folds on each side. There are about seven or eight bars on
a fold, and three rows of meshes in the interspace.

There are three sizes of transverse vessel, arranged symmetrically so : — tr, tr" , tr",
tr", tr' , 3 tr", tr (fig. 10). The meshes are about square, and contain each four or five
very regular stigmata.

Dorsal Lamina represented by a series of closely placed tentacular lauguets ;
figs. 8 and 9 show two parts of the series.

Tentacles sparingly branched (fig. 11), and not at all bushy. There are twelve
larger ones and a few additional smaller ones interposed irregularly.

Dorsal Tubercle large and complicated (fig. 12), occupying the whole of the
triangular peritubercular area. The opening is anterior, and both horns turn outwards,
but in place of coiling are bent abruptly downwards and upwards alternately.

This little species is a Pyura, according to the nomenclature of Hartrneyer and
Michaelsen, and resembles several known forms more or less in appearance. It is,
externally, not unlike Pyura (Halocynthia) dura (Heller), with which it also agrees in
having six folds on each side of the branchial sac, but they differ totally in the dorsal
tubercle, the tentacles, and other internal characters. Another form to which our
species shows some resemblance is Halocynthia davigera (Traustedt) ( = Cynthia
//odiilosa, v. Drasche), and in this case our irregular dorsal tubercle is not unlike

10 W. A. HERDMAN.

the description given by Michaelsen (JB. Hamburgisch. wiss. Anstalten, XXV.,
2 Beiheft, 1908, p. 250). H. clavigera has been recorded from various parts of the
South American coast, Peru, and Chili.

The photograph from which the larger figure (Plate IV., fig. 7) is taken
represents the single specimen about twice the natural size.

BOLTENIID^E.

BOLTENIA SCOTTI.

(Plate VII., figs. 1-11.)

Locality. — Winter Quarters, in McMurdo Bay, Feb. 1902.

External Appearance. — Stalk from one-half to three times as long as body,
attached by an expanded base to a fragment of stone, and tapering slightly upwards
(figs. 1, 3, 5). Body rather longer than broad, of ovate sub-cylindrical form, the
anterior end, where the stalk is attached, being the wider. Apertures distant, the
branchial being nearly under the stalk (figs. 1, 3) and the atrial in the middle of
the free posterior end of the body ; both apertures sessile and cross-slit (figs. 2, 4).
Surface of the body finely roughened all over with minute papillae, ending in sharp
spines (figs. 7 and 8) ; surface of stalk corrugated or wrinkled. Colour grey, nearly
opaque ; stalk rather yellowish. Size of largest specimen (fig. 1) : — Body 1 "5 cm. long,
1 cm. broad ; stalk nearly 4 cm. long.

Test, thin but tough. The roughness on the outer surface (fig. 11) is seen
under the microscope to be due to closely placed, minute, sharp-pointed spines
(fig. 8) of a yellowish tint. Eound the apertures the spines are depressed and point
radially outwards (figs. 4 and 6).

Mantle thin, but moderately muscular, closely adhering to the test. The thin
muscle bundles are in most parts arranged with regularity, so as to form quadrangular
meshes.

Branchial Sac with six folds on one side and seven on the other. There are
seven to ten bars on a fold, and one or two in the interspace between (fig. 10).

Dorsal Lamina composed of a series of short triangular languets, united by their
bases to a wide membrane (fig. 10).

Tentacles compound, about eight larger, rather slender and feathery, and some
much smaller ones between.

Dorsal Tubercle small, but prominent, on a rounded elevation ; cordate, with both
horns coiled inwards (fig. 9). The long nerve ganglion is visible behind and to one
side of the dorsal tubercle.

Alimentary Canal very slender, forming a long narrow loop. Stomach globular,
with longitudinal folds ; intestine narrow and straight for the greater part of its length.

Gonads small, on both sides of the body.

TUNICATA. 11

This little species of Boltenia seems distinct from all other known species. It
differs from the t\vo species of the ' Charcot ' expedition in having but few liars in
the interspace between two branchial folds, in the condition of the dorsal lamina, and
in other details of structure; and from B. bouvetensis, Michsn., of the ' Valdivia '
Expedition, in the number of branchial folds and in the structure of the dorsal tubercle.
The minutely spinose surface of our species is also a notable peculiarity.

In the same bottle with these specimens of Boltenia is a single specimen of
a flattened, smooth Cyuthiid (Plate VII., fig. 12) with 4-lobed apertures (fig. 13),
which is in such bad condition that further identification is impossible. The muscles
of the mantle are the only internal organs that can be seen under the microscope.
Possibly the animal may have been dead and decaying when collected.

MOLGULID^E.

MOLGULA HODGSOKI.

(Plate III., figs. 7-13.)

Locality. — Winter Quarters, in McMurdo Bay, 10 fathoms, 22.iii.02 ; one specimen,
4 X 2 • 2 X 2 cm.

External Appearance. — Body pyriform, with a wider anterior and a narrow pointed
posterior end (Plate III., fig. 7). Apparently not attached, or only very slightly so, by
the posterior end. Atrial aperture terminal. Branchial a short distance back along
the dorsal edge (fig. 7); both are on prominent siphons. Bight-hand side more
flattened and left side more swollen and rounded. Whole surface slightly roughened,
with a sparse coating of sponge spicules and occasional shell-fragments and other
foreign bodies. Colour a warm grey, becoming browner at anterior end.

Test thin and membranous, but moderately tough, translucent, free on left side,
but attached to mantle over the more muscular right side.

Mantle rather transparent, but moderately muscular, the bundles being few, but
very distinct (figs. 8 and 9).

Branchial Sac with seven folds on each side, with four very wide bars on the
fold, and four or five bars in the interspace ; occasional very wide transverse vessels ;
stigmata curved and irregularly arranged, but never forming spirals or iufundibula

(%- 11).

Tentacles much branched, of two sizes, six or seven of each. The tentacles

rather slender, with long delicate branches.

Dorsal Lamina a plain narrow membrane, with no ribs nor marginal teeth. It is
short, and rather inconspicuous.

Dorsal Tubercle broadly cordate in shape (fig. 10), with both ends turned spirally
inwards and the opening between them directed posteriorly.

VOL. V. F

^•^

'***'

12 W. A. HERMAN.

Alimentary Canal long, with the intestinal loop continued unusually far forwards.
Stomach surrounded by conspicuous glandular caeca (figs. 12 and 13). Anus with a
smooth, slightly thickened everted rim (fig. 12). Rectum loaded with diatomaceous ooze.

Gonads a yellow sausage-shaped mass on each side, about 10 mm. in length, and
2 to 3 mm. in breadth, with a duct at the anterior end directed towards the
cloaca (fig. 13).

I have pleasure in naming this new species in honour of Mr. T. V. Hodgson, who
showed both energy and ingenuity in his methods of collecting quantities of marine
animals, of many groups, from under the ice-sheet at the Winter Quarters of the
Expedition in McMurdo Bay.

On trying to find the position of this species in its genus by means of the
dichotomising table in my " Revised Classification " * I find that its characters bring
it alongside M. csepiformis of N.W. European seas, and M. pcdunculata from the
Antarctic. It agrees with M. csepiformis in being apparently unattached, but that
species has only been found in the northern hemisphere and is of globular shape.
The present species has some resemblance to Molgula maxima, described by Sluiter
from Dr. Charcot's Antarctic expedition (lie Booth Wandel, He Anvers, 30-40 metres).
It also recalls my own M. pcdunculata from the ' Challenger ' collection, found to the
South of Kerguelen Island at a depth of 150 fathoms ; and I notice that Sluiter states
that his species may possibly be the same as my M. pedunculata. There is no doubt
that all three are closely related forms, but I believe that, with our present knowledge,
they had better be treated as distinct species. The easier course would no doubt be
to say that these forms probably all belong to the one species, but so long as any
distinguishing features can be pointed out, such a statement would be an erroneous
identification. The more scientific course is surely to define such differences as we can,
and leave it to our successors to dispose of these if they are able. We place before
them the evidence for three species, which possibly they, with fuller knowledge, may
be able to unite.

From the ' Challenger ' M. pedunculata the ' Discovery ' specimen differs in
external appearance, in shape, in having the atrial aperture terminal, in the consistency
and thickness of the test, in the number of bars in the branchial sac, and in the position
of the dorsal tubercle ; there are also minor differences in almost all organs. Sluiter
has given the points in which his species differs from M, pcdunculata ; and I can add
that the present species differs from M. maxima in the shape of the body (although the
relative position of the apertures is the same in both), in the number of bars between
the branchial folds, and in the tentacles.

* Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., xxiii., p. 568. It is not always possible to identify species absolutely by such
tables. They were not put forward for such a purpose (see footnote on p. 559). They serve, however, to
indicate the position in the genus, after which the original descriptions should be consulted.

TUNIC AT A. 13

MOLGULA BACCA.

(Plate IV., figs. 1-5.)

Locality. — Winter Quarters, in McMurclo Bay. A single specimen, measuring in
length of body 2*2 cm., breadth 1*6 cm., length of stalk 0'4 cm.

External Appearance. — Body pyriform, nearly globular, attached by a short
posteriorly placed stalk (Plate IV., figs. 1, 2). Anterior end rounded, bearing both
apertures, which are small, but distinct. The surface is absolutely smooth and shining.
Colour pale yellowish grey.

Test thin as tissue paper, membranous and transparent. A few foraminifera and
minute sand grains adhere to the test round the atrial aperture.

Mantle thin, but with delicate muscle bauds and well-marked sphincters.

Branchial Sac very delicate, with seven folds on each side. There are five or six
bars on a fold, and three between. Many of the stigmata are long and narrow, or
nearly straight — especially those next the endostyle and in the middle of the inter-
spaces ; while they are coiled in well-marked infundibula in the branchial folds (fig. 3).

Dorsal Lamina a plain narrow membrane.

Tentacles branched, eight large and eight small, placed alternately, with a number
of still smaller ones between (fig. 5).

Dorsal Tubercle narrow, elongated autero-posteriorly (fig. 5), with the opening
directed laterally and both horns turned inwards. The tubercle lies upon the uerve
ganglion.

Alimentary Canal showing through the test upon the left side of the body. The
intestine is long and narrow and makes a circular loop. The rectum is closely adherent
to the stomach (fig. 4).

This species is closely related to the last, but differs so remarkably in external
appearance and in a few other points that it seems impossible to regard them as the same.
The body is here very much more globular and the stalk is much shorter. The two
apertures are equally anterior, and the siphons are relatively smaller. The single
specimen was tensely filled with fluid, but when pierced at once collapsed to a flabby
membrane. In the living state it was probably distended with sea water and nearly
o-lobular in form.

O

Our present species shows some superficial resemblance to the Molijulu chrystallina
of H. P. C. Moller, the Pera pellucida of Stimpson, but differs considerably in internal
organisation, as that northern species has only five branchial folds on each side, while
the present southern one has seven. Moreover, there are larger numbers of bars on the
folds here — otherwise the branchial sacs are rather alike in their details. The dorsal
tubercles in the two species are somewhat similar, and the course of the alimentary canal
is the same in both. All this is rather curious, and suggests that we have in M. l< «•<:<>
a representative species to M. c/tn/xfullina of the northern hemisphere ; but I must

F 2

14 W. A. HERDMAN.

emphasise the difference in the number of folds in the branchial sac, as that would
prevent the present species from being placed with M. chrystallina in a genus Pera,
characterised by having five branchial folds on each side.

MOLGULA LONGICAULIS.

(Plate V., figs. 1 B, 3 and 8-11.)

Locality. — Winter Quarters, in McMurdo Bay. One specimen measuring 4 cm. in
total length, including the stalk, which is 3 mm. in diameter, body 2'7 cm. in length
x 1 cm. in breadth.

External Appearance. — Body long and narrow, tapering posteriorly to a long
narrow peduncle, the lower recumbent half of which (fig. 3) is attached to a
specimen of Molgula concomitans (fig. l). The anterior end is bent over ventrally
in such a manner that the six-lobed branchial aperture appears to be placed one-
third of the way down the ventral edge, and the four-lobed atrial aperture projects
terminally ; both apertures are on short siphons. The surface is smooth and glistening
all over, but somewhat wrinkled as the result of contraction. Colour grey.

Test thin and membranous, smooth both inside and out, transparent.

Mantle rather thin, but with a moderate musculature rather like that of an Ascidia,
the muscle bands being distinct and yellow, though rather distant, and forming an
irregular network, with fusiform swellings at intervals (fig. 9).

Branchial Sac with seven folds on each side. The internal longitudinal bars are
narrow and rather distant, about six on a fold and two or three in the interspace.
Stigmata very irregular, so as to break up the transverse vessels and render them
inconspicuous (fig. 10).

Dorsal Lamina a short plain membrane.

Tentacles could not be determined with certainty on account of their condition.

Dorsal Tubercle large, of distorted cordate form (fig. 11), with both horns rolled
inwards.

Alimentary Canal placed at posterior end and along dorsal edge of left side
(fig. 8). Intestine long and narrow, forming a circular loop, after which the rectum
adheres closely to the stomach and oesophagus. An unusually large curved renal sac
occupies the right side.

The single specimen of this new species, which I name longicaulis, because of the
elongated stalk which it possesses — a very unusual character in a Molgula — is
unfortunately not in good condition. The outside appearance and proportions are
probably very much as in life, but the branchial sac and tentacles, which seem delicate,
are to some extent disorganised, so that it is difficult to determine the internal
characters with certainty. Fig. 10 is made up of fragments visible here and there in
several preparations of the branchial sac. The condition of the transverse vessels and
of the tentacles must be left an open question.

TUNIC ATA. 15

MOLGULA CONCOMITANS.

(Plate V., figs. 1 A, and 2-7.)

Locality. — Winter Quarters, in McMurdo Bay. The single specimen measures :—
Length 2' 5 cm., breadth 2 cm.

External Appearance. — Body somewhat globular, rather flattened laterally, with a
straight anterior and a rounded posterior end. Apertures at the ventral and dorsal
edges of the anterior end, both on well-marked siphons, the atrial being the more
prominent (Plate V., fig. lA). The surface is not encrusted with sand, but has
small tag-like excrescences scattered over it, especially around the siphons. Colour

Test thin, cartilaginous, translucent ; prolonged into minute processes connected
with the vessels of the test, and bearing occasional foraminifera or minute grains of
sand, especially about the anterior end.

Mantle yellow, opaque, and very muscular (fig. 4) — the sphincters being
especially strong. The mantle adheres closely to the test.

Branchial Sac with seven folds on the right side and six on the left. There are
seven bars on a fold, and one large, with several imperfect smaller bars, in the
interspace. Stigmata not much curved, irregularly placed, varying considerably in
length (see fig. 5).

Dorsal Lamina a short plain membrane.

Tentacles, eight very large and much branched, with some much smaller ones
placed irregularly between.

Dorsal Tubercle large and simple, horseshoe-shaped, with the horns turned
inwards (fig. 6).

Alimentary Canal bulky, intestine forming a narrow dark-coloured loop.

Gonads large and yellow, a single sausage-like mass on each side.

The single specimen of this species belongs to the group of Molgulids with a nearly
naked test, not covered with adhering sand and gravel. In this respect it resembles
M. citrlna, M. nudu, M. ampulloides, and M. heller i from the Northern hemisphere,
and il/. in<i,viina and M. pedunculata from Southern seas ; but it differs from all of
these in details of anatomy. It comes, perhaps, nearest to M. nut.riinit (described by
Professor Sluiter from the ' Charcot ' collection) ; and, in fact, it closely resembles that
Antarctic species in external appearance and in several other respects. It differs,
however, notably in the mantle. Professor Sluiter describes M. iini.i'iinii as having
the mantle feebly developed, with a feeble musculature ; whereas our specimen has an
extraordinarily strong and opaque mantle, with conspicuous yellow muscles (fig. 4),
like those of a Microcosmus. The atrial siphon is the longer and narrower, the branchial
short and wide. The large tentacles are extraordinarily bushy.

O »> */

The branchial sac, although agreeing in some respects, such as the number of bars

16 W. A. HERDMAN.

on a fold, with that of M. impura, does not show the characteristic knob-like processes
of that species figured by Dr. Traustedt.

This single specimen of Molgula concomitans has a specimen of Molgula longicaulis
attached by the lower half of its long stalk near the anterior end (see fig. 1, B and
fig. 3).

ASCIDIIM.

CORELLA EUMYOTA.

(Plate III, figs. 1-6.)

Corella eumyota, Traustedt, Vid. Medd., 1881, p. 271.
Corella novarce, v. Drasche, Denk. Ak. Wien, xlviii., 1884, p. 382.

Corella antarctica, Sluiter, Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris, xi. (11)05), p. 471 ; id., Exp. Ant. Fran?.
(Charcot), p. 31.

Locality. — Auckland Islands, Laurie Harbour ; various dates, March, 1904 ; nine
specimens ranging from 1 • 8 to 3 cm. in length.

External Appearance.- — Body elongate-ovate, with the branchial aperture at the
narrower anterior end and the atrial about half-way back, both on prominent siphons
(Plate III., figs. 1-3). Attached by the greater part of the right side. Posterior end
rounded. Surface smooth. Colour yellowish grey.

Test thin, cartilaginous to membranous, translucent, easily torn.

Mantle moderately muscular, recalling that of an Ascidia ; sphincters well
developed.

Branchial Sac with the spiral stigmata short, and traversed by many connecting
radial or irregular short, wide, thin-walled vessels (fig. 6). Internal bars narrow,
supported on triangular connecting ducts.

Dorsal Lamina represented by stout tentacle-like languets, with occasional shorter
ones alongside (fig. 6).

Tentacles numerous and closely placed. There are about thirty large and at least
thirty much smaller placed between (figs. 5 and 6).

Dorsal Tubercle simple, crescentic, with the horns more or less incurved. There
is no peritubercular area, but behind the tubercle is a very large epipharyngeal languet
with a deep groove (fig. 6), which forms the beginning of the series of dorsal languets.

I agree with Drs. Sluiter and Michaelsen in considering that Traustedt's Corella
eumyota, from Bahia and Valparaiso in South America, is the same species as Dr. von
Drasche's Corella novarse, found during the ' Novara ' Expedition at St. Paul's Island
iu the Indian Ocean. But I would go further, and suggest that Sluiter's Corella
antarctica, obtained during the 'Charcot1 Expedition at "He Booth Wandel,
40 metres," is merely a larger, more polar, form of the same variable species ; and iu
that case I would include also these smaller forms collected by the British Expedition
at the Aucklands.

Two courses are open to us in such cases: (l) to include all the closely related

TUNIC ATA. 17

and evidently variable forms in the one species, or (2) to describe each group of
individuals separately, and so recognise several species differing but slightly from one
another. In the present state of knowledge all accurate descriptions of groups of
individuals have their value, but it is unnecessary here to regard them as distinct
species, and I prefer to take that course in the present instance.

In external appearance the 'Discovery' specimens (PI. III., figs. 1-3) agree
closely with von Drasche's figure of C. norarse, do not differ from Traustedt's
description of C. i>uin>/<>t</, and are like in shape, but much smaller than, the specimen
figured in the 'Charcot' report; but it is evident from Dr. Sluiter's description that
he had also smaller individuals under examination, and we arc accustomed in the
Tuuicata to individuals in various species attaining relatively gigantic dimensions.

The characters of the branchial sac, dorsal languets, and tentacles of the
' Discovery' specimens are sufficiently shown in our figures (Plate III., figs. 1-6). The
dorsal tubercle we have figured (fig. G) is intermediate in character between the two
conditions figured by Dr. Sluiter for C. antarctica ('Charcot' report, pi. ii., figs.
29 and 30). The lower part of the tubercle in Sluiter's fig. 29 is probably abnormal
in character.

The alimentary canal and gonacls agree very closely in our specimens with the
condition figured in the report on the 'Charcot' Expedition. On the whole, I think
that the differences in detail between our specimens and the description of Corella
ntititrctica may be accounted for by the difference in size and presumably in age.

This species seems to be widely spread in the southern hemisphere. In addition
to the coasts of Brazil and Chili (Traustedt) and the Indian Ocean (v. Drasche), it has
been recorded from the Cape of Good Hope (Sluiter) and Patagonia (Michaelsen), and
finally from the Antarctic (' Charcot' and ' Discovery' expeditious).

CLAVELLINID^E.

STEREOCLAVELLA ANTARCTICA.
(Plate VI., figs. 5-7.)

There are two colonies (Plate VI., figs. 5 and G), obtained from Winter Quarters,
in McMurdo Bay, 8. ix. 03., which may be placed in this genus.

The larger (fig. 5), measuring 3 cm. across the base, and about the same in height,
contains eight or ten individuals, and the smaller (fig. 6), some four or five. In both
cases the test is irregularly lobed, the basal mass being more solid and the distal part
cut up into roughly cylindrical projections one corresponding to each ascidiozooid.

The ascidiozooid has a small clear thorax and a large opaque abdomen — the
alimentary canal being apparently distended with dark muddy food. The apertures are
not distinctly lobed (fig. 7), the atrial being somewhat square in outline. The whole

»• .v<v

18 W. A. HERDMAX.

thorax is, however, so contracted that it is almost impossible to make out the internal
characters. Any attempt to stretch out the contracted tissues leads to their disinte-
gration. A much corrugated endostyle, a large number of small stigmata, and a few
short, simple, branchial tentacles were all that could be made out.

This is the first member of the family Clavellinidse found in Antarctic Seas.

DIDEMNIM.

LEPTOCLINUM GLACIALE.
(Plate VI, figs. 1-4.)

The single specimen is a large but thin colony expanded over the surface of a
fragment of dark-coloured rock (Plate VI., fig. l), obtained from " Dredge off Coulman
Island — 13. i. 02 — 100 fathoms." It measures 3' 5 x 4' 5 cm. and from 1-3 mm. in
thickness. It is of a grey colour, but that is largely due to its thinness, which allows
the dark stone below to show through. The surface is smooth and glistening, and is
marked with oval spots which indicate the bodies of the rather large flattened ascidio-
zooids. Part of the surface is torn, and the figure (Plate VI., fig. 1) is from a
photograph which represents the greater part of the colony nearly twice the natural size.
The arrangement of the ascidiozooids seems quite irregular, and no common cloacal
apertures are visible. In the ovate areas over the ascidiozooids the calcareous spicules
are less numerous (fig. 4), and therefore the colony is less opaque and less white at
these points. Around the branchial apertures of the ascidiozooid there is a still
clearer rounded area (fig. 4), towards one end of which the six-lobed opening is seen.

The calcareous spicules have very numerous and unusually fine rays (fig. 3). In
some cases they are more irregular and blunter, but many of them have fine needle-like
points. In addition to the spicules there are many large, rounded, triangular, or
stellate coarsely granular cells (fig. 2), scattered through the test.

The two or three ascidiozooids examined, on the edge of the torn part, did not
seem to be in sufficiently good condition to give any information as to the structure,
and it did not seem justifiable to spoil the appearance of the single colony by tearing
it further.

LEPTOCLINUM sp.

A small package of specimens, belonging to the ' Discovery ' collection, which
reached me after the plates were printed, and when this report was nearly finished,
included five small rounded colonies of a Leptoclinum, measuring from 1 to 1'5 cm. in
length, obtained from "Winter Quarters, 3. vi. 03., 10 hole, 130 fathoms," and
all of them attached to fragments of the calcareous polyzoou Cellaria sp. There is
also one still smaller similar specimen from "Winter Quarters, 4. ix. 03, 12 hole,
D. net,"

TUNICATA.

This J.f/i/or/iiiiiin is of a gleaming white colour, and is hard and brittle, and much
more densely crowded with calcareous spicules than in the case of the preceding species.
The spicules are especially abundant in the superficial layer of the test, making it while
and opaque. In the deeper laver alongside the viscera of the ascidiozooids there is a
certain amount of yellow pigment in (he test.

These are probablv young colonies ; and although they do not seem to agree in
character with any of the described Antarctic species of the genus, still the material
does not seem sufficient for a satisfactory description of a new species. I therefore
prefer merely to record that there is this second species of white Leptoclinum present
in the neighbourhood of McMurdo Bay.

POLYCLIXID.K.

AMAROUCIUM ANTARCTICUM.
(Plate VI., figs. 8-13.)

A single club-shaped colony (Plate VI., fig. 8) was obtained from " Dredge off
Coulman Island — 13. i. 02 — 100 fathoms." It measures 5x3 cm. in extreme breadth
at the upper swollen part of the stalk, but the upper surface of the head, where the
ascidiozooids are placed, measures 2 cm. in diameter. The figure is from a photograph
representing the colony about one-fifth larger than the natural size. The shape is not
unlike that of the European Amaroucium proliferum or A. argus.

There is a little sand imbedded in the outer layers of the test (see figs. 9 and 10) :
not sufficient to give the surface a sandy appearance, as in the case of species of
PftammapluJ/niii, but just enough to make it gritty to the knife or needle. The large
ascidiozooids are seen in xittt in fig. 10, and fig. 11 shows one of them extricated from
the tough test.

There are many rows of stigmata (fig. 11), and their arrangement and character
are seen from the enlarged fragment of the branchial sac (fig. 13).

THALIACEA.

SALPIM.

There are two jars of Plankton, largely composed of Salpid;v, in the collection,
in addition to a number of tubes containing specimens of Sal pa and Oikopleura lhai
had been caught individually or picked out. Most of this Plankton material was
obtained in far Southern, but not strictly Antarctic seas (such as 40° to 45° S. Lat.),
and it includes only well-known cosmopolitan forms. Still, as it is a part of the
'Discovery' Collection, these specimens and localities will be given with the rest in the
following list.

20 W. A. HERDMAN.

The two gatherings of general Plankton are so much alike that they may lie
taken together. The localities are :—

(1) "19. x. 01 ; Lat, 40° 12|' S. ; Long. 32° 27{-' E."

(2) " 22. x. 01 ; Lat. 45° 8. ; Long. 40° 57' E. ; 8 P.M. ; surf. temp. 40°."

They both contain the following species of Salpidpe (none of them in good
condition) :—

SALPA RUNCINATA-FUSIFORMIS, Chamisso-Cuvicr, var. ECHINATA, Hrdm.

The solitary form of the strongly echinated variety of S. fusiformis was described
liy Herdman from the ' Challenger ' Collection as a distinct species, Salpa cchlnnta. It
is, however, perhaps better, in the light of further knowledge, to regard it as a variety
merely. It was obtained by the ' Challenger ' Expedition in the South Pacific,' near
the Straits of Magellan, and off the West Coast of Africa, and by Prof. Ritter* off
the C'aliforniau coast. It has also been described by Dr. Apstein f from specimens in
the Hamburg Museum. The present specimens measure 3 cm. in length.

SALPA MUCRONATA-DEMOCRATICA, Forsk. — Solitary Form.

•

A large number of specimens with flagella measuring up to 6 mm. in length
average length of body, 1 cm. Also a few specimens with much larger flagella up to
13 mm. long.

SALPA MUCRONATA-DEMOCRATICA, Forsk. — Gregarious Form.
Many specimens, measuring about 1 cm. in length.

SALPA HEXAGONA, Quoy and Gaim. — Solitary Form.

Some imperfect specimens, with very broad muscle bands, probably belong to
this species.

SALPA HEXAGONA, Quoy and Gaim. — Gregarious Form.

A few specimens apparently of this form, with two embryos each.
Passing now to the Collection in 48 tubes, we have :—

SALPA RUNCINATA-FUSIFORMIS, Chamisso-Cuvier.

From the locality " 1. i. 02; Lat. 63° 4|' S. ; Long. 175° 43' E.," there are
two large specimens of the gregarious form, measuring about 5'5 cm. in length, and

* The Pelagic Tunicata of the San Diego region, excepting the Larvacca. Univ. of Cal. Public. Zool.,
vol. ii. (1905), p. 07.

t Die Salpen, Deutsche Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903, Berlin, T!d. ix., Zool. 1 (p. 165).

TUNIC AT A. 21

slightly echinatecl on the angles of the test; and one large specimen of the solitary
form, over 7 cm. in length, with slightly echinated ridges on the test. At the same
locality, and on the same date, were found seven large specimens of the gregarious
form (in three tubes), measuring up to 7 cm. in length, with well-marked ridges on the
test and slightly echinated in places; but the shape of the body is that of the typical
S. fusiformis, and is not in the short rounded condition figured by Dr. Apstein for
the form N. fusiformis, forma cc/timt/it, greg. (Deutsche Siidpolar Exped. 1901-03).

On this date also were found 52 specimens of the gregarious form, measuring
from 1 to 2 cm. in length, and two specimens measuring 4' 5 cm., also one specimen of
the solitary form measuring 0 cm.

This species was obtained by the ' Challenger,' near the Antarctic ice, at
Slat. 152, Lut. GO0 52' S., Long. 80° 20' E., so the present is not a new record for
Antarctic seas. It has also been found, in the gregarious form, at the localities:—
"Dec. 26 oil' Island, air 32° F., water 32° F." — 32 small specimens up to IS mm.
in length; "Dec. 20 off Island, air 32° F., sea 32° F." — 12 specimens up to
15 mm. in length; " 17. xi. 01 "—about a do/en specimens up to 3'5 cm. and some
small fragments of chains.

From the locality, " 10. xi. 01, Lat. 01° 40' S., Long. 141° 12' E.," there are
204 specimens of the aggregated form up to 4 cm., and of the solitary form up
to 0 cm.

The solitary form was also found at " 51° 50' S., 170° 0' E. "-—one specimen torn,
and in bad condition, probably measuring S cm. ; " Dec. 29, Lat. (ill 25' 8., Long.
175° E., sea 32'5° F., air 30° F." — one specimen measuring 4'5 cm. ; and " Winter
(Quarters, 29. v. 03, No. 4 hole, 5 fathoms" — one specimen, damaged at posterior end,
measuring 1 cm.

SALPA RUNCINATA-FUSIFORMIS, var. ECHINATA, Ilrdm.

This was found in the gregarious form on " 2. i. 02 " — six small specimens up to
2 cm.; and in the solitary form at "Dec. 25, Lat, 07° 5' S., Long. 179° 30' E.,
air 31g° F., sea 31^° F." — four large specimens in bad condition, 5 to 0 cm. in length ;
"3. i. 02"-— three specimens, the largest measuring 5'5 cm.; and "8. i. 02"-
one specimen, measuring 0 cm. In this specimen the muscle bauds are narrower, more
regular, and less swollen dorsally than in the solitary form of the species.

SALPA CORDIFORMIS ZONARIA, Quoy ami Gaim. -Pallas.

This was found in the gregarious form at " 20. xii. 01, Lat. 51° 50' S.,
Long. 170° 3' E." — six specimens (in two tubes) measuring up to about 3'5 cm. ; and
in the solitary form at "23. iii. 04, Laurie Harbour, Auckland Island. Tow-net"
— one specimen measuring 7'5 cm. in length, with muscle bands up to 1 cm. in width :
and " Laurie Harbour, Auckland Island. Surface" --one specimen measuring (i cm.

G 2

22 W. A. HERDMAN.

S. HEXAGONA, Quoy and Gaim.

One damaged specimen from "Winter Quarters, 1. vi. 03, No. 8 hole" probably
belongs to this species.

DOLIOLIM.

DOLIOLUM sp.

Four imperfect specimens of the " nurse " form of Doliolum, measuring from 4 to
7 mm., were brought back from " 1. vii. 04. Lat. 55° 44' S. ; Long. 95° 43^' W.
5 fathoms." It is impossible to determine the species now.

LAEVACEA.

APPENDICULAKIID.E.

OlKOPLEURA GAUSSIOA.

(Plate VII., figs. 14-17.)
Oikopleura gaussica, Lolimaun, Zool. JB., Suppl. viii. (1905), p. 359.

A small tube from the Winter Quarters in McMurdo Bay, labelled " 18. v. 03,
No. 4 Hole, Plankton," contains three specimens of a large Appeudicularian. They
are not in very good condition, and all probably belong to the same species, and in
external form and in detailed proportion of the internal organs seem to agree better
with 0. gaussica than with 0. valdivise — the two large Antarctic species described by
Dr. Lohmauu.* The measurements of body and tail in these three ' Discovery '
specimens are as follows : —

Trunk . . . I1 25 mm., 1'5 mm., 1'5 mm.

Tail ... 7 mm. 9 mm. 9 mm.

This species was also found at " 3. i. 02, Lat, GG° 52' S. ; Long. 178° 15' E. "
—one specimen: "7. i. 02, South of Pack " —53 specimens; "11 Jan. 1902, Ross
Sea " — one specimen ; and " 3-7 ' — six specimens. In some of these specimens the
trunk measures up to 3 mm. in length, and the tail is about five times as long as the
trunk, and may be as much as 2 mm. in width at its widest part.

Uur fig. 14 on Plate VII. shows the appearance, to the eye, of these ' Discovery'
specimens of (probably) 0. (jausslca, and fig. 15 shows the tip of the tail enlarged.
Several sections through the tail are given in fig. 16 (A to D) to show the very
dull-rent degree of development of the muscle bands in different parts of the same
tail. I) shows a case where the dorsal muscle band is c<i-tenninous with the notochurd,

* Uic AppeudiuuhirifLi ilus urklisthen und antarktiachen Gebiets, &c. /oolog. Jahrb., Suppl. viii. (190f)), p. 303.

TUNIOATA.

while the ventral baud is absent. In A the ventral liand is eipial iu extent to the
notockord, and the dorsal extends a little beyond on each side. Iu B both ventral and
dorsal bauds are about twice the diameter of the notoehord. Finally, in C each muscle
band is about three times the diameter of the notoehord, and in some sections I have
found a slightly greater development of the muscles. In view of these variations, and
of the fact that the subehordal cells are in some cases in one row, in some in two, or
even three in a transverse row, 1 find it difficult to distinguish between Dr. Lohmann's
two Antarctic species 0. </<i illicit and 0. valdivise. The first-named is described* as
having " schmaler, die Chorda seitlich kaum iiberragender Muskulatur," while the
second has " Muskulatur breit, etwa 4-mal so breit wie die Chorda "; but practically
both these conditions are found in one tail of our specimens, and arc shown in fig. 1G.

The histolngieal details of the wall of the notoehord, the muscular and epithelial
layers and the test, with part of a subchordal cell underlying it, are shown in fig. 17.

( (IKOPLEURA sp.

There are also about 20 small tubes containing much smaller specimens of
Oikopleiint, which I do not care to refer to a species. Most of them are probably
young, all are Arery opaque, and some are shrivelled or mutilated. The only value
of this record is to show that small forms of Oikopleura do occur, in some cases in
considerable numbers, at the localities given in the following list :—

1. " 31. xii. 01 ; Lat, 01° 12' 39" S. ; Long. 173° 29' 42" E." (One specimen.)

2. "Winter Quarters, G. v. 03 ; No. 4 Hole, 5 fms." (Two specimens.)

3. "Winter Quarters, 15. v. 03 ; No. 8 Hole, 10 fms." (One specimen.)

4. " 18. v. 03 ; No. 4 Hole." (Three specimens.)

5. "Winter Quarters, 29. v. 03 ; No. 4 Hole, 5 fms." (Eighty specimens.)
G. "Winter Quarters, 1. vi. 03 ; No. 8 Hole, 10 fms." (Five specimens.)

7. "Winter Quarters, 1. vi. 03; No. 8 Hole, 10 fms." (One specimen.)

8. "Winter Quarters, 28. vi. 03; No. 8 Hole, 10 fms." (Twenty-one

specimens.)

9. "Winter Quarters, 13. vii. 03 ; 10 fms." (Three specimens.)

10. "24. vii. 03 ; No. 8 Hole, 10 fms." (Six specimens.)

11. "Winter Quarters, 1. viii. 03 ; No. 8 Hole, 10 fins." (Seven specimens.)

12. '•Winter Quarters, 13. viii. 03; No. 8 Hole, 10 fms." (Three specimens.)
i:;. '• Winter Quarters, 21. viii. 03 ; No. 8 Hole, 10 fms." (Seventeen specimens.)

14. "Winter Quarters, 2. xi. 03 ; No. 12 Hole, 10 fms.'' (Three specimens.)

15. "12. vi. 04; Surface, Lat. 49° 40' S. ; Long. 172° 18' 30" W." (140

specimens.)

1C. " 21. vi. 04 ; Lat, f>0° 12' 45" S. ; Long. 13G° 18' 30" \V., 10 fms." (Fifty
specimens.)

* Loluuann, op. fit., p. 5^9.

I

-

-4 W. A. HERDMAN.

17. "24. vi. 04; Lat. 58° 49' 45" 8. ; Long. 124° 48' W., 5 fms." (Twenty-

three specimens.)

18. " 25. vi. 04 ; Lat. 59° 19' S. ; Long. 120° 24' 30" W., 5 fms." (Thirty-eight

specimens.)

19. " 28. vi. 04 ; Lat, 59° 34' 30" S. ; Lmig. 100° 28' 15" W., 5 fms." (Forty

specimens.)

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE I.

FIG. 1. — Sti/e/a spcrtalilis, from the left side ; natural size.

FIG. 2. — Branchial aperture, from ventral surface ; slightly enlarged.

FIG. 3. — Atrial aperture, from dorsal surface ; slightly enlarged.

FK;. 4. — Musculature of the mantle ; natural size.

FIG. 5.— Part of the branchial sac, showing two folds (br.f.) and the intervening area ; natural size.

FIG. C.— Small part of the branchial sac, between two of the internal longitudinal bars (/.?.?/.) ; X 50.

FIG. 7.— Tentacles, dorsal tubercle and dorsal lamina ; slightly enlarged.

FIG. 8.— The alimentary canal and the gonads of the right side ; natural size.

FIG. 9.— Some of the larger endocarps ; natural size.

PLATE II.

FIG. 1. — Iliiliici/ntliia selosa, Sluiter ; natural size.

Fi<;. 2. — Section through the test and its dense covering of long spines ; natural size.

FlGS. 2A, 2is and 2o.— Terminal parts of three test spines of rather different types ; X 50.

1,'jn. 3. The body after removal of the test, to show the powerful musculature ; natural size.

Fie. 4.— Tentacles, dorsal tubercle, dorsal languets, branchial folds, etc. ; natural size.
FII;. r>.— Part of the branchial sac, showing three folds ; natural size.

Pin i;. —Small part of the branchial sac between two b.ir.s, showing the transverse vessels and the
stigmata : X -111.

TUNIC AT A.

PI, ATK III.

FIGS. 1, 2 and :!. - Three specimens nf ( 'nrrllu nuni/fita, Traustidt, from the upper suif.iee: natural

size.

Fn;. 4. — IKirsul tulierele and anleriur cud of dorsal lamina ; slightly enlarged.
Fn;. 5. — Tentacles; X In.
FIG. (',. — Dursal region (if anterior end of branchial sac, showing tentacle-, dorsal tub'Tcle.

epipharyngcal groove, dorsal languets ;tnd branchial sac ; x 50.
Fn;. 7. — Mul;//i//'i lim/i/toiii, from right side ; natural size.
Fn:. 8. — Body after removal of tot, right side ; natural si/.e.
Fir;. '.). — „ „ „ „ „ left side ; natural size.
Fn;. 10. — Dorsal tubercle ; x ">n.
FII;. 1 1. — Part of liranehial sae, from inside ; X 50.
Fn;. li'. — Alimentary canal and goiiad of left side ; slightly enlarged.
FII;. l:i. — Alimentary canal and gonads of both sides, from the ventral surface ; slightly enlarged.

PLATE IV.

Fn;. 1. — Jlol'/iiln liiii-cn, right side ; natural size.
FIG. i'.— „ ,, leftside; natural size.

Fn;. 3. — Part of branchial sac from inside ; x 40.

Fn.. 4. — Alimentary canal ; x about 2.
FIG. 5. — Tentacles and dorsal tubercle, etc. ; x 4(i.
Fn;. i;. — Halocynthia discoveryi, right side ; natural size.
Fn;. 7. — The same, left side, from a photograph ; x 2.
FIG. 8. — Part of dorsal lamina, showing languets ; X JO
FIG. 'J. — Another group of languets closer together ; x

FIG. in. — Part of branchial sac, from inside ; X 40.

FIG. 11. — One of the compound tentacles.

FIG. 12.— The dorsal tubercle ; X 4(>.

I'LATI-; V.

FIG. 1 . — Miili/i/hi rniifiiiniliinx, leftside, with Jllolfft'la 1oH;/irnnli.i, right side, adhering ; natunil

FIG. 2. — Part of surface of test of J/. co»i-t>niiftt>ix, showing the irregular hair-like prolongation.-,

with a few sand grains ; x I".

Yic,. ;',. — Base of stalk of J/. luiiifii-nnlix, attached to right side of J/. i-inii-niii •/"//.?.• natural r\/.>'.

FIG. 4. — J/. i-ii>ii-<i»iitn»x, removed from test ; natural size.

FIG. 5.— ,, „ „ part of branchial sac, from inside ; x -l'».

FIG. 0. — „ „ „ dorsal tubercle : x 4n.

FIG. 7. ,, ., ., one of the large much-branched tentacles ; x In.

FIG. 8. — M. lii/ii/ii-n/i/ix, removed from test ; natural size.

FII;. '.i. — „ „ part of mantle.

Frii. In. — • „ „ part of branchial sac, from inside.

FIG. 11. — „ ., dorsal tubercle ; x 4n.

12C> W. A. HFRDMAN.

FLATE VI.

FIG. 1. -Lf/ifni'li/iini! ijliifiali'. from a photograph ; X '-.

Fin. :.'. — Coarsely granular rolls i'nun the test ; X 4(>.

!•'[(;. ;i. — Stellate spicnles, from the test ; x 40.

FIG. 4. — Surface nf an Ascidiozooid, showing branchial aperture and distribution of spicules.

Fin. 5. — Stereoclavelht antarctlca, larger colony.

FIG. 0. — „ „ smaller colony.

FIG. 7. — Anterior part of an Ascidiozooid.

FIG. s. — Amaroucium antarctwum, from a photograph.

Fit;. '.). — Section of the colony.

Fin. in. — Part of a section of the colony showing Ascidiozooids.

FIG. 11. — Ascidiozooid extracted from test.

FIG. IL'. — Anterior end of Ascidiozooid enlarged.

FIG. 13. — Part of branchial sac.

FIG. 14. — Stijela rotunda, from a photograph.

FIG. 15. — Part of branchial sac.

FIG. 10. — Part of surface of test, showing scales ; X 40.

FIG. 17. — Alimentary canal.

Fid. IS.— Mantle; X 40.

FIG. 11). — Dorsal tubercle.

PLATE VII.

FJG. 1. — Boltenia scotti ; natural size.

FIG. 2. — Atrial aperture of same.

FIG. 3. — Another specimen with shorter stalk.

FIG. 4. — Atrial aperture of same magnified to show spines.

FIG. 5. — Smallest specimen of same.

FIG. G. — Atrial aperture in profile to show spines.

FIG. 7. — Surface of test, magnified, showing three spines.

FIG. 8. — Two test spines in profile.

FIG. 9. — Dorsal tubercle of specimen shown in fig. 1.

FIG. 10. — Part of branchial sac and dorsal lamina of specimen shown in fig. 1.

FIG. 11. — Test in section, showing spines on surface.

FIG. 12. — Unidentified Cynthiid (see p. 8).

FIG. 13. — One of the 1-lobed apertures of same.

FIG. 14. — Oikopleura gaussica, Lohrn., about natural size.

FIG. 15. — Tip of tail of same enlarged.

FIG. 16. — A, B, c, and D. — Four sections through the tail of 0. ga-it.s$ica to show different degrees of

development of muscle bands above and below the notochord.

FIG. 17. — Magnified details of the wall of notochord, the muscle layer, etc., to show histological

structure.

4

/„- /

.. . -

6.

H.~

- / b

1.

i

Tun

HaiocyiiLlnn setosa., Sluit p

'

3.

9.

7.

r

10.

9

jam

6.

:

1.

2.

//

['

i y

3.

s.

6.

k<

!

12

I

-

10.

- iSCOVBry

I]

9.

/

ii !i', ' ..[;

10.

.Aritn

1

9.

10

12.

14.

•

3

2..

. .

:,

- •

5.

4.

I

' - ; ' '

15.

17

4®
16

Inh etimp

1.

-•-

3.

6.

; "

7.

8.

5.

u

•

10.

II .

-

12.

13

Ant j pctic(Di 1001 n /. Exp.

15

r <•}<

1

• . .

17.

Tunic at a. p,

B

D

1

16.

CEUSTACEA.

IX. ISOPODA.

By T. V. HoDcsnx, F.L.S.

(10 Plates.)

THE collection of Isopoda brought from the Antarctic by the ' Discovery,' if not a large
one, possesses no small degree of interest.

No less than twenty-five species were captured, and, with a few exceptions, these
are not very numerous in individuals, in fact the number of species represented by a
single specimen or by only two or three is unduly large. The labour involved in
collecting in an ice-covered area was the only serious difficulty to contend with ; of
course the ice sheet reduced very considerably the area of operations, open water and a
boat would have enormously increased the collections, and though the ' Discovery ' was
in Winter Quarters six weeks before the sea was effectively closed, that was a busy
period, and it was only at intervals that a boat's crew could be obtained.

Another cause which operated against big collections was, in my opinion, the
immense numbers of the Amphipod Orchomenopsis rossi which swarmed into the traps,
devouring the bait, and sometimes the specimens captured, and which were themselves
captured ten to thirty thousand at a time.

1 have, I think, satisfactorily proved that Serolis cornutus Studer, is merely the
immature form of S. trilobitoides Eights. The specimens captured by the ' Discovery '
are not fully grown, but they are sufficiently so to show all the essential features
described by that keen observer, Eights. Dr. Studer's specimens, as well as those
described by Mr. Beddard, are much smaller and obviously far from mature. I do not
think there can be any further doubt on this question.

No less than seven of the species described in the ' Southern Cross ' Report have
been found again, one in the same locality, the others with a much extended range,
passing, in some cases, to the opposite side of the southern hemisphere.

The Arcturidas is another family in which specific characters become seriously
involved in sexual variation. The male and female of one species, Antarcturus fmnklini,
appear on PI. V. as two species, the male being there indicated under the name
A. austrfdi*. It was only when all the specimens of both sexes, or as it was then
thought to be, both species, came to be overhauled that the error was noticed. I am
not aware of any such distinct case of sexual variation in other members of the genus,
but that it occurs to a less extent is perfectly well known. The only species other than
Serolis trilubitoides Eights, which was taken close to the Antarctic Circle, just as we
were leaving those regions, that can be considered large is Glyptonotus

VOL. V. H

T. V. HODGSON.

Richardson. We were certainly unfortunate in not capturing a greater number of
specimens. The small species belonging to the Janiridse, Munnidse and their
allies were very abundant and much time was spent in going over the sponge
de'bris, which was invariably the predorninent feature in the shallow water fauna ;
they were taken for the most part by the D - net inside the 25 - fathom
line, and it is among these forms that the chief interest in the collection
lies. Seven species, mostly assigned to new genera, have their eyes on enormous
peduncles. This, I believe, to be an entirely new feature. In dealing with
the Isopoda of the French Antarctic Expedition (12) Miss Richardson has introduced
two species possessing this interesting feature to science ; the ' Discovery ' adds five
more, and among those specimens the ocular peduncle is even more slender and
elongated. Under these circumstances can the Isopoda be regarded as universally
sessile-eyed ? Up to the present it has been so, and the Munniclse have been
considered to be on the way to a different state of things. Among that family it is a
very moot point whether the eye can be said to be on a peduncle at all, as the cephalic
process is so large, but now these new southern forms show a long and slender peduncle
quite on a par with those of the podophthalmous Crustacea, which reduces the value of
a hitherto characteristic feature of this group to a minimum, and the existence of a
joint has only to be proved to destroy it altogether.

I here append a list, as far as I have been able to ascertain, of all Isopoda hitherto
obtained in the Antarctic regions ; several of these are as yet little more than mere
names to me. Those taken by the ' Discovery ' are marked with *. The total number
is one hundred and eleven, of which twenty-nine belong exclusively to the Antarctic,
seven more belong to both the Arctic and sub-Antarctic regions, and the remaining
seventy-five exclusively to the latter. As stated in my Report on the ' Discovery '
Pycnogonida, I take the northern limit of the sub-Antarctic region to be the mean
annual isotherm of the surface water of 45° F., as defined by Buchau in the
concluding volume of the ' Challenger' Reports, and the latitude 60° S. as the boundary
between the sub-Antarctic and the Antarctic regions proper. I have, however, o-cme a
step further in dealing with some Pycnogouids from the Magellan Straits. I then
found it desirable to define a Magellan region, and therefore divided the entire
Antarctic into three provinces, naming them from their points of attack, it beino-
obvious that any visit to the South Polar regions would be made from the land masses
to which these names refer, Kergueleu, of course, standing for Africa.

In accordance with the above I have noted the province from which each species
has been taken :—

Australasian province between long. 100° E. and long. 130° W.
Kerguelen province between long. 100° E. and long. 20° W.
Magellan province between long. 20° W. and long. 130° W.

It may reasonably be objected that these boundaries are purely artificial, and that

ISOI'OMA.

it would have been more appropriate to make the provinces coincide with the oceans to
the north. It may be so, but it seems to me to name the provinces from the point
of attack is the wisest course in the present state of our knowledge. The more I see
of the South Polar fauna the more certain I become that a very large proportion of
species have a circumpolar distribution. It would also appear that the northwardly
projecting spur of Graham's Land, which passes for some considerable distance beyond
the Antarctic circle, constitutes a barrier round which species have a difficulty in
passing. Whether the South Polar fauna originated in those latitudes and has spread
northwards, or whether it has acquired its present aspect by migration from the north,
is a speculation which will be material for discussion for many years to come. Be this
as it may, our greatest knowledge will lie nearest to the three points of attack, and
from these it will be comparatively simple to investigate the passage of various species
northwards into the great oceans. A circumpolar fauna will specialise more or less
distinctly as it passes northwards, and its ancestors or other relations become separated
by the great land masses. Or, if investigation shows the migration to be in a southerly
direction, we have in those oceans three independent streets down which the fauna
passes to mix beyond their junctions, or to pass on to the uttermost limit where
uniform conditions, within certain limits, must have their effect.

The collection brought back by the ' Fraucais ' from the west coast of Graham's
Land is very like that of the ' Discovery,' no less than eight species are common to
both, their total number being thirteen.

The collection of the ' Scotia ' is still in my hands for description, the shallow
water and littoral forms come from a more northerly latitude, the South Orkneys, the
deep sea forms from the Wecldell Sea. I can only say here that this collection does not
contain a single species taken by the ' Discovery.' Three other Antarctic collections
remain to be described ; how far they will bear out the opinion expressed above remains
to be seen.

Antarctic. Sub-Antarctic.

Apseudes Antarctica Beddard

,, spectabilis Studer .
Tanais willemoesi Studer
„ hirsutus Beddard
Typhlotanais kerguelenensis Beddard
Leptognathia australis Buddard
Nototanaifl dimorpkus Beddard
„ antarcticus Hodgson
Paranthura neglecta Beddard

* Leptanthura glacialis .

* Gnathia antarctica Studer

„ tuberculosa Beddard

* Euneognathia gigas Beddard
.2Ega magnifica Dana .

„ semicarinata Miers
„ punctulata Miers
edwardsi Dollfus .

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

H 2

I B R A R

• *~

\sf'. /V»As*

X> •

T. V. IIODCSON.

Antarctic. Sub-Antarctic.

* JEga antarctica n. 11. ..... . x

* Cirolana meridionalis ........ x

Eocinela australis Schiodte and Meiuert ..... x

Anilocra laticauda Milne Edwards ...... x

Serolis paradoxa Fabr. ....... x

* „ trilobitoides Eights ....... x X

„ plana Dana ........ x

„ convexa Cunningliani ..... x

„ schythei Lutken ....... x

,. latifrons White ........ x

„ septemcarinata White ...... x

,, serrei Lucas ......... x

„ bromleyana Suhm .......

„ antarctica Bcddard ....... x

„ pagenstecheri Pfeffer ...... x

„ polita Pfeffer ........ x

„ bouvieri Richardson ....... x

Exosphteroma gigas Leach ....... x

„ lanceolatum White ...... x

„ calcareum Dana ...... x

Dynamenella globicauda Dana ...... x

,, eatoni Miers ....... x

* Cymodocella tubicauda Pfeffer ...... x x

Dyuamene (?) danvini Cunningham .....

Cassidinopsis emarginata Guer-Meu. ..... x

Cymodocea anstralis Hodgson ...... x

Plakarthriuui punctatissimuni Pfeffer ..... x

Limuoria antarctica Pfeffer . ..... x

Arcturus furcatus Studer . . .... x x

„ glacialis Beddard . ..... x

„ spinosus Beddard ....... x

„ brunneus Beddard . . ... x

„ studeri Beddard ....... x

,, umericanus Beddard. ......

„ stebbingi Beddard .......

,, coppingeri Studer ....... x

„ polaris Hodgson ....... x

,, adareanus Hodgson . ...... x

., franklini Hodgson ....... x

,, hiemalis ........ x

„ meridionalis . . ..... x

Astacilla marionensis Beddard ..... x

,, falklandica Ohlin ....... x

„ niagellanica Ohlin ....... x

Glyptonotns antarcticus Eights ...... x

„ acutus Richardson . . . . x

Arcturides cornutns Studer ..'..... x

Macrocheiridothea michaslseni Ohlin .....

„ stebbingi Olilin ...... x

Idotea aunnlata Dana ........ x

„ rotundicauda Miers . X

ISOI'ODA.

Idotea inetallica Bosc. .
,, miersii Studer .
Edotia tuberculata GutT-.Mun .
„ magellanica Cunningham
,, lilljeborgi Ohliii
Cleautis granulosa Heller
Xcitasellus sarsi Pf offer

„ austral is Hodgson .
Jaoropsis marionis Beddard
' Ausironanns glacialis .

* Austrofilius furcatus
Jzera antarctica Pfeffer
.Tais pubescens Dana

,, hargeri Bovallius .
Ectias turqueti Richardson
lolanthe acanthonotns Beddard

* Coulmannia austral is

„ frigida
s Notoxenns spiuifer
Mnnna uiaculata Beddard
„ pallida Beddard

* Haliacris antarctica Pfeffer .
Austroniunua antarctica Richardson

„ rostrata .

* Antias charcoti Richardson .
Plcurogonium albiduni Beddard

„ seiTaturn Beddard

* Austrosignum grande .

Xeasellus kergnelenensis Beddard

Astrurus crucicauda Beddard .

Muunopsis australis Beildard .

Eurycope sarsi Beddard
„ fragilis Beddard
„ spinosa Beddard

Echinozone spinoza Hodgson

Ilyaracbna quadrispinosa Beddard

Xutopais spicatus

Acanthocope spinicauda Beddard

Tylos spinulosus Dana .

Porcellio fuegiensis Dana

Oniscus augustus Dana.

Styloniscus magellanicus Dana

Antarctic. Sub-Antarctic.

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X

X
X
X

X

X

X
X
X
X
X
X

X

X

X
X
X
X

X

X
X
X

X

X

X

X
X X

X

X
X
X
X
X

NOTOTANAIS.

Nototaiiaix Rk'hardson (12), pp. 1 & -'.

This genus has liecu defined by Miss Richardson as follows :—

First pair of antennae composed of three joints in the female, and five joints
in the male.

fi T. V. HODGSON.

Second pair of antennae composed of five joints in both sexes.

Cephalon of the male large at the base, and prolonged anteriorly to a narrow

extremity.
Cephalon united to the first thoracic segment, leaving six segments well

developed.

Uropoda biramous, each branch composed of two joints.
The first guathopods are dissimilar in the two sexes. In the male they are

much enlarged, and the propodite is furnished with a process directed

backwards, a thumb, which forms a chelate hand.

This genus has been instituted for the reception of Paratanais dimorphus
Beddard (1), and P. antarcticus Hodgson (7), which, on account of their strongly
marked sexual dimorphism, a character they share with Heterotanais G. 0. Sars, and
other minor features, can no longer be included in any existing genus.

NOTOTANAIS ANTARCTICUS.

Paratanais antarcticus Hodgson (8), pp. 240 & 241.
Nototanais antarcticus Eichardson (12), pp. 2 & 3.

Body rather slender, but differing in its proportions in the two sexes, being rather
longer in the female, notwithstanding the fact that the cephalosome is much longer in
the male than in the female.

Male. — The cephalosome is pyriform, long, narrowest anteriorly ; this border being
obtusely angulated, and having a well-marked conical projection laterally which is
occupied by the eye. This cephalosome is a little longer than the first four free
segments of the mesosome.

The mesosome comprises six segments ; the first is very short, and the next three
progressively increase in length, the two following decrease, the last being nearly as
long as the third.

The metasome is six-jointed, five of the segments being subequal in size, the last
is twice as long and rounded, bearing the biramous uropoda postero-laterally.

Female. — The cephalosome is shorter and more distinctly conical than pyriform,
and is not longer than the first three free thoracic segments. The proportions of these
segments are similar to those of the male, though they are longer, the length of the
mesosome in male and female being as 9 to 11.

First antenna. That of the male comprises five joints, of which the first is longer
than the other four together, the proportion being as 6 to 4 ; the second is as long as
the two terminal ones, the third being by a very little the shortest of the series.
Except the penultimate all the joints bear a few long setae distally ; the terminal joint
h;is half-a-dozen or thereabouts. In the female this organ is tri-articulate, the first
joint being nearly twice the length of the other two together. There are a few long
setse distally and in the middle of the first joint.

ISOPODA. 7

The second antenna in the female has five joints : the first is short, the next t\v<>
arc a little longer and subequal, the fourth is very nearly as long as these three
together, the terminal one is about as long as the second or third, but of course a great
deal more slender. This one terminates in a group 'of six long seta; ; setas occur
distally on all the joints except the first.

In the female the mandible is strong, the cutting edge is incurved almost to a
right angle and armed with three large teeth, a broad one behind the other two. The
molar tubercle is long, at right angles to the main structure ; it is slightly swollen and
then tapers to its posterior border. This edge bears five well-developed teeth and a
discoloured tubercle within this on the posterior border. The mandible of the opposite
side has a well-developed cutting edge with a prominent tubercle posteriorly, but there
are no long teeth here. There is no palp.

The first maxilla has a broad base, the external margin rapidly tapering to a
slender band-like structure. It is much curved inwards distally, and armed with some
half-dozen strong teeth, one of which, the most external, is longer than the rest. The
so-called palp rises from the inner margin of the base, and is a slender structure about
two-thirds the length of the main lobe, and terminating in two long setae.

The second maxilla is only represented by a small ovoid lobe.

The maxillipeds together have a median, heart-shaped basal joint, which is
divided longitudinally ; the masticatory lobe is more than half the length of the
basal joint, slightly increasing in diameter to the end. which is truncate, armed with a
couple of small tubercles and quite devoid of any setae.

The palp is five-jointed. The first joint is very small, the second is the longest
with an oblique distal margin, the third is triangular in shape, the apex external, and
therefore this side of the joint is reduced to a minimum ; the fourth joint is large, and the
terminal about half the length and much more slender ; this is armed with four long setae.

The epignath is about three-quarters the length of the basal joint and irregularly
ovoid.

The first appendage of the mesosome, or chelipeds, of the adult male are verv
largely developed. The ischium is a broad joint prolonged below the point of its
articulation to a broad, curved edge, like an axe-blade. The merus is a very short
joint, wedged in obliquely between the ischium and the carpus. The carpus, excepting
the tlactylus, is the longest joint of the limb ; it is very broad and rounded
posteriorly. Its inner margin is produced into a knife edge. The propodus is a
stout joint about half the length of the dactylus, and carries, on its inner side.
at right angles to it, a large irregularly-shaped appendage which forms a chela with
the dactylus. This appendage is curved; the proximal portion is broad, flattened,
and produced into a stout spur, directed inwards. The distal portion is more slender,
having a swelling with a few (three) long setas on its inner side, beyond which it
terminates in a slender incurved finger. The dactylus is very long, slender, ami
curved, longer than any other joint in the appendage.

T. V. HODGSON.

In the female the first appendage of the mesosome is comparatively small ; the
ischium is produced as a rounded lobe, much narrower than that of the male, below
the point of its articulation ; the merus is not very different to that of the male ;
the carpus is cylindrical ; both these joints bear a pair of long setae. The propodus
forms a well-developed chela ; the two dactyli are stout and subequal in size, with
discoloured teeth at their extremities. The immovable finger has a long seta on

o o

either side of its base and another pair on the inner margin close to a series of four
small teeth which end against the terminal tooth.

In the female the first leg is slender, the first joint is as long as the succeeding
four, the second is very short, and the others progressively lengthen and have a few
setae distally ; the setae are strongest at the extremity of the limb ; the terminal
claw is very slender and more than half the length of the joint which bears it.
The two following legs are similar, but the terminal claw shortens. The last three
pair are a little shorter and stouter, the setae are more spinous, and the terminal
claw is comparatively short and more definitely a claw. Those of the male are
similar, but longer and more slender. The oostegites number four pairs, and are
attached from the second to the fifth appendages of the mesosome. Each oostegite
consists of a rather broad strap-like axis, from each side of which extends a very
delicate membrane, the whole forming a concave structure nearly round in shape.

The pleopods are five pairs of the appendages adapted for respiration, and are
similar in both sexes. Each consists of a protopodite of two joints, the first of which
is very small, a large endopodite, ovoid in shape, the inner margin of which is fringed
with stiff setae, and these increase in size to the distal extremity. The exopodite
is much smaller, slightly curved, and its inner margin is similarly setose, but the
setae are much reduced in number ; the posterior pleopoda differ slightly in shape.
The exopodite is attached half way along the second joint of the protopodite.

A very large number of specimens were collected during the whole of our stay
in Winter Quarters. They were constantly being picked out of the sponge debris and
obtained inside the 25-fathom line. It would appear from the great number of
individuals of all ages and sizes that the acquisition by the male of the enormously
developed chelipeds takes place suddenly. There were no specimens which indicate
a gradual development of these organs, nor were there any specimens of small size
showing this distinctly masculine character. A large proportion of the apparently
adult females show no trace of oostegites, and it is quite possible that some at least
were not completely developed males. The suddenness of the change is also
emphasized by the fact that the mouth organs of the fully developed male are
defective.

LEPTANTHUEA.

Leptanthura G. 0. Sars (13), pp. 47-48.

This genus was instituted by Prof. G. O. Sars in 1899, being separated from
Paranthura by a number of .small characters. The mouth organs seem to be the

ISOPODA. y

essential features upon which this separation is based, but under anv circumstances
the t\vo genera are very closely allied. The following species is most nearly related
to Leptanthura.

LEPTANTHURA <;LACIALIS.

(Plate I., fig. 1.)
Specific characters : —

Uroporla as long as the meta^mie, broad ; the exopoditc rather le-s than half the length of the
endopodite and cordate in shape-.

This species attains a length of 21 mm.

The cephalosome is the smallest segment of the body, and its anterior margin is
incurved to be produced in the middle line into a short point between the insertion of
the antennae. There are no eyes.

The mesosome comprises seven distinct segments, these are elongated, and the first
is longer than the cephalon, the two following are very little longer and subequal, the
two succeeding ones are a little longer still and subequal, the last is very little shorter
than the first.

The metasome is narrower and all the segments are distinct. The first and fifth
are rather the longest, the intermediate ones being subequal in size, the sixth is
narrower and longer, having the posterior margin rounded.

The telson is elongate, linguiform tapering to a blunt point, which is setose. The
uropods are large and with the telson form a conspicuous caudal fan.

The first antenna (fig. la) has a peduncle of three stout joints, progressively
shortening from the first, the third only having a distal fringe of long setae. The
flagellum consists of four joints, the first being broad but extremely short, so much so
as to l>e easily overlooked ; the next joint is comparatively long, the two terminals
progressively shorten but are together half the size of the preceding one ; both, more
particularly the terminal one, are provided with long setae.

The second antenna (fig. Ib) comprises a peduncle of four very short joints ; of
the first the inner margin is much swollen, the next joint is attached at an angle and
has a rounded base, otherwise it is very short and stout ; the two following are
subequal in length, but the more distal one, though still stout, is little more than half
the diameter of the proximal one ; both are fringed distally with long setae. The
flagellum comprises five joints, the first is the largest, the other four are very small, all
are fringed distally with long setae, those of the terminal joint forming a dense tuft
quite concealing all details as to the character of this joint.

The mandible is triangular, pointed, and bears a diminutive palp, in which I have
only been able to discern two joints.

The maxilla (fig. Ic) is a single comparatively broad joint tapering to a fine point.

The maxilliped (fig. Id) is elongated and has its inner edge straight, the outer one
being rather rounded to the extremity. The masticatory lobe, such as it is, is
represented only by a minute conical joint bearing a single seta, a small palp of a

VOL. V. I

10 T. V. HODGSON.

single joint and about one-third the length of the entire appendage is present. Its
apex is provided with a few long setse. The epignath is very small and ovoid.

The appendages of the mesosome show a transition between the subchelate first
and the more locomotive posterior ones. The first of these appendages (fig. le) is
stoutly built, the basis is a little longer than the ischium. The merus is a peculiar
joint and is short, very much expanded dorsally to embrace the base of the propodus ;
it bears several long setse ventrally and two or three at the dorsal extremity.

The carpus is a small joint, on the inner side of the appendage, apparently
wedged in between the merus and the propodus. Internally it forms a thin, roughly
rectangular plate, rather than a joint, which carries a few setse and a couple of spines.
The propodus is large, rather flask-shaped, with its inner margin expanded as a thin
plate ; this expansion has a thumb-like process at the inner extremity, and is armed
near its anterior border with a row of small but highly specialised spines. The
joint is attached near its middle to the carpus, the rounded base being adapted to
the crescentic enlargement of the preceding joint.

The specialised spines are about a dozen in number and are set in distinct sockets,
and a long seta is associated with each. The structure of the spine is difficult to make
out, but appears to consist of a stout shaft with a group of stout teeth on one side. In
some cases one or two teeth are to be seen on the other side of the shaft, but much
nearer its base. I have not deemed it desirable to injure the appendage in order to
examine these spines more minutely. The dactylus is long and curved, set at the
external angle of the propodus, and it carries on its inner margin a small number of
widely separated setse.

The second appendage (fig. If) is similar to the first in general structure, the basis
is, however, proportionately longer and more slender, the merus and other joints are
also smaller, and the expansion of the propodus which bears the specialised spines is not
so great and its margin is much more nearly parallel to the axis of the joint. The
spines themselves are rather longer, the lower portion cylindrical and the upper two-
thirds tapering to a blunt point. On the posterior side of the shaft about its middle
there is a series of small teeth, graduating in size from below upwards, i.e., from large
to small. On the opposite side of the shaft, where the tapering begins, there are one
or two minute teeth.

The third appendage closely resembles the previous one, the basis and ischium are
subequal in length, the latter being more expanded, the remainder of the limb is
similar but on a smaller scale, and the specialised spines are more uniformly digitiform
with fewer accessory teeth. In the last appendage (fig. Ig) the ischium is very little
shorter than the basis and is dilated dorsally, the merus is about half its length and
attains its greatest diameter distally. The propodus is approximately cylindrical, and
the few spines that it carries only show the minimum of specialisation.

The metasome in its entirety is a little shorter than the two posterior segments
of the mesosome.

ISOPODA.

11

The tclson is distinctly separated from the rest of the metasome, and is u long
thin structure tapering near the extremity to a blunt point, which is provided with
long set;u.

The uropoda are large, though the basal joint is small.

The exopodite consists of a roughly cordate plate attached by its apex and
almost completely conceals the proximal joint of the endopodite. The distal margin
of this joint is indented.

The endopodite is two-jointed ; a substantial proximal joint supports an ovoid
distal joint, not quite so long, and the outer margin of this joint is supplied with long
setae, and these are longer and form a tuft at the extremity.

The pleopoda are all much alike, the first pair are, however, stronger and very
little larger than the others.

Only two specimens of this species were taken in Winter Quarters inside the
'J 5 -fathom line, one of them in a damaged condition.

GNATHIA ANTARCTICA.

(Plate I., fig. 2.)
Anceus antarcticus Stucler (18), p. 4.
Gnathia polaris Hodgson (8), pp. 241-3.
Gnaihia antarctica Kichardson (12), pp. 3-4.

Specific characters : —
Male.

Cephalosome quadrangular, with a strongly developed spine in front of each eye. Usually with
two spines near the anterior margin and the middle line.

Cephalosome and the anterior segments of the mesosome more or less spinous and fringed wiili
long setae.

This species was first described by Dr. Studer from an immature specimen taken
off Patagonia. Miss H. Richardson identifies my G. polaris with Anceus antarcticus of
Dr. Studer, which, when dealing with the Southern Cross collection, had escaped my
attention. I have no reason to disagree with the identification.

77/I.1 male. — The cephalosome is broad, roughly quadrangular, with the postero-
lateral margins rounded; the anterior border forms three crescentic lobes, of which
the median is most prominent, but only visible when the mandibles are divaricated ;
outside the more lateral lobes is a stout spur which is just external to the antennae
and in front of the eye, it has a broad base and its anterior border is irregular if
not toothed. The lateral portion of the cephalon is rather swollen but depressed in
the centre. It is covered more or less completely with minute spines.

The eyes arc prominent and darkly pigmented. Immediately behind the
cephalosome is a narrow crescentic segment, the first segment of the mesosome and
one which does not reach the lateral margin of the body. The two following segments
of the mesosome are short and broad, the next is attached by a distinct " waist " and

I 2

R A F

12 T. V. HODGSON.

generally has a very obvious depression in the centre. The next, or fifth segment, is
the longest, and there is a progressive increase in length from the first to the fifth,
this one bears more or less distinct traces of a median longitudinal division. The
sixth segment is a little shorter than the preceding, and posteriorly it terminates in
three lobes, the median is short and the width of the abdomen, the lateral ones are
large and project along the sides of that structure. The last segment of the mesosome
is much reduced in size and almost fills the interval between these lobes. Laterally
the second and third segments of the mesosome are covered with small spines or
tubercles, a feature which is not brought out in the figure in the ' Southern Cross'
Report, The cephalon and every segment of the thorax bears laterally a number of
long slender setse. A feature which is not alluded to in the original description is
the crustaceous character of the exoskeleton, this is usually very prominent down to
and including the fifth thoracic segment, although it is to a certain extent covered by
a mass of diatomaceous matter. The posterior segments of the thorax and the
abdomen are almost invariably thickly covered with a similar growth, often so much
as to completely conceal all structural details.

The metasome consists of six joints of subequal size, the telson, a pointed
triangular structure with a few long setae distally being fused with the last one. The
epimera are broad blades, curved to a slight extent backwards. The last abdominal
segment has no epimera. The uropoda are well developed, the basal joint is short
and stout, the two rami are subequal in length, but the endopodite is considerably
broader than the exopodite, both are fringed distally with long seise and have three
shorter ones on their external borders.

The first antenna consists of a three-jointed peduncle and a short, four-jointed
flagellum. The first two joints of the peduncle are short and subequal, the third is
longer than the other two together, all bear a few setae distally.

The second antenna comprises a peduncle of four joints and a flagellum of six
or thereabouts. The first two joints of the peduncle are short, the third is about as
long as the two preceding ones together, and the fourth is still longer ; this one
carries along the side of it a series of setse of increasing length.

The mandible is scythe-like in general appearance, the amount of curvature of
the free end being variable, the outer margin carries a sharp spur near its middle, and
the inner cutting edge is slightly sinuous.

The maxilliped is a small structure, the basal plate is rather large, comparatively
roughly triangular and attached by its truncated apex. The masticatory process is a
small clavate process bearing two stout knobbed processes on the inner side. The
palp consists of four small rounded joints which taper slightly from the first, and each
carries a few long setse on the outer margin.

The gnathopod is a large pyriform spoon-like structure forming an operculum
over the residuum of the mouth organs. It is attached on one side near the base
and its rounded free margin is fringed with delicately plumose setae. Its surface is

ISOI'ODA. 13

marked with the three characteristic plates. The terminal joint is quite small, ovoid,
with very fine setae on its margin and stouter ones on its surface.

The pereiopods are as usual five pairs and differ but little from each other. The
first two pairs are smooth generally, although the carpus of the first has three stout
tubercles ventrally, and the propodus bears a row of small spines along its ventral
border, one large pectinated spine about two-thirds of its length, and a similar but
larger one distally. In all other cases only the two larger spines are present, and
these are not so distinctly pectinated. The three posterior pairs have the bases
tuberculated dorsally, and the other joints are also tuberculated but to a less extent
ventrally. In all cases the ischium is dilated distally and the merus has a well-
developed lobe projecting forwards. The limb is fairly well supplied with setae of
varying length and strength. The dactylus is powerful.

Female. — The adult female has an enormously swollen body, and the cephalosome
is niueh smaller than that of the male and certainly not half the length. Its anterior
margin has a rounded lobe in the middle line, below which some of the mouth organs
project as a wide but truncated rostrum. The preoeular spines are smaller than in
the male. Two anterior segments of the thorax are distinct, the following three are
completely fused though sometimes the lines of segmentation can be observed. The last
thoracic segment, which is considerably reduced in the male, is in the same condition
in the female. The younger individuals are much more slender, but the fusion of
three segments of the mesosome is equally complete ; the two anterior ones are
more distinct. The cephalosome is smaller still and its anterior margin is angular
with a truncated projection in front, and below this .the mouth organs project as a
conical rostrum ; the precise condition of this depends on ago. The pereiopoda are
similar to those of the male, but more slender and without the tubercular processes.

The drawings illustrating GnatJda polaris in the ' Southern Cross ' Report were
made with great care, but one feature of importance has not been brought into the
prominence it deserves, and that is the crustaceous character of the exoskeletou of
the cephalou and some two or three segments of the mesosome. This, however, is
a very variable feature, and during an examination of the large number of specimens
brought back by that Expedition it also appears that the cephalic and thoracic
outlines of the animal are not always as depicted in the illustration. The type figured
requires no modification, but in other specimens where the jaws are closed the median
projection is not visible ; a rounded swelling appears at the base of each mandible,
but I have been unable to detect the two stout spines which are so characteristic
of the ' Discovery ' specimens.

The preoeular spines almost invariably bear a few more or less distinct subsidiary
spinules on the front margin. The crustaceous character of the cephalosome and the
first three segments of the mesosome is constant, though often much concealed by a
diatomaceous deposit which sometimes covers the entire animal. The cephalosome, too,
is more or less completely covered with very small spines; these also occur laterally

14 T. V. HODGSON.

on the first three segments of the mesosome, and in some cases also extend as a baud
rio-ht across each segment. The last two segments of the mesosome in the ' Southern

o o o

Cross ' specimens are as a rule evenly rounded laterally, but in the more anterior one
of the two there is sometimes a small incision which cuts off the hinder third. We
must therefore expect to find a considerable amount of individual variation in this
species. Another figure of the male is here given, and this has been drawn from
a ' Discovery ' specimen.

A number of specimens were taken by the ' Discovery ' in Winter Quarters, all
of them being extracted from sponge debris. In the roots of these organisms they
made their homes. These specimens show a considerable range of variation ; a typical
example shows the following characteristic features. The cephalosome has a sinuous
anterior margin with a very small spine in the middle line ; on either side is a swelling
which bears a distinct spine at its inner border not far from the middle line. Near the
antero-lateral angle and just in front of the eye is a stout toothed spine ; the cephalosome
is depressed in the centre, but otherwise almost completely covered with small spines.

The first segment of the mesosome is a small crescentic structure squeezed in
between the cephalosome and the next ; the four following segments progressively
increase in length, the fifth and sixth being subequal. The fourth is attached to the
third by a conspicuous "waist." The first is only indistinctly spinous, the second and
third, and, to a much less extent, the fourth, are strongly spinous, especially laterally,
and along the posterior border in two segments at least.

The lateral margin of the fifth segment is invaginated posteriorly, the depression
being occupied by a button-like process. The sixth segment is divided into two
halves by a shallow transverse depression, and the posterior border, which is much
arched, bears a stout tubercle laterally.

A small crescentic segment overlapping the first abdominal represents the
seventh. The nietasome exhibits five subequal segments with scythe-like epimera.
The sixth segment is united to an acutely triangular telsou, which bears a few setse.

The uropoda are large, but not extending beyond the telsou. The protopodite is
stout, and its inner border is produced into a spinous projection. The endopodite is
much broader than the exopodite, and both are fringed all rouud with long setse.
The entire body is fringed with long setse, particularly on the cephalosome and anterior
segments.

Although many of the ' Discovery ' specimens are, to some extent at least,
covered with a diatomaceous deposit, it never reaches that extent which it does in the
' Southern Cross ' specimens. It is, however, sufficient to hide small details here and
there. The variation is great, and in many cases the spinose covering is almost
entirely absent, but may exist to a very variable extent. In many cases I have been
unable to detect the three median spines on the cephalon as exist on the figured
specimen, and the spur at the lateral angle of that structure is sometimes quite
simple, at times truncated as if broken.

1SOPODA. 15

The crustaceous character of the mesosome is an exceedingly variable feature.
Usually the first four segments show it very clearly ; in the two following it is usually
concealed. The fourth segment frequently has a conspicuous and quadrangular space
in the mid-dorsal line, but as frequently this is quite absent. The succeeding segment
also bears evidence of a median division, but often it is only partly crustaceous. The
sixth segment is rarely crustaceous, but when it is the deposit is not evenly deposited.
This segment only rarely exhibits the rounded postero-lateral margins so characteristic
of the ' Southern Cross ' species ; but here, on turning the animal on to the dorsal
surface, traces of the button-like process may be detected.

Numerous specimens, male and female and all ages, were taken from the roots of
sponges inside the 2 5 -fathom line. A few were taken at a time during the whole of
our stay in Winter Quarters.

EUNEOGNATHIA.

This genus was separated from the more widely-known genus Gnathiit by the
Rev. T. R. R Stebbiug, on the ground that the first guathopod of the male is
six-jointed, and that the pleopods have both branches fringed with long plumose hairs.

EUNEOGNATHIA GIGAS.

Ancens i/iif/is Beddiird (1), pp. 137-9.

Anceus gigas Beddard (1), pp. 137-9.
Euneognathia '• gi/jns Stebbing (15), p. 338.

Specific characters : —
Male.

Cephaloaome short and broad, with a sinuous anterior margin and a short spur laterally.

Depressed in the centre and tuberculated externally.

Maxilliped with 4-jointcd palp, setose externally.

Gnathopods G-jointed, with long settB externally, short ones internally.

The single specimen measures some 16 mm. in length, the same size as the
Anci.'iis giyas described by Mr. Beddard in the Isopoda of the 'Challenger' Reports.
The following description will show that it must be identified with that species.

The cephalosome is broad, rounded postero-laterally, and has a prominent spur
at the autero-lateral angle external to the antenna; and just in front of the eyes.
The anterior margin is sinuous, due to fine, small tubercular enlargements. The
middle one is the smallest, and is slightly indented. Its surface is rather depressed
anteriorly, but abreast and behind the eyes are two prominent tubercles on each side,
of which the posterior is much the larger, and this latter is separated by a smooth
narrow portion from the tumid posterior margin of the cephalosome. Mr. Beddard's
specimen is not satisfactorily figured. The anterior margin of the cephalosome is
similar to that of the ' Discovery ' specimen, but the tubercles are more exaggerated.
The ovoid lobes connected with the eyes do not exist as figured, but in place of them
are two prominent swellings, the surface of which is coarsely tuberculated.

*•

IT, T. V. HODGSON.

Tlic visible segments of the mesosome are smooth ; the first is small, somewhat
crescentic iu shape and does not reach the margin of the body ; the second and third
are narrow and their epimera are cleft ; the fourth segment is much longer than either
of the two preceding. The fifth is very nearly as long as the first three together and
shows indications of the median longitudinal division characteristic of many members
of this family. The sixth segment is narrower but almost as long as the fourth, the
postero-lateral angles project backwards as a large rounded process, the inner border
of which forms a small tubercle. It is on this process that the last pair of pereiopoda
are articulated. The last segment of the mesosome is very small and wedged in
between these processes.

The metasome comprises six distinct segments, of which the first is the shortest ;
the sixth terminates in a telson which is triangular in shape and acutely pointed,
fringed with short setse and with a stout one distally. The epimera are scythe-like
in form and distinct from the segment bearing them.

The uropoda are about the same length as the telson.

The protopodite is short and broad and situated at a considerable angle with the
last abdominal segment, and prolonged internally as a stout process with setae at the
extremity.

The exopodite is a little the narrower of the two and actually longer than the
eudopodite. This latter is a little broader and has its inner margin more rounded.
Both are fringed with short setae and less abundantly with long plumose setse,
especially on the inner margin.

The first antenna comprises a peduncle of three joints,* the proportions being
2. 2. 5, the last being very much the most slender ; this is followed by a flagellum
of some half-dozen joints, of which the first is minute.

The second antenna has a peduncle of four joints, the proportions being 2. 2.
4. 5 '5. The flagellum has about eight joints. In both cases the joints of the
peduncles bear a few setae distally and also along the last joint ; shorter setse fringe
all the joints of the flagellum.

In Mr. Beddard's description the two pairs of antennae are described as having an
extra joint in the peduncle.

The mandibles are strong and scythe-like. Each is slightly curved, pointed
distally, and has a prominent spine on the outer margin. The inner border bears two
small rounded flanges to fit similar ones from the opposite side.

The maxilliped (fig. 3a) comprises a very thick basal joint, straight on its
inner margin, with a series of fine setse distally, stronger ones proximally, rounded
externally and fringed with longer and finer setfe. From its inner angle of this joint
there projects a thin, rather triangular joint and externally a four-jointed palp. The
joints of the palp are broad and flat ; the terminal one, however, is more slender ;
their proportions are 1. 4. 3. 2. The external margin of all these joints is fringed
with plumose setae, and there are three distally on the terminal joint.

ISOPODA. 17

The guathopod (fig. 3l>) is a large, tapering six-jointed structure, articulated to
the body laterally and curved forwards over the mid-ventral line; it is shielded
externally by a curved and projecting flange of the exoskeleton. The first joint is
short and stout, only indicated in the figure ; all the other joints except the terminal
one are large, flat, and broad ; the first of these — the second in point of size — has a
fringe of small seta; externally and six rather short plumose setae distally on the inner
margin. The next joint is the largest, and its inner margin is fringed with large
plumose setse ; externally there are a few small setae distally. The three following
joints are scarcely as long as the second, the terminal one being minute. Collectively
they taper to a blunt point ; the third has plumose seta; all along the inner margin,
and small fine seta; externally, the other two have these fine setse all around, but the
penultimate one bears a group of long, simple setae near its distal extremity.

The proportions of these joints are 4. 6. 3. 2. O'o.

The pereiopoda are all very much alike. In the first pair the second and third
joints together are scarcely as long as the first, the carpus is about as long as the
preceding, the propodus is longer, the dactyl us is about half its size. The proportions
are not quite the same on all the limbs, bat in all cases the ischium and merus are
expanded on their outer margin ; in the merus this expansion becomes a forwardly
directed lobe. Small groups of setse occur on these swellings, and a few smaller ones
are scattered elsewhere. One or two small spines may occur on the propodus.

A single specimen was taken off Coulman Island in 100 fathoms, 13th January,
1902.

vEGA.

This well-known genus, established by Leach in 1815, now contains some twenty-
five species from all parts of the world. The following species was first taken on the
French Antarctic Expedition.

ANTARCTICA.

(Plate II.*)

in/s/r<ilix Richardson (12), pp. 1-G, not Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iv. (1901), p. L'i'.t.

Specific characters :—

No process on the propodus of the first three pair of pereiopoda.
The enlarged endopoditc of the uropoda.

This species, of which several specimens were taken, attains a length of 28 mm.
and a width of 13 mm.

The cephalosome is small, its anterior margin is slightly rounded, and a stout but
short rostrum projects between the antenna;; its posterior margin is rounded, but not
Unite evenly, the eyes are very distinct, rather small, lateral in position, and irregular
in shape.

* The legend should be as above, and not as it was printed off.
VOL. v. K

18 T. V. HODGSON.

The first segment of the mesosomc is a little longer than the next two, and about
as long as the last ; it partially encloses the cephalosome up to the level of the eyes,
but owing to foreshortening this is not noticeable in the figure. Its epimera are not
distinctly separated off from it, and they are pointed posteriorly. The fifth and sixth
segments are longest and widest. The epimera of all but the first are distinct, their
external margins are curved, and they are pointed posteriorly. The entire mesosome
is covered irregularly with minute punctures, not readily seen while the body is wet.
The metasome is a little narrower, and only five distinct segments are visible from the
dorsum, the sixth being fused with the telson, which is rather short and broad, its
margins slightly curved to a blunt point, the structure being strengthened by a
poorly-developed median keel. The margin is finely serrated, and each " tooth "
of the serration is accompanied by a spine ; the whole border is fringed with small
plumose setae.

The uropoda are large, and project but little beyond the telsou. The protopodite
is short and stout, having its inner border prolonged in a scythe-like manner as far as
the inner angle of the endopodite. The exopodite is narrow, lanceolate, both sides of
the distal half bear stout spines at regular intervals, and there is one at the extremity ;
almost the entire margin is fringed with short plumose setae.

The endopodite is broader, more leaf-like in shape ; it projects to the same
distance. The internal margin is serrated, each serration being accompanied by a
small but stout spine. These latter are also to be found on the inner margin. All the
outer and most of the inner part is fringed with long plumose setse.

The first antenna has a peduncle of three joints, none of which are dilated ; the
first is stout and lies at a right angle to the axis of the body, the second joint is
shorter, and the third, which is comparatively slender, is three-quarters of the length
of the preceding two together. The flagellum is multi-articulate and not very long.

The second antenna has a peduncle of five joints ; the first is very short and
stout, the second is shorter, the other three progressively increase in length, the last
being scarcely as long as the two preceding ones. The flagellum is multi-articulate
and half as long again as the peduncle.

The mandible is stout. The mandibular palp is three-jointed ; the middle
joint is the longest, and the terminal one the shortest. The inner border of
the second joint bears a group of setse near its distal extremity. These setae
are very finely toothed along the distal halves or thereabouts. The distal joint
has the external margin rounded ; it is fringed with stiff setae on its straight inner
border. These gradually increase in length towards the extremity of the joint, and
under a high power they are seen to be flattened and slightly expanded at their
extremities. At the extremity of the joint are three or four very much longer setae
armed with delicate teeth, as on the preceding joint.

The second maxilla (fig. 2) is a single elongated joint, rather expanded at the
base ; its inner margin is straight, and at about two-thirds of its length there is a

ISOPODA.

19

notch, as indicating the presence of another joint. This distal portion is rounded, and
bears at its inner extremity three prominent teeth. At the notch above alluded to
there is a very small finger-like joint armed with two teeth.

The maxilliped (fig. 3) is a very stout appendage. Its basal joint occupies rather
more than half the length of the entire structure, the distal joint is triangular and
slopes away from the inner margin of the appendage. In the palp five joints may be
distinguished ; the first is short and broad, the second is roughly triaugular, the base
being internal, the third is the largest and irregular in shape, being expanded
internally. The two terminals are small, and bear three or four strong teeth and a
few spinous setae. The epignath is about three-quarters the length of the basal joint,
forming a slightly rounded cone with a few setae distally.

The first pereiopod (fig. 4) is short and stout ; the first joint or basis is very much
the largest joint, the ischium is short, expanded distally, and forms the bend of the
limb in its natural position ; the merus is short and broad, bearing on its inner margin
four stout stumpy spines ; the carpus is equally broad, but not half the length, and
bears two stout spines on its inner margin ; the propodus is a little longer than the
two preceding, with two strong spines and a few setae in connection with the distal
one. The dactylus is longer than the propodus, and forms a very strong curved claw ;
the inner margin of this for more than half its length bears a thin membranous
addition to its edge.

In the two succeeding periopoda the merus projects over the base of the succeeding
joint both dorsally and ventrally, but especially the latter ; the carpus also projects
ventrally, in both cases forming a curved spinous structure.

The remaining four pairs (fig. 5) are also much alike, but more distinctly destined
for locomotion than for prehension. Their proportions are not exactly the same. The
basis is the largest and strongest joint. The ischium and merus together are scarcely
as long ; the former is prolonged dorsally over the latter, and the latter also, but to a
much less extent. All the joints except the first have distal fringes of very strong
setae, and the ventral margin bears setae arranged more or less distinctly as short
transverse bands than in a single row. They are, however, arranged as a row on the
propodus. The terminal claw is of quite moderate size but powerful.

The pleopoda ore of a tolerably uniform character. In the first the protopodite
is stout and very broad. The exopodite and endopodite are situated at subequal
intervals from the margins and each other.

The exopodite is egg-shaped, the round end being free and thickly fringed with
long plumose setae ; the endopodite has a straight and thickened inner edge and is
more triangular in shape, the apex being rounded and fringed with plumose setae.

Specimens of this species were taken occasionally throughout our stay in Winter
Quarters, at depths down to 125 fathoms. The smallest example is scarcely 12 mm.
long. Several more or less digested specimens were taken from the stomach of a
Weddell's seal.

K 2

-
^•^

• ss--.Cs

20 T. V. HODGSON.

CIROLANA.

Another of Leach's genera, established in 1818 and now containing about- thirty
species from all oceans. The following species has not been previously recorded.

CIROLANA MERIDIONALLS.

(Plate III.)
Specific characters : —

Fifth segment of the nietasome narrower than the preceding one, but the lateral margins are not
covered by the fourth segment.
No eyes.

The total length of the animal is 35 mm., its width 15 mm. The cephalosome
is very strongly marked off from the body and no trace of eyes can be discerned.
Its anterior margin is rounded but slightly, excavated for the origin of the first
antenna, between which there is a small rostrum, it is unevenly rounded laterally and
the posterior border is incurved to a slight extent.

The mesosome is quite smooth, in life rather thickly spotted with light yellowish
spots on the brown ground colour. The seven segments are distinct, the first is the
longest, but owing to the curvature of the body it is foreshortened in the figure and
partially encloses the cephalosome ; the second is about half the length ; the others,
up to the fifth, progressively increase in length ; the sixth is very little shorter, and
the seventh shorter still. Except on the first the epimera are distinct from their
respective segments, increasing in size to the fifth and, again except the first, pointed
posteriorly.

The nietasome comprises six segments, of which the last is fused with the telson.
The first segment is very short, the others progressively decrease in width, the fourth
to some extent overlapping the fifth laterally. The epimera of the four anterior
segments progressively increase in size from the first and are acutely pointed.

The telson is broad and rounded, but terminating in the middle line in a small
projection. Its distal margin is setose.

The uropoda are large ; the short and stout protopodite has its inner angle
produced as a spur and bears a narrow leaf-like exopodite setose all round ; the
endopodite is really about the same length but broader and similarly setose ; it-
projects just beyond the end of the telson.

The first antenna has a three-jointed peduncle, the first is very short and stout,
the second less stout and shorter, the third is as long as the other two together.
The riagellum is twice the length of the last joint of the peduncle and consists of a
number of stout but very short ill-defined joints. Its anterior margin bears a number
of stout setae ; at first sight these look to be more like spines, but they are certainly
of a sensory character.

ISOPODA. 21

The second antenna also has a peduncle of three joints which progressively
decrease in stoutness but increase in length. The multi-articulate- flagellum is of
some length.

The mandible is very strong and provided with a four-jointed palp. That
of the left side of the animal has a straight cutting edge, bevelled anteriorly and
posteriorly prolonged into a stout spur of some length. The cutting edge is hollowed
out internally to receive the mandible of the opposite side, here there is no spur,
and the cutting edge is cleft to form two very stout teeth. This is as examined
/// xifu. The palp is four-jointed, but the first is extremely short, the proportions of the
others being 5. 7'5. 3'5. The second joint has the distal half of its external border
provided with somewhat specialised setae, the longest are at the beginning of the
series, and speaking broadly there are only two sizes. The terminal joint is curved,
fringed throughout its inner border with stout setae ; these gradually increase in length
distally and the joint terminates with three long ones.

The first maxilla (fig. 2) has a small but irregularly shaped masticatory lobe ;
its outer border projects forward as a broad lobe, its inner and lower border, which is
rounded and considerably larger, bears three very large spinous processes ; of these
the most posterior is longest and most slender ; each has a thick tuft of fine setae
about the middle of its length where the spine is distinct as such from its basal
process. The outer lobe is large, arched towards the middle line, its margin there being
almost straight. This is armed with eleven very strong spines though their length
and strength is variable. At the lower inner angle there are two srnall spinous
tubercles, one bearing five small spines, arranged like the prongs of a fork, the other
has only two spines.

The second maxilla (h'g. 3) has a short and broad masticatory lobe ; this has a
slightly rounded internal margin armed with numerous long and strong seta?. Three
set* near the posterior angle are very much longer than any of the others, and
become plumose by the presence of hair-like structures. The remainder of the seta>
do not vary greatly in size, and all except those near the anterior angle are, to some
extent at least, plumose. Two lobes arise from the outer part of the masticatory lobe,
the inner one is the broader and of an elongated ovoid form ; the inner border and
distal extremity is provided with long and stout simple seta? of two distinct sizes, and
form two rows along the inner margin. The outer lobe is narrow and terminal rs
with four long simple set as and two smaller ones.

The maxilliped (fig. 4) is remarkable for the disproportion between the
masticatory portion and the palp. The former comprises a short but stout joint,
the inner margin of which is rounded proximally, and this is followed by another
short joint which has a straight inner margin, and from its distal inner aiije it
slopes rapidly to a much shorter slightly rounded external margin : the inner distal
margin carries four stiff plumose seta-, and near these is a single prominent tooth.
It is behind this that the first joint of the five-jointed palp lies. The joints of this

2l' T. V. HODGSON.

appendage are all very short and broad and thickly bordered on both sides with long
simple setse, some of which on the inner margins of the last two joints are distinctly
spinous. The third and fourth joints are much expanded internally, and the fifth
is a very broad stumpy joint. The second joint has short stout setae on its distal
margin. The epignath is a very small rounded plate external to the basal joint.

The pleopoda are approximately uniform in structure. The first has been
removed for examination. The protopodite is short and broad ; its external margin
projects as a short, stout backwardly directed process, the inner margin is rounded
and bears a dense fringe of short plumose setse, among which are a number of spines.
The exopodite is a pointed egg-shaped structure, attached near the point ; its
external and distal margins are densely fringed with rather long plumose setse.
The endopodite is directed inwards from its attachment and then bent at a right
angle, the anterior and inner edges being thickened and straight ; they are fringed
with fine setse, which ultimately become long and plumose around the distal third of
the joint. The inner edge is rounded.

The pereiopoda are all very much alike. In the first (fig. 5) appendage the
basis is the largest joint and rather scantily fringed with long setse along its dorsal
margin. This fringe is double, that is to say, dorso-lateral. A strongly developed
distal fringe occurs ventrally, the ischium is a short joint and its dorsal margin
projects as a shield over the next joint for some distance ; this shield is fringed with
long setse ; a row of setae occurs along the side of the joint near its end ; a group
occurs about the mid-ventral region and a row occupies the more distal portion ; the
merus is very short if measured along its ventral margin, but dorsally it projects
quite to the middle of the propodus ; this projection bears numerous long setse ; the
ventral margin bears some four or five strongly developed spines and several
weaker ones of irregular size. The carpus is quite a small joint, roughly triangular
in shape, the distal half of its ventral margin is fringed with spines, which increase
in strength and size distally, the dorsal margin is reduced to a minimum ; the
propodus is stout, slightly curved, with four spines ventrally. The dactylus is
strongly developed, more than half the length of the propodus.

The other appendages are built on exactly the same plan, differing only in the
strength and abundance of the spiuous or setose armature. The four anterior pairs
conform most distinctly to this type ; in the remaining three the propodus is longer
and more .slender and the dactylus shorter.

The dorso-lateral fringes of setae on the bases of the more posterior appendages
become very strongly developed. The sixth appendage is typical of the other extreme
of variation (fig. 6). The basis has two dense dorso-lateral fringes of plumose setse,
a few arise ventrally just beyond the middle of its length, while distally they form a
dense tuft, The ischium is articulated at the dorsal angle of the basis ; it is rather
mum than half its length, and the so-called dorsal shield projects but very little-
it is scarcely prominent — the merus is two-thirds the length of the ischium, and the

ISOPODA. 23

dorsal shield is small and inconspicuous. The carpus is scarcely as long and much
more slender, the propodus is longer and still mure slender, the daHvlus is rather shorl.
There are but few spines properly so called on this appendage, ihc merits, carpus
and dactylus bear several as distal fringes or on the ventral surface of the joint,
which are of a distinctly spinous character. The setce on the ischium, except those
dorsally situated, are indistinctly plumose, elsewhere they are simple.

A single specimen of this species, a female, was taken in the traps in Winter
Quarters, 29. 8. 03. in 25 fms. Another, mutilated, example was found in a seal's
stomach, 31st January, 1903.

SEROLIS.

This genus was established by Leach in 1818 and now contains twenty-four species,
nearly all of which are from the southern hemisphere.

SEROLIS TRILOBITOIDES.

(Plate IV.)

Seroli* trilolitfiitks Eights (6), pp. 53-57.

Bron/jniiirtM cornuta Studer (17), pp. 21-24 ; Beddard (18), pp. 4!)-.">:'..

Specific characters : —

Body broadly ovate, with large serrated epimera curved backwards, tie sixth thoracic segment
not extending much beyond the insertion of the uropoda.

Cephalosome with well-developed eyes, two swellings between them having the posterior margin
three-lobed as the adult condition is reached.

Urosome pentagonal, margin dentate from the insertion of the uropoda, a median dentate keel
terminating in a short caudal spine. On each side an oblique ridge terminating in a tooth near the
insertion of the uropoda. Two teeth separated by a small recess in the middle line before the
beginning of the median keel.

Special spines on the propodus of the second thoracic appendage consisting of sensory teeth
alternating with broad leaf-like sensory structures, of which the blade is unequally developed on the
two sides of the shaft.

The body is nearly circular, the largest specimen measures 48 mm. in length and
43 mm. in width. If the basal joints of the antennae, which are directed forwards, be
included the length of the animal is increased to 53 mm. The epimera are large with
a finely serrated external margin, all more or less curved backwards ; those of the
sixth thoracic segment reaching nearly to the end of the caudal shield. Those of the
abdominal segments terminate just in. front of this and are subequal. The posterior
margin of each of the thoracic epimera bears a tubercular swelling at about one-third
of its length. The urosome is pentagonal in outline, its free margin from the
insertion of the uropoda is beset with numerous pointed teeth and terminates in the
middle line in a stout spine. In the larger specimen this is broken, but, judging from
the smaller one, it should be about 3 mm. long. The middle line of the urosome is
marked by a prominent ridge bearing seven teeth of variable size; the first is the
largest and the posterior ones are the smallest. In front of this ridge, at the junction
of the caudal shield with the third abdominal segment, there is a prominent lip which

24 T. V. HODGSON.

1 tears two teeth separated by a rounded recess. Close to this rises a ridge on each
side, which runs outwardly to end in a stout spine above the point of insertion of the
uropuda. The cephalosome is about one-fifth the length of the body, it is separated
off from the epimera of the first thoracic segment by a very distinct groove, which
passes forward in a slightly curved line just outside the eyes. The anterior margin is
bevelled to receive the first antenna, and presents three crescentic depressions, of which
the median one is the largest, and further subdivided by a small median tubercle
between the antennae. A median plate with rounded angles lies between the eyes
anteriorly, and behind it most of the space is raised into two irregular and flattened
enlargements with their posterior margins rounded, a median lobe on each side being
conspicuous.

Between and behind these enlargements is a narrow plate with a small dark
tubercle in the centre. The eyes are prominent, large ; except anteriorly they are
separated off from the two tuberculated enlargements alluded to above by a deep
groove. The cornea is oblong, lunulate, and composed of a large number of small
facets. The first thoracic segment is separated from the second by a line of
segmentation, distinct enough at its origin, but which dies away before it reaches the
margin. The anterior margin of these two thoracic segments, like that of all the
epimera, is minutely serrate. The last thoracic segment is invisible from the dorsum,
and the first abdominal, which is without epimera, is enclosed by the arching forwards
of the seventh thoracic. Only on the third, fourth and fifth thoracic segments are the
epimera distinct from the thorax.

Eights' specimens attained a greater size than the largest obtained by the
' Discovery,' and measure 70 mm. x 57 mm., and an adult male is figured both from
the dorsal and ventral aspects. Dr. Studer's specimens obtained from Kerguelen
Island are not half this size, and those, obtained by H.M.S. ' Challenger '
from the same locality are intermediate, the largest being a female measuring
41 mm. x 35' 5 mm.

For his specimens Eights describes and figures a ridge running obliquely
backwards from the inner border of the epimera of the first thoracic segment towards
the middle of its posterior border, before reaching which, however, it dies away.
This is the only difference 1 can find between his specimens and those taken by the
' Discovery ' when viewed from the dorsum. • The dark coloured tubercle Eights
regards as a possible ocellus ; I am unable to make any statement on this point, this
structure being injured in the larger specimen. Dr. Studer ignores it altogether,
Mr. Beddard figures but does not refer to it.

Dr. fttuder accentuates the fact that, in his specimens, the enlargement between
the eyes forms conical tubercles, a single one on the inner side of each eye, instead of
a diagonal row. The "diagonal row" is an expression due to a defect in Eights'
figure, and Dr. Studer's fig. 2 might be a copy of Eights' as regards this particular
feature. The point at issue seems to be whether these enlargements each form a

ISOPODA. 25

conical tubercle (Studer, Beddard), a rounded tubercle ('Discovery'), or as Eights
words it the entire space is elevated to form " somewhat the figure of a corona in high
relief." The description and figure are not too explicit, but it does not appear to be ;i
matter of vital importance. Dr. Studer further points out that the median ridge of the
caudal shield bears three teeth only, the first of which is the largest. Ili.s figure from
its great breadth is probably that of a female.

Mr. Beddard gives much better figures of this species, and increases the number
of teeth on the keel of the caudal shield from three to six.

From the sizes of the specimens obtained in these collections it would appear that
the greater number are not adult. Eights' specimen, as figured, unquestionably is so ;
the larger ' Discovery ' specimen is approaching that condition. In reply to an enquiry,
my friend, Dr. Caiman, confirms my suspicion that the ' Challenger ' specimens are not
adult, the largest female, which has been partially dissected, bears traces of having had
oostegites, in the others they are quite rudimentary. None of the males have the
third thoracic appendage modified.

The sternum is quite smooth, that of the first thoracic segment which bears the
maxillipeds is narrow and enclosed by the succeeding one. It projects forwards in a
conical manner between the maxillipeds and bears a median ridge. The second passes
completely across the body, the epimera being separated by a groove.

In the middle line the median keel of the preceding segment is continued through
half its length, where it widens out and disappears ; behind this is a groove which
forms the anterior boundary of a lip-like structure rather more than 5 mm. wyide.
The three following segments are conspicuously divided in the middle line, the
remainder less distinctly so. The sixth is only indistinctly separated from the
following, while the seventh and eighth are fused.

The posterior border of the first three abdominal segments is, in the middle line,
produced backwards into a spine. Small in the first, it is but little larger in the
second, but in the third it is very much larger. This feature is alluded to by
Mr. Beddard as a sexual character, but one which is not constant in all species. For
this particular species it is not alluded to either by him or Dr. Studer, and Eights'
figure is not satisfactory in this respect. AVhat I take to be the genital apertures
are two small ovoid slits near the posterior border of the last thoracic segment and
some little distance from the middle line. Mr. Beddard states that these apertures
are invariably circular in the male, but neither he nor Dr. Studer allude to them for
this species. Eights is equally silent on this point.

The first antennae rise in a depression of the anterior margin of the ccphalosome,
and are directed outwards. Each consists of a tapering four-jointed peduncle, the
proportions of these joints being 3. 5. 4. 2'5, and they are followed by a multi-
articulate flagellum.

Dr. Studer states that the flagellum has twenty-two joints, Mr. Beddard states
twenty-five. In all the ' Discovery ' specimens the flagellum, although injured,

VOL. V. I,

26 T. V. HODliSON.

contains more joints than quoted by either of these observers. The peduncle and
most of the joints of the flagellum show markings as of imbricated scales, and having
at short intervals very delicate aborescent chromatophores. The joints of the flagellum
each bear a tuft of a few setse and a sensory seta. This is a rather long thin structure
containing granular matter and mounted on a short but stout peduncle. Owing to
injury it is difficult to make out the details of its structure, but in a few cases they
appear to be identical with Mr. Beddard's figures.

The second antennae have five-jointed peduncles, in each case the first joint is not
visible from the dorsum and is small ; this and the second are directed forward, the
third being articulated at a right angle ; this and the two following are grooved
longitudinally, the proportions of the various joints being 1'5. 3 '5. 5. 8. 11. The
multi-articulate flagellum is not as long as the terminal joint of the peduncle. The
margin of the peduncle is fringed with setae, small and fine ones singly, longer ones
in small tufts at intervals. The joints of the flagellum number sixteen, in agreement
with Mr. Beddard, and have the appearance of being covered with imbricate scales,
irregularly hexagonal in shape ; along the centre joints there is a row of teeth, those
figured by Mr. Beddard do not give an adequate idea of their structure. They occur
on the fourth to the tenth joints inclusive, and consist of a strong tooth directed
forwards, its posterior margin being produced into a thin blade like a knife edge.

The flagella of both antennae are fringed with extremely minute spines.

The upper lip or epistome is triangular with its angles rounded, the broad base being
posterior and straight, with the exception of a slight indentation in the middle line.

The anterior borders are enclosed by an independent but narrow ridge. The
epistome itself bears two circular depressions, a fact noticed by Eights, but his figure
as regards this structure is not good.

The mandible is very strong, and has a stout base directed obliquely inwards ;
a liluut process on its anterior margin marks the point where it turns to the middle
line, tapering to end in a stout cutting edge. This edge is strongly coloured, and
the left mandible, viewed externally, exhibits two small tubercular teeth with traces
of a third ; some little distance from the cutting edge there projects from under the
posterior margin a tubercle belonging to the inner series, and behind this a rather
long bifurcated spine. Internally there is a second cutting edge which comprises
three stout tubercles and two small ones between and a little behind the first and
second. Another weaker ridge lies behind this, and from the posterior end of it the
bifurcated spine arises.

The palp is long and three-jointed ; rising from the outer angle at the base of
the mandible two joints lie in front of the epistome, the third being directed straight
forwards between the antennae. The proportions of the joints are as 5. 8. 3\r>. The
first joint bears a single long seta of simple structure, the second bears several, but
at its distal and ventral extremity they become highly specialised. The last joint
is a Hiit blade with a rounded dorsal margin and nearly straight veutrally. The

IROPODA. 27

ventral margin is nearly completely occupied by the same highly specialised setae.
Here they graduate in size to the distal extremity, where they rather <|iiickly become
much larger than elsewhere. These setae (fig. '.'>) consist of a shaft with very finely
granular contents, the shaft tapers and ends in a blunt point, which in certain aspects
appears to be an elongated knob. Both margins are fringed with very delicate flat teeth,
very close, in fact contiguous to one another. These appear to be set on the shaft
at an angle so as to form the limbs of a V, of which the shaft forms a verv 1 n-oad
base. The ventral margin of the second joint is very minutely dentate. None of the
authors previously cited deal with this appendage in any detail. Eights describes
the left mandible as having " two corneous teeth, placed one within the other, that
on the right contains but one ; they are convex externally and internally concave,
with a small foramen at their base." This latter statement I do not understand. As
regards the palp, he states the two basal joints are subequal in length and the
terminal one about half the size. Dr. Studer states that the cutting edge is divided
into two ridges and bears no teeth, but only sharp undulating edges. This figure
is not good; he omits almost all the setae on the terminal joint of the palp, but in
the comparative sizes of the joints they more closely resemble the 'Discovery'
specimens. The only reference I have seen to the highly specialised setae is contained
in Dr. Pfeffer's description of S. septemcarinata ( 11), and he figures them for that species
as being plumose to within a short distance of the enlarged end.

The first maxilla (fig. 4) consists of two lobes. The inner one is very small and
delicate, the outer one large and strong. The inner one is irregularly ovoid upon a
short peduncle, the outer one is stout and slightly curved. Its cutting edge is hollowed
out to some extent, and the margin is fringed with stout spines of variable length, but
the largest are most anterior. In the specimen examined there are eleven of these.
The dorsal margin of this joint is covered with very minute teeth, which arc replaced
by simple setae about the middle of its length.

The second maxilla (fig. 5) is more delicate in structure, and comprises a thin but
broad inner lobe, rounded distally and there provided with upwards of thirty specialised
setae. About two-thirds the length of this lobe there arise externally two lobes of
approximately equal size. It would, perhaps, be correct to say a single bifid lobe.
Each of these lobes is armed distally with two stout specialised setae, similar to, but
much stronger than, those of the inner lobe. The setae are all pedunculate. A central
core runs continuously through the peduncle and shaft, and the latter is covered with
a number of very minute but stout spines.

The maxilliped (fig. G) consists of a short but very broad sub-triangular plate, which
carries the large masticatory lobe, and an approximately rectangular epignath. The
inner margin of the masticatory lobe is straight, rounded towards the base, where
there is a group of rather long simple seta?, and a few other small ones are scattered
along it. The anterior margin is nearly straight, and bears a stout tooth near each
angle. The outer tooth is situated in rather a deep depression. The outer margin

L 2

28 T. V. HODGSON.

is rounded. The palp is three-jointed. The first is very small, the second large, cordate
in shape ; the third is a rather short and broad lobe, articulated nearer to the outer
portion of the second. The inner margin of the second joint and the extremity of the
first are richly clothed with simple setae. A few other small ones are scattered along
the other margins, and also irregularly over the surface of the entire palp, masticatory
lobe, and distal portion of the epignath.

Eights' description of this organ is not easy to interpret exactly, but as far as
it goes it agrees with the above, except that a single tooth is only mentioned as
occurring on the masticatory lobe. As the second may be easily concealed by the
palp, this is of small moment.

The descriptions given by Dr. Studer and Mr. Beddard are very concise. The
figure given by the former is very crude and incomplete, though fairly correct as far
as it goes. Mr. Beddard's figure is very much more correct and detailed. Only one
tooth is figured, the position of the second being covered by the palp. The basal
plate is, however, figured as being divided. I have not been able to detect the
existence of such a division even with a ^ objective ; bands of muscle interfere greatly
and render its determination difficult.

The first appendage of the mesosome is subchelate and comprises six distinct joints,
the first of which is subequal in length to the last but one. The three following are all
very short, and two, the more distal ones, have a very irregular shape. These three
short joints all bear a tuft of somewhat specialised setae, which are numerous only on
the third of the joints, and this one, with the second, bears a number of very minute
teeth on its inner maro-in, the third having; in addition two stout teeth and a third

O ' O

much smaller one. The propodus is large and ovate in shape, its inner margin being
flattened to form a blunt knife edge and provided with a series of very highly
specialised structures, which have not been described for this species, notwithstanding
the fact that they afford valuable specific characters. Eights describes the margin of
this joint as ciliate. Dr. Studer remarks that it is provided with lancet-like teeth,
and figures five joints of this appendage, but on so small a scale as to be worthless.
Mr. Beddard does not refer to this appendage except in very general terms. The
specialised structures (figs. 7 and 8) consist of a regular series of stout teeth, and alter-
nating with them are leaf-like blades, both being obviously of a sensory nature. The
teeth have a strongly-marked " midrib," which, however, is not quite straight, and
terminates in a delicate elongate sensory structure. The blade is very faintly
striated, and terminates in an irregular manner, to allowr the sense organ to protrude.
The " leaf-like " organ also has a distinct " midrib," but the blade is very unequally
developed on the two sides, and exhibits a much coarser striation than the tooth.
The " midrib " terminates in precisely the same way and in a similar sensory structure.
Of the remaining appendages of the mesosome four progressively increase in size, the
second to the fifth ; this and the sixth are subequal in size, but the seventh is much
smaller, but in the larger of the ' Discovery ' specimens the greater part of most of these

ISOPOMA. 29

appendages are lost ; they are, however, uninjured in the smaller specimen. Tin- first
appendage <>t' this series, the second of Hie mcsosonie, comprises six joints, the first of which
is large and stout, the rest progressively decrease in size, and all are liberally provided
with small arborescent chromatophores. The second joint has two serrations on its
outer or ventral side, at each of which are a few long setae, distally, both ventrally and
dorsally, but not laterally ; there is also a distal fringe of long setae ; the following joint
has a single serration, the next has three, and the setae connected therewith are
distinctly spinous ; the penultimate one has seven of these so-called serrations, but verv
small at first, increasing in size distally ; the setae they bear are very small at first
but increase to long ones distally, on the opposite side of the joint the distal fringe is
long and spinous. The ventral margin is slightly expanded and flattened as a blade,
chiefly proximally. The sixth joint or dactylus is stout and capable of folding on the
preceding one in a subchelate manner. This appendage constitutes a secondary
sexual character in the adult animal where it becomes modified to form a prehensile
organ, and differs considerably from the remainder which are distinctly locomotive in
function. As such it is figured and very briefly described by Eights. For this species
or S. curnuttt, neither Dr. Studer nor Mr. Beddard give any description of this
appendage as distinct from the others, though both refer to its modification generally
among members of the genus. From this and other circumstances as previously indicated
it may be assumed that their specimens were immature. The other thoracic appendages
are alike in structure, the propodal joint is slender and not in any way expanded,
nor does the dactylus appear capable of being reflexed upon it in a subchelate
manner. The spinous armature varies with the size of the limb or the joint where
it occurs, and the last appendage of the mesosome only differs from the others in size.

Of the abdominal appendages the first three pairs are adapted for swimming.
The base of each limb is roughly in the form of a truncated cone directed towards the
middle line, and articulated to the sternum near one corner of the narrow base which
is curved outwards ; this angle bears three stout setae on the first and two on the
remaining appendages, other fine setae fringe these joints throughout.

The exopodite is a delicate semicircular structure fringed with fine settc, and on
its curved border with long plumose setae. The endopodite is smaller and attached to
the protopodite at about two-thirds of its length ; this shows more distinctly a ribbed
structure, each rib corresponding to a long plumose setae. The three pair of appendages
do not differ materially in shape or structure except that the straight posterior border
is prolonged into the " penial filament." This is a slender rod-like body passing
towards the middle line, it then bends somewhat abruptly backwards, and is grooved
on its inner side. It is about 4'5 mm. long, and appears to be jointed at the bend ;
but this is probably due to injury, as there is no trace of such a structure in the
smaller specimen where, moreover, this organ is very much smaller. This organ of
the larger specimen is very much smaller than that indicated in Eights' figure.
In their description of S. cormita neither Dr. Studer nor Mr. Beddard allude to it,

30 T. V. HODGSON.

The pleopocla are four paired structures occupying the entire area below the caudal
shield. Each pleopod consists of a very liroad and short basal joint bearing an
exopodite and an endopodite, which lie over one another, the exopodite being the. outer
or more ventral structure. The exopodite of the first gill is the largest and coarsest
in structure, forming an operculum over the rest. The plate is obliquely divided into
two by a suture, and its stout straight inner margin is thickly fringed with fine setae ;
the outer margin, which is rounded anteriorly and wide, tapers slowly to a blunt point
and is fringed with rather long plumose set*. The endopodite is much more delicate,
rather smaller, having no setae whatever, and it is not divided, though its outer margin
bears a conspicuous notch where the division should be. The posterior gill is shorter
and broader than the preceding one ; the exopodite is obliquely divided, but the only
setae it bears are a few of both kinds at the distal extremity ; the endopodite resembles
that of the first gill.

The uropoda are attached to the caudal shield where the edge becomes dentate ;
the basal joint is short, expanded distally, and prolonged on the inner side into a
spinous process. The exopodite is two-jointed, the terminal one being scarcely half as
long as the other, pointed, and having two serrations on the outer side and two spines
on the other. The endopodite is a little longer than the first joint of the exopodite,
and its external margin is serrate and has a few setae in addition ; the internal margin
is also serrate but only distally.

Two males and fragments of two others, sex uncertain, were taken by the
' Discovery' in lat. 67° 21' 46" S., long. 155° 21' 10" E., 254 fathoms, bottom mud.
The trawl passed over a patch of stones probably dropped by some wandering iceberg,
and brought up so large a quantity of these that the specimens were very severely
damaged, and the trawl had to be slit up completely to save anything.

Both Dr. Studer's and Mr. Beddard's descriptions of Serolis cornuta are defective
in many points. The niceties of specific discrimination as now understood were
altogether unknown in Eights' day. Almost invariably the defects of previously
published descriptions are those of omission rather than commission, and going through
them exhaustively with the ' Discovery ' specimens before me, I have no hesitation what-
ever in definitely stating that the ' Gazelle ' and ' Challenger ' specimens are immature
specimens of Scrolls trilobitoides Eights, and that the ' Discovery ' specimen is only
just arriving at the adult stage.

CYMODOCELLA.

Pfeffer (11), pp. 10!t-110 ; Hansen (7), p. 107.

The following definition of this genus is by Dr. Hauseu—

Both sexes similar without processes.

Distal part of the abdomen somewhat produced, with the lateral walls bent

strongly downwards and inwards, constituting rather a long tube open

at both ends and with a slit on the lower surface.

ISOPODA. . 31

Uropoda similar in both sexes, rami lamellar, exopodite considerably shorter

than endopodite.

Mouth parts similar in both sexes.

Male with appendix masculiua on the endopodite of the second ph-opod.
Marsupial lamellae overlap each other somewhat, the brood in an exceedingly

large external pouch and in the marsupium.

CYMODOCELLA TUBICAUDA.

tiilirini/ln Pfeffer (11), pp. 110-115.
egregium Chilton (2), p. 2(»0.
t anlarctiat Hodgson (8), pp. 243-245.
ii cgregia Hansen (7), p. 12C ; Richardson (12), p. 7.

This species was first described by Dr. Pfeffer from specimens taken in South
Georgia. It was then found by Dr. Chilton in New Zealand — the South Island ;
more recently it was taken by the ' Southern Cross ' Expedition in the Auckland
Islands.

( >u all these occasions it has been more or less perfectly described as a new species.
It now turns up off the Antarctic continent at Cape Adare, and it is hoped that its
identity is now fully and permanently established. As my description of the animal
was so unsatisfactory it is here re-described. It is a little unfortunate that both
Dr. Hansen and Miss Richardson have made use of Dr. Chiltou's name for the species.
That of Dr. Pfeffer has a priority of five years.

Specific characters : —

Body vaulted, cephalosome short, with small dorso-lateral eyes.
Antenna invisible from above.

Pereiopoda ambulatory, first the shortest, the remainder very slightly increasing in size, armed
with a stout curved daw on the dactylus and one, occasionally two, stumpy accessory ones.

Metasome, always with oiie distinct segment, and two others imperfectly separated dorsally ; a
pointed tubular urosome.

The cephalosome is small, rather broad but short, the anterior margin, seen from
above, is rounded, it 1 tends downwards and terminates with a small rounded rostrum
between the antennae ; the lateral margins bulge for the reception of the small eyes
which are postero-laterally situated ; the posterior margin is incurved. It is about
two-thirds the diameter of the first segment of the mesosome.

The mesosome comprises the normal seven segments of which the first is the
longest and largely envelops the cephalosome, the epimera are large, ending
posteriorly in a blunt point. The succeeding three segments are subequal in length,
with rather small irregularly rounded epimera. Of the three posterior ones the first is
a little shorter than the others. The epimera are larger and project backwards, the
last df the three segments is narrower than the rest, and the posterior border of the
epimera rises abrupt!}' from its segment. In no case arc the epimera separable from
their respective segments.

32 T. V. HODGSON.

The metasome comprises three or four segments and a urosome, a circumstance
which does not seem to depend upon age. In many individuals of varied size, and
therefore presumably of varied age, a short segment is to be seen between the
backwardly projecting lobe of the epimera of the last segment of the mesosome. This
segment is very often undeveloped or concealed. Another segment has a peculiar
posterior border ; it passes across the mid-dorsal line and at some little distance from it
it forms an angular projection backwards, and then on in a slightly sinuous line to the
epimeron. Just outside the angular projection two lines pass forward in a crescentic
manner to lose themselves after a short course. This proves the segment to be
incompletely divided into three.

The urosome is as long as the five posterior segments of the mesosorue ; it tapers
posteriorly, and the lateral margin is inflected so that it terminates as a spout with an
oblique orifice, and the pleopoda lie in a sort of pocket. The inflected margins are not
fused distally, a narrow groove separates them.

The uropoda are conspicuous but not very large, not reaching the extremity of the
urosome. They arise from a notch near its anterior border and possess a stout
protopodite ; the exopodite is much smaller than the endopodite, of which the inner
half is much thickened ; both are lanceolate in form. The endopodite is larger in
proportion and somewhat more angular in some of the smaller specimens.

The antenure are completely ventral in position, the first lies naturally in a groove
between the cephalosome and the epistome.

The first antenna has a very stout peduncle of three joints. The first is as long as
the other two together, very stout and bent at the base ; the second is equally stout
but short ; and the third is much more slender and a little longer ; the flagellum
consists of six joints.

The second antenna is larger than the first and rises quite close to and underneath
it ; the peduncle is three-jointed, the three progressively increasing in length ; the
flagellum comprises eleven joints, each of which, except the first, has a couple of tufts
of specialised setse on the ventral surface.

The buccal mass is rather prominent, and the epistome is triangular in shape with
a wide and shallow piece taken out of the base.

The mandible is strong, curved and tapering, but with a sinuous margin ; the
cutting edge is reduced to a blunt point, bifid, to form two strong but short teeth ;
on the inner side and a short distance from this is a group of stout spines. The molar
process is stout, rather long, and forms a broad cutting edge.

There is a three-jointed palp, the first two joints of which are subequal, the third
is shorter. The second has half-a-dozen strong spinous setse distally on its inner
margin, and the third has a series beginning about one-third of its length, at first
small, but the distal ones are very long.

The first pair of maxilla; consists of two long slender lobes united at the base
by ;i connecting piece; fully one-half of the inner lobe is imbedded in muscle; the

ISOPODA. 33

exposed part is a narrow, rather tapering band, terminating in four still' plumose
bristles ; the outer lobe is much broader and terminates in four strong teeth arid some
half-dozen smaller pectinate ones.

The second pair of maxillae is elongate, the inner lobe is broad, very slightly
tapering and curved backwards ; the inner border is fringed with line schu and
distally with plumose bristles. Of the two outer lobes, the inner one is a little the
broadest ; both terminate in long plumose bristles.

The maxilliped is long, divided into two equal halves as regards length. The
inner margin is straight throughout ; the basal half tapers in a sinuous line to about
half its diameter ; the distal half is narrow, rounded externally, distally armed with
numerous and thickened plumose bristles, one papilliform tooth, and at least t\vo of
these bristles occur on the inner margin. The palp is five-jointed ; the first joint is
small ; the second is the longest and has distally a long stout digitiform process
armed with setse ; the third joint is short, its process a little larger than the
preceding and occupies the whole joint. The fourth is twice as long and a
smaller process is directed forwards ; the terminal joint is slender and setose.
The epiguath is of moderate size, about half the length of the basal joint and ovoid
in shape.

The pereiopoda are all very much alike and of quite simple structure ; the first
is the shortest and stoutest, the second is a little longer, and from this onwards they
progressively increase in size to the last ; the increase is, however, very small and
chiefly concerns the first two joints. Of the first pereiopod the basis is stout,
constricted immediately beyond its articulation with the body ; the ischium is more
than half the length ; the rnerus is short and considerably expanded dorsally to form
a sort of shallow cup for the carpus ; this joint is very small, triangular in fact, its
dorsal margin being reduced to a minimum ; the propodus is a stout joint, third in
point of size, and its proximal end is in contact with the merus dorsally. The
dactylus is half the length, stout, and carries a curved nail distinctively marked off
from the joint, and immediately underneath is a small but very stout accessory claw.
A few setse occur distally on all the joints except the first two ; on the carpus and
propodus there is distally and veutrally a single stout denticulate spine, closely
resembling those on the ovigers of many Pycnogonids.

In the remaining appendages the basis increases a little in length, the ischium
increases more, so that on the last appendage it is nearly as long as the basis.
The merus is larger than on the first limb, but very little larger than the carpus ;
both these joints are dilated distally, the former retaining its forwardly directed dorsal
lobe ; the propodus remains a simple cylindrical joint, and the dactylus stout and
curved, discoloured, and provided with a small but very stout accessory ; sometimes
there is a second. Setae occur distally on all the joints and occasionally elsewhere.
There are no denticulate spines.

The pleopoda. The first pair comprises a very short and broad protopodite. The

VOL. V. JJ

34 T. V. HODGSON.

endopodite has a broad base, a straight inner margin, the greater part of which is
covered with fine setae. The inner margin tapers to a rounded apex, which is provided
with long plumose setae. The exopodite is a little longer, much more delicate, ovoid
in shape, fringed distally with long plumose setae. Where the exo- and endopodites
do not overlap the eudopodite is very stoutly built.

The second pair, the endopodite, is similar to that of the first, but quite without
any thickening ; the exopodite is very much smaller, ovoid, and the plumose setae occur
throughout the outer margin as well as distally. The appendix masculina is a narrow
structure of almost uniform diameter ; it is slightly curved and enlarged near the
distal end. On the inner side of this enlargement and on the outer side of the
rounded extremity are series of very minute, backwardly-directed spines ; it is longer
than the endopodite. The third pleopod is like the second, but the inner margin of
the endopodite is slightly strengthened.

The fourth pair has the exo- and endopodites subequal in size,- heart-shaped, with
a shallow notch near the apex ; they are thicker and more fleshy than the preceding ;
they carry no setae. Both endo- and exopodites have an oblique fold in passing from
the antero-exterior margin towards the postero-lateral margin. The fifth pleopod is
rather larger than the preceding. The endopodite is more irregularly cordate and has
an oblique fold. The exopodite is larger and two-jointed, the second joint being about
one-fifth the length of the whole and terminates in a blunt but thickened point.
Another similar thickening occurs about the middle of its inner border and close to
it, and on. the main joint is a further thickened knob. A ridge runs from this along
the inner border of the first joint for some distance and passes straight on inside a
lobe of the exopodite.

A rather large number of specimens were taken at Cape Adare on February 24,
1904, from the root of a large laminarian Lessonia grandifolia, taken in 17 fins.

ANTARCTURUS.

The genus Arcturus was established by Latreille in 1804, and since that time it
has received a very large number of species, chiefly from the Southern Seas. Now,
however, the genus is to lie broken up. Dr. zur Strassen has begun the operation and
separates the northern species which contain the type, from the tropical and southern
forms on the ground that in the type species the mouth parts are concealed from a
lateral view, and that the dactyli of the anterior perciopoda are comparatively very
small. In the southern species the mouth parts are distinctly visible from a lateral
aspect, and the dactyli of the anterior pereiopoda are large. For these the genus
Aniurchu-itK is instituted, and this contains the greater number of species. It is
probable, however, that it is only a temporary delay in the further breaking up of the
original genus, and if this alteration is to be carried on, minor characters, such as the

ISOPODA. 35

absence of cephalic horns, may be found which will assist in further dividing Un-
original genus; but, unless these divisions are indicated by some prefix to the name
Arcturus so as to show what has become of closely related forms, no advantage can
accrue to zoological nomenclature.

o

ANTARCTURUS ADAREANUS.
(Plate V., fig. l.)

Arrturus adareanus Hodgson (8), pp. 249-250.

Specific characters : —

A small spine at the antero-lateral angle of the cephalosome, and a pair of stout spines behind
the cephalic horns.

Two dorso-lateral spines on the first segment of the mesosome.

This species is very closely allied to A. glaeialis Beddard, but may lie readily
distinguished from it by the characters given above, and especially by the first named.

The cephalosome has its anterior margin incurved as usual, and its antero-lateral
angle terminates in a spine ; a minute spine occurs behind this and in front of the
eyes. The cephalic horns are not very large, they lie between the eyes and arch
slightly outwards. A short distance behind them is another pair of small spines. The
cephalosome is otherwise smooth.

The mesosome is covered with small spines throughout. The first four segments
progressively increase in length to a slight extent. The posterior margin of each
segment consists of a transverse ridge, which, in the case of the first three, widens out
laterally to the full length of the segment. The dorsal area in front of the ridges is
occupied by two more or less distinct rows of spines. The ridge on the first segment
also bears two stout but blunt .spines dorso-laterally, and the posterior border of the
two following segments at least has a distinct row of small spines, laterally the
segments are covered with several small blunt spines. The fourth segment is
similarly covered, but here the lateral area is distinct from the transverse ridge. The
three posterior segments progressively decrease slightly in length ; each has a raised
transverse spinous ridge, which, in the case of the first, widens out laterally, both
anteriorly and posteriorly ; in the case of the other two the ridges are straight
anteriorly and widen posteriorly. Small blunt spines are numerous. Laterally the
epimera form prominent swellings over the base of their respective appendages and are
more or less well supplied with small spines.

The first three segments of the metasome are distinct though fused and covered
with the same small spines. The epimera are comparatively large, roughly ovate
structures, decreasing in size from the first to the third. The urosome is rounded, and
at its extremity bears two prominent straight spurs. Its surface is covered with small
spines which are seen to be in rows. A median row of small spines, a row of larger
ones on cither .side and two other rows less distinct. The uropoda are large, the basal

M 2

36 T. V. HODOSON.

joint has three rows of spines along its centre, its extremity is truncated and carries
the very small pointed terminal joint.

The above description is taken from a rather small male. The female differs
considerably in the anterior part of the body. This, as is usual with all members of the
genus, is considerably swollen, a fact which of course involves the proportions of these
segments. The spinous armature of the body is much more strongly developed, the
small spines are rather larger and much more numerous ; the first segment of the
mesosome has a pair of dorso-lateral spines which are conspicuously larger than the
rest, and on the second segment there is one smaller than on the first, on the third
segment also, and that not very much larger than the surrounding ones.

The epimeral spines are generally more developed, and at the base of the fourth
pair of appendages there is a stout spine directed to the mid-ventral line. This is
not present in the male, and is apparently a secondary support to the brood pouch,
which is composed of four pairs of oostegites.

The first antenna is of normal type. The first joint is stout, with a blade-like
expansion along its inner margin. This is covered with minute stiff setae. The second
joint is not so long and slightly swollen towards the distal extremity, the third is sub-
equal in length and cylindrical, and the flagellum, which carries some sixteen tufts of
specialised setae, is rather longer than the two preceding joints together.

The second antenna has, as usual, the two first joints extremely short, the
proportions of the remainder with the flagellum are 4. 8. 10. 8. The third joint has a
series of stout spines along its outer border and long setae on the inner ventral border ;
the next joint is similarly provided, but here the spines are smaller and diminish to
nothing during its proximal half. The last joint, a flagellum, bears small setae, but
these are not thickly distributed.

The mandible is massive and thickly pigmented with arborescent chromatophores.
About half its length it is bent at a right angle. Its anterior margin is prolonged as a
toothed edge ; it bears two teeth, and passing obliquely backwards from the most
anterior of these are two quite small ones ; the posterior edge of this part is another
very prominent tooth, and below this again is a group of spines arranged somewhat
radially. The cutting edge is straight and broad.

The first maxilla comprises two lobes, the inner one, short and slender, slightly
curved with fine setae along its inner margin ; its truncated extremity bears three stout
spinous setse with fine ones along them, rendering them coarsely plumose. The outer
joint is stouter, double the length, with fine setae externally and terminates in a crown
of nine or ten stout spines.

The second maxilla has its inner lobe short and broad, with fine setae along its
internal margin. Distally the extremity is rather rounded and armed with plumose
spines. Three of these plumose spines on the outer side of this lobe are much finer
than the others. Of the two lobes the inner one is the smaller and terminates with
three long slightly plumose spines. The outer lobe is much stouter and carries five of

ISOPODA. 37

these plumose setas, but here they vary in length, and on both lobes the plumose
structure exists only at the base, distally they become finely toothed.

The maxilliped does not exhibit any special features. The basal joint is short
with the outer angles, particularly the anterior one, rounded. The masticatory lobe is
long, two-jointed, the inner margin straight throughout, but the outer margin of the
distal joint rounded. The distal margin is occupied by numerous short plumose spines.
The palp is five-jointed, the proportionate length of the various joints being about
3. 3 '5. G. 5. 2. The entire organ is richly clothed with long setae, more especially
internally and distally. With a one-inch objective these are seen to bear a number of
fine setaa about the middle of their length. The epignath is carried on a small plate,
roughly ovate in shape, but having a flattened edge anteriorly. The epignath itself
is a large plate ovoid though flattened on one side ; it is just about as long as the
masticatory lobe.

The whole of these mouth organs are richly pigmented with black arborescent
chromatophores.

The first appendage of the rnesosome is quite normal in general appearance,
provided with long setse on its ventral side from the distal extremity of the basis ; the
uterus has both dorsal and ventral margins rounded, the former projecting forwards as
a blunt point with a small tuft of setse ; the distal extremity of the carpus projects in
a similar manner ventrally. The propodus is by far the largest joint, though not so
broad as the merus ; the dactylus, including the terminal claw, is about two-thirds the
length ; the claw has a very stout auxiliary. On the inner face of the propodus long
setse are arranged in eight or nine series ; these and a very large proportion of those
on or near the ventral margin are very finely toothed.

The three following appendages are provided throughout their length from the
distal extremity of the basis with groups of very long and shorter simple setae. The
outer side of the basis carries a series of some half-dozen spines, and the ischium and
merus have a dorsal and distal spine.

The three posterior pairs of appendages of the mesosome are strong, the
proportions of the joints of the middle one are 5'5. 3'25. 2. 1'8. 5. 4. The basis
bears several irregular but stout spinous processes along its dorsal border, the ventral
border of the remaining joints, except the dactylus, are fringed with spines, these only
develop as such along the ischium, dorsally there are a few scattered setse of variable
length. The dactylus has a few small setse dorsally, but is otherwise smooth.

Five specimens of this species were taken in 300 fathoms off the Ice Barrier,
Bottom Mud, lat. 78. 25. 40. S., long. 185. 39. OG. E. Four of these are females, one
scarcely adult, two with ova, and one with numerous young not yet emerged from the
brood pouch. In these young the various segments are rendered conspicuous by
transverse ridges, but the only spiuous armature visible on the entire body are the two
posterior horns of the urosorne ; the cephalic horns are not present.

38 T. V. HODGSON.

ANTAKCTURUS FRANKLINI.

(Plate V., figs. 2 and 3.)
Arctwus franklini Hodgson (8), pp. 250-1.

Specific characters : —

A small spine at the antero-lateral angle of the cephalosome.

Two prominent dorso-lateral spines on each of the first three segments of the mesosome ;
epimeral spines as well. No dorso-lateral spines in the male.

Urosome rounded, covered with small spines, with two slightly divergent terminal spurs.

The original description being quite unsatisfactory, and as -I have now more
material, I will take this opportunity to redescribe the species.

The body is usually covered with small, irregular chromatophores, which are most
definitely arborescent on the cephalosome, which is smooth ; its anterior margin is
incurved, and just behind the lateral angle is a stout spine. Two strongly developed
and pointed horns lie behind the anterior margin and between the eyes.

The three anterior segments of the mesosome are almost smooth, the fourth being
covered with small spines ; the first three carry a pair of very prominent spines dorso-
laterally. The epimera of all four bear a stout spine, and there are also other smaller
accessory ones, but these vary. The fourth segment is devoid of the prominent dorso-
lateral spines. There is no great difference in the length of these segments, the first
two are very nearly, if not quite, subequal, and the two following also, but these are
a little longer. The three posterior segments are covered laterally with small spines,
a band of them crosses each segment, forming a more or less prominent posterior
fringe.

The rnetasome is also covered with small spines ; although all the segments are
rigidly united, the two anterior ones are distinct, the third is fused with the urosome ;
there are no conspicuous spines here other than the two prominent ones which
terminate the body ; one pair, however, is a little larger than the remainder.

The first antenna is of the normal type ; the first joint is short and stout, with its
inner margin considerably expanded as a wing-like enlargement, the second joint is
but little shorter and spindle-like, the third is but the merest trifle shorter still, and
the fourth is scarcely as long as the two preceding ones together, and has nine groups
of sensory setae.

The second antenna is longer than the body ; the first joint is very small and
scarcely noticeable from the dorsum, the second is longer and its distal border forms
two spikes, one each side. The proportions of the remaining joints and flagellum are
as 5'5. 14'5. 19. 15. The third joint has four or more prominent spines near its outer-
border, the following joint also has a series, but they are smaller and diminish to
nothing along the joint, which is also covered, but not very plentifully, with small

ISOPODA. 39

setae, and these are plentifully distributed over the rest of the appendage. Nowhere
are they conspicuous.

The first maxilla is a two-lobed structure, of which the inner is short, narrow and
slightly curved ; its inner margin is fringed with fine setae, and the distal extremity is
occupied by three stout, plumose setae. The outer lobe is much larger and broader, its
distal margin being fringed with about ten stout spines.

The second maxilla consists of a broad lobe rounded distally, the inner distal
margin is armed with short and stout plumose setre ; towards the outer margin the
setae become longer, more delicate and much less plumose. Of the two external lobes
the outer one is half the size of the inner and is armed distally with a few strong setae,
which are thinly plumose, those of the inner lobe are more numerous and intermediate
in character.

The maxilliped presents quite a normal appearance. It rests on a broad plate
which is nearly rectangular, but rounded on its outer side. The masticatory lobe is
in two pieces ; the proximal one being a little shorter than the distal, which has its
outer margin rounded. Distally it is armed with short, stout, slightly curved setae,
which appear to be finely toothed rather than plumose. The palp does not present
any special peculiarity ; the first three joints progressively increase in length, the other
two decrease ; all are stoutly built and are provided in the usual way with long setae.
The epiguath rests on a triangular plate of which the angles are rounded and the
base is anterior ; it is large and unequally oviform, the inner margin being nearly
straight.

The first appendage of the mesosorne, or gnathopod, does not differ essentially in
its structure from that of the other species here described. The basis is stout,
constricted near the base and rather irregular in outline ; the three following joints are
quite normal and plentifully provided with long, simple setae. The propodus is
supplied with long, simple setae along its ventral margin, but on its inner face, that
applied to the body, there are, towards the dorsal aspect, some half-dozen series of
long setae as well as others near the ventral margin, which are finely toothed rather
than plumose. A rounded process on each side of the extremity of the propodus
receives the dactylus. This is well provided with simple setae, and the terminal claw is
accompanied with an auxiliary more than half its size.

The three following pairs of appendages are fringed with long, simple setae from
the distal extremity of the basis. The first pair is the shortest, the other two sub-
equal, the basal joint of the third being the largest and most spinous, but the three
terminal joints are each rather smaller than on the preceding appendage. Externally
the basis is provided with four stout spiuous processes. The next joint has one very
large one ; the merus has two, a small proximal one and a large distal one ; the carpus
has but one of moderate size. The number of these spines only concerns this
particular individual, they vary both in number and strength. The centre appendage
has a length of 10 mm. on a body length of 20 mm.

40 T. V. HODGSON.

The three posterior appendages of the mesosome are not very long, the
proportions of the joints being 11. 6. 4. 4. 8. 7. The basis bears four or five stout
spinous processes externally, the number and strength of these vary ; the ischium only
bears short setae with which it is fairly well covered ; the merus and two following
joints bear along the ventral surface a series of stout spines, in addition to small setae
irregularly scattered. The dactylus is thinly covered with fine, small setae and has a
stout terminal claw and a small accessory.

A number of specimens of this species were taken in Winter Quarters inside the
2 5 -fathom line, and one was taken in 125 fathoms. The average length of the body
is 22 mm. Most of the specimens are females and, as one expects in members of
this genus, the anterior part of the mesosome is considerably enlarged. Also the
development of the spines is much increased, and those on the mesosome from which
one of the specific characters are derived become comparatively enormous. There is
also an indication of a stronger lateral spine on the third or fused segment of the
metasome.

None of the females bear young, many of them have ova ; these were captured in
October and February. The males have the dorso-lateral spines very much less
prominent, and the body is uniformly cylindrical throughout.

The oostegites of the females number four pairs, and the most posterior pair are
supported by a stout spine from the epimeron of the fourth segment of the mesosome
which almost reaches to the mid-ventral line, this also bears subsidiary spines.

The species was described from a single small though apparently fully developed
female taken oft' Franklin Island by the ' Southern Cross ' Expedition. With that
individual were associated three very small and obviously immature specimens.
Knowing that the spinous armature increases with age, and more especially so among
the females, I declined to regard these as other than possible juveniles of this species.

This turns out to be correct, but the complete absence of large spines in the
male led me to regard them as another species which was to have received the name
of A. australis. It was not till I found that all my specimens of A. franklini were
females and all those of A. australis were males that I discovered the error. It is
absurd to suppose that during a residence of two years, and capturing these animals
one or two at a time, only one sex of each of two species should be taken. The
figures will show the differences between the two sexes, the most remarkable being
the complete absence of the larger spines.

The foregoing description of A. franklini is based entirely on the females.

In the male the four anterior segments of the mesosome are practically smooth,
though rather tuberculated laterally, the first of them bears an epimeral spine. They
progressively increase in length, the fourth being half as long again as the first.

The segments of the metasome, though fused, are more distinct than in the
female ; two dorso-lateral spines, larger than the rest of those covering the urosome,
are sometimes present.

ISOPODA. 41

The second antenna differs in the proportion of its principal joints and flagellum,
being 37. 1G'5. '2T5. and 1G as against 5'5. 14'5. 19. 15. of the female on which
the detailed description is based. The first of these joints as measured, the third
really, is devoid of spines.

About thirty specimens of both sexes were taken in Winter Quarters during the
whole of our stay, all, but one, inside the 50-fathom line.

ANTARCTURUS HIEMALIS.

(Plate VI., fig. 1.)
Specific characters : —

Cephalosome and first four segments of the mesosome each with a pair of stout spines forming a
single row on each side of the middle line.
Epimera with very prominent spines.

Mesosome rounded posteriorly and having a median keel terminating in a spine, the third
abdominal segment, which is fused with the urosome, having laterally a very stout backwardly curved
spine.

Long setfe predominate.

The entire body is marked all over with small arborescent chromatophores.
The anterior border of the cephalosome is incurved, and close to this margin is a pair of
very prominent horns curved forwards and outwards, these are provided with several
very long setae. Behind this is another pair, much smaller but still prominent, and
these also have long setae connected with them. Abreast of the interval between
these two pair of horns lie the prominent and well-developed eyes.

The first four segments of the mesosome are subequal in length, and each is
provided with a pair of very prominent spines placed one behind the other on each
side of the mid-dorsal line ; long setae are associated with these. These segments are
covered with minute spines, but outside the longitudinal rows they become much more
prominent, and while varying in size, form a distinct fringe along the posterior
border of each segment, the remainder of which is more or less coarsely tuberculated.
The epimera bears one very pronounced spine and other smaller ones. The larger
ones are setose.

The three posterior segments of the mesosome are minutely spinous, but as with
the more anterior ones the spines are far better developed laterally and also form a
strong postero-lateral fringe. The epimera are distinct from these segments and bear
very prominent setose spines.

The metasorne shows distinctly three segments and the urosome, all of which
are fused. The first segment has a very large setose epimeral spine, the second has
only a stout tubercle, while the third has an extremely stout backwardly curved spine,
its base being as broad as the segment bearing it.

The urosome is rounded posteriorly, scabrous, and having a well-developed
median keel which terminates in a spiuous blade a little in front of the extremity. The
borders are fringed with long setae.

*;

42 T. V. HODGSON.

The first antenna (fig. la) conforms to the usual type, the first joint is broad,
having a more definite wing-like expansion on its inner side than is usual, and on its
outer border a strongly developed spine. The second joint is short, expanding
distally. The third is much shorter still, these two together scarcely equal the first
in length. The fourth joint is the longest and provided with a dozen tufts of
specialised setae. Every joint bears small arborescent chromatophores.

The second antenna is nearly half as long again as the body, and is fully clothed
with long setae. Of the five joints of the peduncle, the first is very short, the second
is longer, and at its ventral extremity bears a very stout spine. The proportions of
the four joints of the peduncle and the flagellum are approximately 3. 5'5. 11. 12. 13'5.
The three terminal joints of the peduncle are plentifully provided with long setae,
and each joint of the flagellum bears a distal whorl of them as well as a few
about the middle.

The first maxilla (fig. ib) is stout, the smaller and inner lobe has a curved outline,
the middle of its inner margin bears a group of long setae, smaller setae are plentiful
distally, while the extremity is armed with three stout setose spines. The outer lobe,
which is more than double the size, bears numerous chromatophores, compact at the
base but becoming arborescent distally. The middle of both inner and outer margins
is occupied by a group of short setae, and the distal extremity is armed with eight or
nine strong but simple spines.

The second maxilla (fig. Ic) is very broad, decorated as before with chromato-
phores, compact at the base and arborescent distally. The inner lobe is short and
broad, its inner margin provided with fine setae, distally it bears numerous spinous
setae, each provided with lateral setae, but these are too short and stiff to justify
the use of the word plumose. Of the two outer lobes, the outermost has been broken
off in the specimen examined, the other is about one-third the diameter of the main
lobe, and like it, it is provided with stout setse furnished with small and stiff
subsidiary ones.

The maxilliped (fig. Id). The masticatory lobe is two-jointed, and in its entirety
lias something of an hour-glass shape, being -constricted at the junction of the two
joints ; the distal margin and inner angle of the second joint is fringed with stout
plumose setae. The palp is five-jointed, stout throughout, none of the joints greatly
exceeding the others in diameter ; the first three joints progressively increase in length,
the fourth is as long a.s the third but more slender, the terminal one is a stout knob.
All are liberally provided with setae on the inner margin, which increase in length
to the fourth joint, and are more generally scattered over the first and second, the
third and fourth having a distal fringe dorsally. The epignath is conical though not
symmetrical, and the greater part of its margin is fringed with minute setse.
The entire appendage is covered with black chromatophores, only a few of which are
aborescent ; the majority are sharply-defined black spots, but many are irregular in shape.

The first appendage of the mesosome (fig. le) is prehensile. The basis is a long

ISO POD A. 43

joint approximately cylindrical and having a slight constriction near the proximal
end, vcutrally it bears a distal fringe of long setae ; the ischium is small and enlarged
distally from a slender base; the merus is also short but very broad, almost circular
though irregular in outline; the carpus is short, its ventral margin being nearly thivr
times as great as the dorsal. These three joints are together about as long as the.
basis, and are plentifully supplied with long setae on their ventral surfaces, and the
two proximal ones have a few dorsally. The propodus is very nearly as long as the
basis, its dorsal margin is straight with a few long setae distally, ventrally it is
swollen but not to any great extent and thickly fringed with long setae, and a few are
a little further back from the margin ; on one side these are long, on the other they
are short, and near the dorsal margin there is an irregular band of setae of intermediate
size. The dactylus is stout, but near its termination it becomes rather abruptly
reduced in diameter and the claw is accompanied by a small accessory ; the dorsal
and external face of this joint is very richly supplied with long setae.

The three following appendages of the mesosome are of the normal type and do
not present any special features, they increase in size from the first to the third and
the middle one, which may be taken as the type, has a length of 15 mm. compared to
a- body length of 27 mm.

The three posterior appendages of the mesosome are long. The proportions of the
joints of the second are as 11. 7. 4. 4. 7. 5. The basis and the two following joints
are covered with small tubercles and have a few straggling setae, the inner margin of
the carpus and propodus bears a row of slender spines, and at the end of the latter
joint is a rounded lateral flange which supports the dactylus. This bears a very small
accessory claw.

The uropoda are minutely tuberculated and fringed with long setae. The
marsupium of the female is composed of three pairs of plates, connected with the
third to the fourth appendages of the mesosome.

This species was found in Winter Quarters at a depth of 125 fathoms. Only three
adult specimens were taken ; one of these is a female much larger than the specimen
described. This specimen is abundantly overgrown with hydroids, polyzoa, worm tubes,
etc., chiefly on the antennae and anterior appendages ; among all this were massed
not less than sixty young. These are quite devoid of the spines so characteristic of
the adult, and only two instead of the three posterior pairs of thoracic appendages
are to be detected.

ANTARCTURUS MERIDIONALIS.

(Plate VI., fig. 2.)
Specific characters : —

Body slender, second antenna nearly twice the length of the animal, not conspicuously setose.
Cephalosome as well as body quite devoid of any spines except coarse epimeral tubercles on the
first four free thoracic segments.

Urosome rounded posteriorly, with a median ridge ending in a spine a short distance from the
posterior margin.

N 2

44 T. V. HODGSON.

The anterior margin of the cephalon is arched forward on each side of the middle
line so as to form a more angular cleft than the usual crescentie curve. There are 110
spines nor any trace of the cephalic horns. Eyes well developed and lateral as usual
though not so prominent. Of the segments of the mesosome the first three vary but
little, the fourth is about half as long again as the first. These anterior segments all
possess a tubercle of varying size on the epimera, and the dorsum is irregularly
corrugated.

The two anterior segments of the metasome are long and slender, the fusion of
the third with the urosome is more complete than usual and marked laterally by a
tubercular swelling of no great size.

The urosome forms the greater part of the metasome and is rounded at the
extremity, marked in the middle line with a slender ridge which terminates before
the extremity in a blade-like spine.

The first antenna is of the usual Arcturus type ; the first joint is short but
stout, having its outer margin expanded ; the two following are subequal and shorter ;
the last is about five times the length of either of the two preceding, and provided
throughout the greater part of its inner border with the normal sensory setae.

The second antenna is long and slender, measuring some 57 mm.

The first joint is very small and quite inconspicuous ; the second is longer,
though short, the proportions of the remaining joints and flagellum are approximately
as 2. 4. 12. 12. 21. All these joints are rather sparingly supplied with small
inconspicuous setae. The joints of the multi-articulate flagellum are long and slender,
each bearing a few small setae at the middle and distally.

As there is only a single specimen the mouth organs have not been dissected.
The maxillipeds, however, as far as can be seen in situ, presents no special features ;
the epignath is about the average size and distinctly conical in shape. The appendage
is rather handsomely marked with large arborescent chromatophores.

The first appendage of the mesosome differs but little from the usual type,
and is handsomely marked with the same large arborescent chromatophores.
The basis is long, furnished ventrally and distally with a fringe of long setae ;
the ischium is about half the length ; the merus is shorter and nearly round owing
to its lateral extremity projecting forward as a blunt point ; the carpus is rather
cup-like with a larger ventral than dorsal surface ; these three joints are well
provided with long setae ventrally. The propodus is large but not greatly
expanded, it is liberally fringed with long setae ; the dactylus is stout, considerably
increasing in stoutness from the base to near its distal extremity, when the dorsal
surface becomes abruptly curved downwards to form a finger-like process, and this
bears a stout claw and a smaller accessory ; the dorsal surface of this joint is well
provided with long setse, more especially in the area of the " cushion."

The three following appendages are of the usual type ; the joints are smooth
without spines or tubercles, but the long setas are simple and arranged in serial

ISOPODA. 45

groups. The dactylus, however, has its ventral margin furnished with small close
set spines, and instead of the terminal claw there is a group of three large spines.

The three posterior pair of limbs are rather long, graduating in length from lirst
to last; the last is smallest, the middle one is 13'5 mm. in length. The joints are
not specialised, except that the carpus has a series of seven or eight stout curved
spines on its ventral surface ; the propodus is similarly provided, and the dactylus,
which is slender, is as long as the propodus and bears a small claw with a smaller
accessory.

The specimen is a male, and there is a long median process about 3 mm. long
in front of the pleopoda ; this is thin, but has a slightly irregular outline and the
extremity is rounded ; it is cleft for one-third of its length.

The first pair of pleopods have a protopodite about as long as the process
above described, the exo- and endopodites are thin plates subequal in size with
truncated ends, and these are fringed with long setae ; the exopodite is much the
strongest of the two. These have been examined in situ.

The single specimen is a male, and was taken in 300 fathoms off the Great
Ice Barrier, Bottom Mud, January 27, 1902.

GLYPTONOTUS.

This genus was established by Eights about 1852 for a large species captured in
the South Shetland Islands. It subsequently received other species, but these have,
for some time past, been transferred to other genera, and the following species, first
found on the French Antarctic Expedition, is the only other one that can be now
assigned to it.

GLYPTONOTUS ACUTUS.

(Plate VII.)
(jlyjitonotus acutus Richardson (12), pp. 10-13.

Specific characters : —

Body more than twice as long as broad.

Sculpturing exactly as in G. antarcticus.

Urosome longer than broad, terminating in a prolonged spike.

Legs very long and slender.

Cephalosome is comparatively small, rounded posteriorly, being largely recessed
into the first segment of the mesosome. The anterior margin is formed by two
shallow cresceutic depressions, above the origin of the antennae these depressions ;uv
united in the middle line by a stout tubercle, and a smaller one occurs at the
external border ; from this the margin of the cephalosome slopes obliquely backwards
to the posterior rounded margin in a slightly sinuous line.

The eyes are quite small, ovoid, and dorso-lateral in position ; they lie on an oval
swelling separated from the rest of the lateral plate by a slmllo\v groove. The

46 T. V. HODGSON.

surface of the ccphalosome is sculptured in a peculiar way, but only differing in the
minutest detail from that of the type species, G. antarcticus ; two flattened patches
occur behind the crescentic depressions of the anterior margin ; immediately behind
these is a transverse band more coarsely knobbed and posteriorly divided into four
distinct tubercles, the outer ones being at least half as large again as the inner
ones. This entire sculptured area is separated off from the " lateral plate," where the
eyes are situated, by a conspicuous dermal fold, which reaches to about the centre of
the level of the eyes.

The mesosomc comprises the normal seven segments, and of these the fourth is
the largest ; the differences between any of them are, however, not great. All of
them show a mid-dorsal longitudinal ridge more or less strongly developed. The
sculpturing comprises a roughly triangular patch, its apex directed to the middle line.
These patches are comparatively smooth on the third and fourth segments, but
increase in roughness anteriorly as well as posteriorly.

The first segment arches forwards to partially enclose the cephalosome, a smooth
dermal ridge runs round this segment and forms its anterior margin to a certain
extent, but in front of it for a short distance either side the middle line is a thin band
of irregular sculpturing. The three posterior segments are curved backwards, the
curvature increasing progressively to the last which, with its epirnera, completely
hides the lateral margins of the two first segments of the metasome.

The epimera are large, smooth, the first three having their angles rounded ; the
posterior angle of the fourth is pointed. The epimera of three posterior segments are
conspicuously separated from the segment bearing them ; they become narrower,
longer, and more acute from first to last.

In appearance the cephalosome and metasome are exactly like those of
G. antarcticus Eights, the only difference being one of proportion.

The metasome comprises four free segments, visible dorsally, and a fifth, fused
with the urosome, and this last is the longest ; of the other four, the two middle
ones are subequal in length, as are the first and fourth, which are a little shorter. The
last segment of the mesosome conceals the lateral margins of the first, and its epimera
hide, but not altogether, the diminutive epimera of the second segment ; the epimera
of the other two segments progressively increase, the last being large and directed
backwards. The urosome has the fifth segment fused with it, and this irregularly
tuberculated, and has a prominent mid-dorsal ridge ; the urosome itself is long,
comparatively slender, having a sinuous tapering margin and terminating in a strong
and rather lengthy spine, the end of a well-developed median ridge.

Veutrally the fourth to sixth segments of the mesosome are conspicuously grooved
in the middle line, and traces of such a character occur on all.

The oostegites are five pairs, and occur on the first segment to the fifth. In the
largest female, which is the specimen examined in detail, they are not fully developed,
and are strong ovoid structures which do not reach anywhere near the mid-ventral line.

ISOPODA. 47

A larger specimen, 119 mm. long, is a male, but this was dead when found, and, besides
some injury, its inside had been almost completely eaten out. On the anterior border
of the first segment of the metasome are a pair of penial filaments ; these are cylindrical,
about 5 mm. long, and terminate in an oblique orifice surrounded by a fringe of stiff
setae. A further sexual character is the long, slender, grooved filament connected, at
its base only, with the endopodites of the second pair of pleopoda. It is half as long
again as its eudopodite.

The first antenna arise rather close to the middle line, and comprise a peduncle of
three joints ; the first two are subequal in length, and the third is nearly as long as the
first two together. The first is slightly contracted in the middle, and has a group of
stout setae at its inner distal extremity ; the second has a small group about the
middle of its ventral border, as well as a distal fringe, which is, however, irregular,
being most accentuated ventrally. The third joint is more slender, swollen, and setose
distally. The fiagellum is not as long as the third joint of the peduncle ; it consists of
a single joint, strongly curved near the proximal end, and has a baud of fine setae
running along its outer border.

o o

The second antenna arises immediately outside the first ; the peduncle is five-
jointed. The first joint is extremely short, the next two are subequal in size, the
second having a strongly developed distal fringe ventrolaterally, and the third has a
ventral mass of setae rather than a fringe ; the fourth joint is a little longer than the
preceding, and, like it, widens distally ; it has a well-developed dorsal distal fringe and
a mass ventrally which is separable into two groups ; the fifth joint is nearly as long
as the third and fourth together ; it carries along the distal half of the ventral margin
four groups of setae, besides a dorsal and ventral distal fringe. The fiagellum is multi-
articulate, and half as long again as the peduncle.

The buccal mass is very prominent ; the supporting plate in front bears three
tubercles, of which the median is very prominent. The epistome is an irregularly
ovoid plate with a raised edge, and cleft in the middle.

The mandible is large and powerful, devoid of a palp ; the cutting edge of that on
the left side is strongly coloured, and overlaps that of the right.

The first pair of maxilla? (fig. 2) consist of the two normal lubes, the inner one
considerably smaller and weaker than the other. The inner one terminates with three
rather long and strong setae and several others, much weaker ; very minute sette occur
on both faces of the joint. The outer lobe, at least twice the length and breadth of the
inner, has eight strong spines distally, and its outer border is fringed with minute setae.

The second pair of maxilla? (fig. 3) are broad, if thin. The inner lobe is constricted
about its middle, and then forms an ovoid enlargement. The inner and distal border
of this is furnished with long slender setae ; the two outer lobes are very nearly equal
in size ; they are rounded distally and provided with long slender seta? ; fine setae
occur on the outer border and the base of the external lobe.

The rnaxilliped (fig. 4) is large and strong. The basal joint is broad and stout, the

48 T. V. HODGSON.

distal joint more than half the length, angular distally, and provided with a large
number of thick setse ; the inner edge of this joint bears a group of fine setae, of which
two are larger and stronger than the rest, and both are thickened so as to form a broad
wall rather than a narrow edge ; this more particularly is the ease with the basal joint.
The palp is five-jointed and large ; the first three joints progressively increase in
length ; the remainder decrease, but in no case is the difference great. Both the third
and fourth are enormously expanded internally, each as a flattened plate with more or
less rounded angles. The fifth joint is stout, but digitiform, almost surrounded with
setse, which increase in length to the distal extremity. The first joint only bears a
few short setse ; the second, third, and fourth are richly setose internally, the third
and fourth bearing short setse externally as well. The epignath is a broad plate about
the length of the basal joint.

The first three appendages of the mesosome are prehensile in function and exactly
alike except in so far that they increase in size from the first to the third ; the
remaining four are ambulatory, exactly alike, and also increase in length from the
fourth to the seventh.

The first appendage (PI. VII., fig. 5) has a long basis, nearly as long as the four
following joints, and carries a small tuft of spinous setse ventrally at its distal
extremity. The ischium is about half as long, and has two tufts of spinous setse
ventrally ; it has a small external process which extends the articular surface. The
merus is a very short joint with a large dorsal expansion which partially covers the
succeeding joint and extends beyond the insertion of the propodus. This expansion
terminates in a tuft of spinous setse, and the ventral aspect of the joint, here very
short, bears two groups of similar setse on the inner side, and only one, which is
smaller, on the other. The carpus is short and broadens dorsally, where it is very
largely covered by the preceding joint ; ventrally it carries three double series of stout
setse. The propodus is broad, rounded dorsally, nearly as long as the three preceding
joints ; the ventral margin appears as if serrated, and bears seven double groups of
stiff setse. A few short setse occur dorsally at the distal extremity ; the dactylus is
slender, the point reaching as far as the carpus.

In the last appendage of the mesosome the proportions of the joints are 15. 9. 6.
12. 12. 6. The basis has the external articular process well developed, beyond which
it is constricted ; a flange runs along the ventral surface of this joint, to open out
midway along it to form a protective shield for the base of the next joint. There is a
small distal fringe dorsally. The ischium and succeeding joints are triangular in section,
being flat ventrally. The dorsal ridge produced by this shape opens out on this joint
to permit the more complete flexure of the succeeding joint and is armed with three
groups of spinous setse, five groups of such setse occur ventrally. The merus has three
and projects dorsally over the base of the carpus ; the carpus has seven such groups and
a distal fringe ; the propodus has five, which more nearly approach transverse bands ;
there is also a short distal fringe dorsally. The propodus is long and slender.

ISOPODA. 49

The uropoda are large and opcrcular ; a prominent ridge runs round the structure
on all sides except the distal extremity ; anteriorly and internally this ridge is some
little distance from the edge and terminates in a point. The distal extremity is
incurved and supports a pointed ovoid exopodite.

The eudopodite is smaller, more regular in shape, and concealed by the exopodite.

The pleopoda are all very much alike ; the exopodite and endopodite are elongate
lamellae, the former a little the shorter ; both have setose margins. The sexual
modification of the second pair in the male has already been alluded to.

Six specimens were taken at various times, in Winter Quarters, at depths varying
from '20-125 fathoms. The largest of these was a dead male measuring 119 mm.
in length and 42 mm. across the third segment of the mesosome. The smallest was not
more than 13 mm. long. In the small specimen the mid-dorsal ridge is relatively
more prominent, the metasome is proportionately longer, and the posterior baud of
sculpturing on the cephalosome is more strongly developed.

In life they are of a dull brown colour and of sluggish habits.

NOTASELLUS.

Instituted in 1886 by Dr. Pfeffer for a species taken in South Georgia, this genus
now contains two species.

NOTASELLUS AUSTRALIS.

Notasellus australis Hodgson (8), pp. 251-3 ; Richardson (12), p. 13.

Specific characters : —

Uropoda bi-ramous, longer tluin the urosome, which is approximately as long as broad, and
terminates in a small rounded lobe between them.

Two specimens of this species were taken at Cape Adare from the root of a large
Laminarian, Lessonia grandifolia, in 17 fathoms, February 24th, 1904.

It has also been taken by the French Antarctic Expedition in the neighbourhood
of Graham's Land, the western side.

AUSTRONANUS.

Body ovoid, without distinct waist between any of the segments.

Cephalosome large, with stout lateral projections bearing the small eyes.

Second antenna. Peduncle 5-jointed.

Mesosome. Segments very uniform in structure.

Metasome, a single joint — the urosome.

Pereiopoda, all ambulatory.

Uropoda, minute, preterminal,* a single setose joint.

This genus is quite distinct from any other hitherto recorded, superficially at least,

* Notwithstanding my protests the author insists on the use of this neologism.— ED.

VOL. V. 0

50 T. V. HODGSON.

it seems to resemble Jseropsis Koeliler more closely than any other, though the structure
of the second antenna aiid the uropoda should exclude it from the Janiridse as at
present defined.

AUSTRONANUS GLACIALIS.

(Plate VIIL, fig. 3.)
Specific characters : —

Cephalosomc broad, rather pointed anteriorly.

Second antenna, second joint produced externally as a flattened blade.

Urosome with tun recurved teeth in front of the preterminal uropoda.

This is the most diminutive species in the whole collection, and is of ovoid form.

The cephalosome is large, with the lateral projections which carry the eyes
scarcely as broad as the first segment of the mesosome. The ocular projections are
very stout though not very long, their angles are rounded, and the eyes, which are
red in colour, are quite small. Anteriorly the cephalosome is arched forwards in
rather a pointed manner, and its anterior border is flattened. In length it is equal
to that of the first two segments of the mesosome.

Of the mesosome the first two segments are subequal in length, the first is
curved forwards, the second is the widest, and, with the third, .straight ; the remainder
progressively decrease in length and in width, all of them being more or less curved
in a backward direction. The epimera, not separable from the body, are almost the
full length of their respective segments, with rounded angles, and a distinct space
between each segment ; there is no " waist" between the fourth and fifth segments.

The metasome comprises only a single plate, the urosome. This is slightly
wider than the last segment of the mesosome and attached to it along half its width.
The external margins, as far as the insertion of the small uropoda, are rounded and
armed with ten fiat curved teeth, which increase in size as far as these appendages ;
between the uropoda there projects a rounded lobe.

The uropoda are short, single-jointed stumps, setose at the extremity.

The first antenna is short, and has a peduncle of two short joints and a flagellum
of five.

The second antenna has a peduncle of five joints ; of these the first is small,
the second is large and much dilated externally, the third is short, the fourth twice
as long, and the fifth rather more than the length of the two preceding. The
flagellum only contains about seven joints, and is scarcely twice as long as the last
joint of the peduncle.

The mouth organs cannot be detected without dissection, and this has not been
done as there is but a single specimen.

The first of the pereipoda is stout and a little shorter than the others. The basis
.•iiid isrhium are I wo stout joints, the latter not so long as the former, but details
cannot be seen without removal from the body. The merus is short and enlarged
dorsally in a rounded manner, overreaching the base of the carpus. The carpus is

I SO POD A. f)l

stunt, with ;i flattened ventral edge armed with a couple of spines. The pr<i|Hidus
is stout, nearly as long as the dactvlus, with a somewhat flattened edge ventrallv
and armed with a spine. The dactyhis is rather stout al the base, tape-ring and
curved, with a spiuc or accessory claw about the middle of its length ventrallv.
The remaining pereiopoda are much more slender, subequal iu size, ami comparatively
small ; the distal joints are cylindrical, and there is a stout curved seta on each
dactylus.

Only a single specimen of this species was found among the dredge material
in February, 1902, before the ship was frozen in to Winter Quarters, inside the
20-fathom line.

ArSTROFILIUS.

Cephalosome three lobed, the median one forming a broad rostral plate, the
lateral ones flattened and bearing the small eyes.

First antenna small.

Second antenna, six-jointed peduncle, third joint with an external spine.

Mesosome having its segments variable, but not distinctly divided into two
divisions.

Metasome forms a single plate with small pretermiual biramous uropoda arising
ventrally.

Pereiopoda all ambulatory, of moderate length.

AUSTROFILIUS FURCATUS.

(Plate VIII. , fig. 2.)

The cephalosome is not quite so broad as the first segment of the mesosome,
and over all it is about as long as the first two segments. The anterior part is
reduced to nearly half the diameter of the posterior, and tapering slightlv it
terminates in two stout but widely separated spines. The antennae arise in the
rounded depression on either side of this rostrum, if such it may be called. The eyes
are small and dorso-lateral in position, borne on small rounded tubercles.

The form of the aiesosorne is not easy to describe; briefly, the six anterior
segments are separated from one another by conspicuous bands of dermis softer than
that which makes up the bulk of the segment. The first three progressively increase
in width, though only slightly, the remainder decrease in a similar way.

The first segment is the longest, and is slightly curved forwards and of uniform
length throughout. Referring only to the harder parts the second is little more than
half the length in the mid-dorsal line, but increases laterally to be subequal in length :
the third is intermediate in length, curved forwards laterally ; the fourth is straight.
The lateral margins of all these segments are more or less rounded and setose. The
fifth segment is the shortest, widening laterally, and not setose ; the sixth and seventh

o 2

52 T. V. HODGSON.

progressively increase in length, the former having a sinuous posterior border and
rounded lateral margins, setose as the more anterior ones, the latter is curved slightly
backwards, the lateral margins curved and setose, and the posterior sinuous.
Intervals of varying width exist between the segments.

The metasome consists of a single plate, the urosome, which is attached by about
one-third of its width ; it enlarges rapidly to its full width very little less than
that of the preceding segment ; it is broadly cordate in shape ; the antero-lateral
margins bear small setae, and are in part very finely and sparsely serrate.

Three small teeth occur in front of the uropoda, which are of moderate size,
ventral in origin, and preterminal in position. They comprise a single-jointed
protopodite with a small single-jointed exopodite and endopodite. The former is
about two-thirds the length of the latter and much more slender ; each bears a tuft
of long setae and a few along both margins.

The first antenna consists of a peduncle of two joints, the first of which is stout,
the second longer and more slender ; the flagellum is small, little longer than the
second joint of the peduncle.

The second antennae are destroyed in the specimen figured, four joints of the
peduncle remain ; all are short, and the third of them carries externally a spinous
appendage. In another smaller example the second antenna is complete and shows two
more joints, long and stout, the distal one longer than the proximal and a little more
slender ; both are covered, but not thickly, with fine setae. The multi-articulate
flagellum is about as long as the terminal joint of the peduncle ; it is well provided
on the inner side with specialised setae in small groups.

The mouth parts are quite normal as figured on Plate VIII.

Of the pereiopoda the first is the shortest and a little the stoutest, the remainder
are approximately subequal. They do not present any special features save that the
terminal claw is well developed and accompanied by an accessory which is very nearly
as large.

The pleopoda. The first pair are opercular.

Four specimens were obtained from the dredge material during February, 1902,
taken inside the 20-fathom line. The largest is 3 mm. long.

COULMANNIA.

Cephalosome narrower than any segment of the mesosome except the last ; the
eyes are small and borne on elongated lateral peduncles.

Second antenna with a six-jointed peduncle, no accessory appendage on the third
joint.

Mesosome without any conspicuous division between anterior and posterior portions.

Epimera not distinct from mesosome, prolonged and deeply cleft. Segments
spinose in mid-dorsal line.

•• ISOPODA. 53

Metasome with one distinct segment sphiose and a bulbous urosome with minute
preterminal uropoda.

Pereiopoda ambulatory, except the first, which is prehensile.

Pleopoda, first pair forming an operculum over the remainder.

This genus is established for two closely allied species which cannot be located in
any existing genera. It is unquestionably a member of the family Janiridse and its
nearest relations would appear to be the genera lolanthe Beddard, and Jalflfii Richardson.

COULMANNIA ATJSTRALIS.

(Plate IX., fig. 2.)
Specific characters :—

First segment of mesosome with epimera cleft to form two blade-like processes.
Urosome pointed.

The body is 5 mm. long, vaulted with the elongated, though not separable,
epimera of the mesosome divided by a deep and wide cleft so as to produce them as
narrow blades. Each of these segments as well as the first of the metasome bears a
slight ridge produced in the mid-dorsal line into a stout backwardly curved spine.
The entire body is covered, but not thickly, with fine setse.

The cephalosome is a little longer than the first segment of the mesosome,
rounded in front and having, near the posterolateral angle, a slender finger-like
process which carries a small eye. The posterior margin is very nearly straight.

The first four segments of the mesosome are subequal in length, the third is the
widest, and the epimeral blades of this and the succeeding are subequal in size, those
of the first two segments graduate from the first to the fourth. The mid-dorsal
spines are well in front of the posterior border of their respective segments. The last
three segments are more or less curved backwards, particularly the last, though in the
last segment it would be more correct to say angulated. Their dorsal spines are on
the posterior border of their segments. The first and only distinct segment of the
metasome is quite small and wedged in the curvature of the preceding one. Its
mid-dorsal spine, though not so large, is quite as prominent as any of the others.
The urosome is smooth, finely setose and peg-top shaped.

The uropoda are quite small, single jointed finger-like processes with a few
distal setse. They lie at five-eighths of the length of the urosome.

The first antenna arises just in front of the eyestalk. The peduncle consists of
two small joints, and seen from the dorsum these are subequal in length, though the
first is very much stouter than the second. The multi-articulate fiagellum is twice the
length of the peduncle, and is composed of joints of very variable length and almost
devoid of setse.

The second antenna is longer, and has a peduncle of six joints. The first two are
extremely short ; the third is longer than the two first together, swollen externally and
setose ; the fourth is short, forming a sort of elbow in the appendage ; the other two

54 T. V. HODGSON.

an- comparatively long, subequal, and provided with scattered setax The nmlti-
articulato flagellum is scarcely as long as the pedunrlr.

The maxilliped (fig. 2a) has a comparatively stout basal joint and a distal masticatory
obe about three-quarters of its length. The entire inner margin is straight, and not far
from the base of the masticatory lobe are two papilliform teeth separated by a distinct
interval. The distal extremity of this lobe is straight and its outer margin rounded.
At the extremity and below the edge are three broad, denticulate spines. Three more,
situated externally, are apparently simple ; but this is due to their being seen sideways.
The palp is five-jointed. The first three progressively increase in breadth, the first
being very short, and the next two subequal in length, both these are setose on their
inner margins, and the larger ones on their distal external borders also. The two
terminal joints are comparatively slender, subequal in length and setose distally. The
epignath is large, conical. A small rounded base, bulging considerably to terminate
as a cone, it reaches nearly to the end of the masticatory lobe.

The pereiopods are not of any great length, and are very much alike throughout.
The first pair only is modified to any extent. This is short, the basis is the longest
joint. The ischium is about half the size. The merus is shorter still, but dorsally it
is carried as a spine over the carpus for fully half its length, the carpus itself being
rather swollen ventrally and proximally, having two or three stout spines about its
centre. The propodus is stout and but little shorter, and also carries a few spines
ventrally. The terminal claw is stout, the " nail " is distinct, and has a small
accessory. The remaining pereiopoda are very much the same, only longer and much
more slender. This involves an increase in the length of some of the joints, and the
carpus and propodus are the most affected. In the two posterior pairs the merus forms
a pronounced dorsal lobe over the base of the carpus.

The first pair of pleopods forms a stout operculum over the remainder, and
together form a lather narrow band, which widens out about two-thirds of its length,
from thence it tapers to a blunt point ; the margins are setose.

As only a single individual of this species was taken, I have been unable to go
into any very great detail. The maxilliped of one side has been removed for
examination, but that is all.

Coulman Island. 100 fathoms. Stony ground. February 13, 1902.

•

COULMANNIA FRIGIDA.
Specific characters : —

First segment of the mcsosome with only one epimeral blade.
Urosome prolonged as a distinct spine.

1 taring the progress of this Report an Isopod was sent me from the British
JMuseum which had been found clinging to the body of Colossendeis friyida. This
specimen I at first thought to be identical with the preceding, but a very brief
examination shows that it is quite distinct.

ISOPODA. 55

In general appearance this species greatly resembles the last, but it is instantly
recognised by the fact that the first segment of the mesosome has its epimera produced
into a single narrow blade only.

The cephalosome is rounded, narrower than in the Coulmau Island species, which is
figured on Plate IX., and the ocular peduncles are shorter and stouter. They do not
reach to anything like the distance of the epimera of the first .segment of the mesosome.

The mesosome is more distinctly setose than in the last species. The dorsal
ridges, with their median spines, are more strongly developed. The urosome is, in its
distal portion, prolonged into a definite terminal spine, and is densely setose. Both
pair of antenna? appear to be very similar to those of the preceding species.

The pereiopoda are similar. The first pair are short and stout, prehensile in
function, the basis is rather long, the ischium not half the length, and the merus
shorter than that. This joint is expanded dorsal ly over the base of the carpus, and
carries several stout setae. The carpus is a stout joint, swollen ventrally and armed
with seta; and two or three spines. The propodus is scarcely as long, stout and
setose ventrally. The dactylus has a stout base, a comparatively slender claw, with
an accessory spine and two curved setae.

The remaining pereiopoda are distinctly ambulatory in function and have the
normal cylindrical joints, excepting only the merus, which preserves its peculiar
character and carries a spine dorsally. The carpus is stout and slightly swollen
dorsally, with one or two spines and a few setae ventrally, and the propodus
is longer, more slender and slightly curved, with a few setae veutrally. The dactvlus
retains its accessory spine and two curved setae throughout.

There is but a single specimen of this species, taken at Winter Quarters in 125
fathoms.

NOTOXENUS.

Body much vaulted anteriorly, widening conspicuously to the third segment of the
mesosome.

Cephalosome rounded, smooth, with long and slender ocular peduncles. Eyes
very small.

Antennas. Second pair with a peduncle of six joints, no accessory appendage.

Mesosome. First four segments straight or very nearly so, three posterior segments
recurved. No special interval between any of them. A mid-dorsal spine on each.

Metasome. One very small segment and a large urosome with diminutive pre-
terminal uropoda.

Pereiopoda. The first prehensile, the remainder ambulatory, not unduly long.

This genus is closely allied to Coulmannia of this Report, in fact I have long
hesitated about separating them, but the bodily form which should be of greater
importance than variation among the appendages, I think. <[iiite justifies the course
adopted.

56 T. V. HODGSON.

NOTOXENUS SPINIFER.

(Plate IX., tig. 3.)
Specific characters : —

Cephalosome rounded, with long ocular peduncles ending in four small knobs surrounding the eye.
Mesosoine with mid-dorsal spine on each segment and also on first segment of metasouie.
Lateral extremities of every segment very distinct from each other.

Urosoine very nearly as long as six segments of the mesosome. Top-shaped, with diminutive
preterminal nropoda.

The body forms a pointed oval and is much vaulted anteriorly or round-
shouldered. The interval between the third and fourth segments of the mesosome is a
variable feature, but in no case is it specially conspicuous.

The cephalosome is subcircular when seen from above, but at first sight it does
not appear to be so owing to the foreshortening due to the curvature of the body.
The eye-stalks arise laterally, they are slender and extremely long, nearly as long as
the diameter of the cephalosome, and extend that structure beyond the first segment of
the mesosome. They are slightly enlarged at the extremity, and the eye lies in the
middle of four small, blunt lobes.

The mesosome comprises seven distinct segments, in the first of which the
cephalosome is to some extent embedded. The next three segments are straight, (.he
third of the entire series being the widest. The three posterior segments are curved
backwards, their curvature increasing as their diameter decreases. All the segments
are provided with a backwardly curved spine in the mid-dorsal line, their size is
proportionate to the size of the segment, but their position varies, those of the last three
being on the posterior- border of their respective segments. The epirnera are inseparable
from their respective segments ; they are large and irregular in shape. Those of the
first three segments are more or less directed forwards and to some extent rounded
at the extremity, the fourth is more truncated, those of the last three are rounded.

The metasome consists of a single segment, wedged in the curvature of the last
segment of the mesosome, and the urosome ; the former carries a mid-dorsal spine.
The urosome is pointed, pegtop-shaped, more than one-third the length of the entire
animal, with small preterminal uropoda. Its entire margin is fringed with small,
rather coarse setse, and its surface is also well covered.

The uropoda are very small, single-jointed, with terminal setse. The entire body
is rather sparsely covered with small setse ; these are more abundant and conspicuous
on the epimera.

The first antenna has a peduncle of two joints, the basal one being quite twice
as long as the other, both are setose distally ; the flagellum is about twice as long
as the peduncle and has only four joints, the first being rather long.

The second antenna has a peduncle of six joints ; of these the first two are very
short, especially the second ; the third is as long as the two together ; the fourth is

1SOPODA. 57

about half the length of the third and forms a bend in the direction of the appendage.
The two terminal ones arc large and slender, the distal one being a little the longest.
The peduuele hears numerous scattered seise. The fiagellum is scarcely as large as the
two terminal joints of the peduncle.

The mandible is curved and rather tapering, it terminates in a cutting edge with
two stout teeth, one of which, the lower one, is lobed ; below these teeth are four or
five spines which have their distal portions converted on one side into a thin finely
serrated blade. The molar process whieli arises from the base of the organ, and is
almost as large, is slightly constricted in the middle ; the distal extremity is strong
and has a curved process or tooth anteriorly. The palp is a comparatively delicate
structure of three joints, the proximal two are subequal in length, the third is little
more than half as long and terminates in a pectinate claw.
Both pair of maxillae are quite normal.

The maxilliped (fig. 3a) is also normal in structure, the straight inner edge of the
masticatory lobe bears two papilliform teeth, the distal extremity is straight and armed
with setee, three at least of these below the edge are broad and finely denticulate,
exactly like the denticulate spines on the ovigers of so many Pycnogonids, the others
are simple. The outer margin is rounded to some extent. The palp is five-jointed,
the second joint being by a little the largest. The first three are broad and the two
large ones have a few long setse on their inner margin, and the other two joints are
cylindrical with setee distally. The epignath is large, rather more than three-quarters
the length of the entire masticatory lobe, it is somewhat conical in shape, attached at
the inner lower angle.

Pereiopoda. The first pair are short and stout, here the basis is long and
cylindrical, the ischium is just half the length, the merus about half this, but
enlarged dorso-ventrally and with settB distally. The carpus is about half as long
again as the merus, swollen ventrally and armed with three stout teeth and the
stumps of one or two more. The propodus is rather short, stout and curved and bears
several setae, the stronger ones are ventral. The dactyl us is long, slender, and has
an accessory claw.

In the remaining pereiopoda the joints vary a little in their proportions, but
there are no structural differences between them. All the joints are cylindrical
except the merus, which is swollen dorsally. The carpus is elongated and armed
ventrally with three or four spinous setse. The propodus is curved slightly and
carries a few strong setae dorsally and ventrally, the strongest being ventral. The
dactylus, long and slender, has a small if stout accessory claw, and between it and the
terminal claw is a long seta.

The first pair of pleopoda form an operculum over the remainder in the female.
The sympodite of the male is a narrow structure; the outer margin is curved gently
outwards for about two-thirds of its length, it then tapers to a point. Against the
exterior curvature is seen the ovate exopoditc of the succeeding pair.

VOL. V. P

58 T. V. HODGSON.

Several specimens were taken from sponge debris and other dredge material at
intervals during our stay at Winter Quarters inside the 25-fathom line, 1902 and 1903.

HALIACRIS.

This genus was established by Dr. Pfeffer in 1886 for specimens obtained in South
Georgia. It is very much open to question if it is distinct from Munna. I think not.

HALIACRIS ANTARCTICA.

Haliacris antarctic a Pfeffer (11).

Haliacris australis Hodgson (8), pp. 253-4 ; Richardson (12), p. 10.

This species was very abundant in Winter Quarters, and was continually being
taken in the dredge and D-net throughout our stay. As might be expected, the friction
they enjoyed in either of these implements was such as to more or less completely
dismember them. In consequence only a very few specimens were obtained in a
sufficiently satisfactory condition to justify preservation. In the summer, however, we
could manage better ; the D-net was always kept on the sea bottom, and also always
hauled to the surface before use to be certain that it was properly " set." Although the
temperature was below freezing point, the weather was generally bright and warm, and
these animals were often found wandering over the net or its frame. It was therefore a
comparatively simple matter to pick them off and place them in a special pot. so that
the majority arrived at the ship in a satisfactory condition. From the material thus
obtained I have been able to examine this species in greater detail than hitherto.
The description in the ' Southern Cross ' Report is little more than worthless. There
cannot be any doubt that the species there described is identical with that of
Dr. Pfeffer taken in South Georgia. The ' Discovery ' specimens also belong to the
same species, and it is now seen that there is a sexual dimorphism, the old males
modifying the shape of the urosome to a considerable extent. That this is due to age
is certain, none of the smaller specimens have a urosome of such a shape, it is only
found in the old males, some of which attain a length of seven millimetres. In these
the posterior pereiopoda are of extreme tenuity. In life these animals are slow of
habit ; they crawl about with the metasome directed upwards, which seems to be its
normal position. In colour they are a mottled-brown.

Cephalosome broad, as long as the first two segments of the mesosome, consider-
ably reduced anteriorly to form a broad rostral plate ; on each side of this is a curved
recess terminating externally in a curved spine in front of the eyes. The eyes are
comparatively large, on lateral processes which are slightly constricted at the base.
The posterior margin of the cephalosome is rounded, and the rostrum fringed with
small setae.

Mesosome. Four anterior segments differing very little in breadth, first and

ISOPODA.

59

fourth shortest, subequal in length ; the second and third also subequal, but little
longer. All straight, the first partially enclosing the cephalosome-. The three posterior
segments subequal in length, increasing in curvature and decreasing in breadth to the
last. Lateral margins of all the segments more or less truncated, the first three
obliquely so, and all with distinct epimera, triangular in shape.

Metasome, a single small segment wedged in the curvature of the preceding
segment, and a urosome, large vaulted, fringed, but not thickly with spinous sette, and
which form two small groups distally. Veutrally it forms a pocket for the pleopoda.
In shape the urosome varies largely, in the smaller specimens it is ovoid with a slight
depression for the reception of the diminutive uropoda. In the old adult males it
becomes globular, with a truncated projection distally armed with two small groups
of spines.

The males resemble the females, except that the latter are very much broader and
the mesosome ovoid.

First antenna, the short peduncle is two-jointed. The first joint is short and stout,
the second is slender and a little longer ; the multi-articulate flagellum is about half as
long again as the peduncle.

Second antenna, very long, peduncle six-jointed. The first three joints are very
short, the second being as long as the other two together, and constricted in the
middle ; the other three joints are long, the fourth is long, the fifth much shorter
and armed distally with a spine ; the sixth is simply enormous, longer than the two
preceding together. It is very slender, and provided with setae throughout. The
multi-articulate fiagellum is longer than this joint.

Mandible. Strong, curved, cutting edge with two long teeth anteriorly, a third
with which is associated a group of spinous setae. Molar tubercle very prominent,
its edge produced to a fine point posteriorly. Palp three-jointed, second joint a
little the longest, the other two subequal ; the second joint has two, and the terminal
one three or four stout setae armed with very fine closely set teeth.

First maxilla. Normal, the inner lobe terminates in three spinous setae and a
smaller one ; these are coarsely plumose, at least on one side. External to these is a
group of finer setae. The outer lobe has about ten stout pectinate spines distally,
another row of them internally, a short distance below. A group of much finer
ones occurs on the inner edge of the joint.

Second maxilla. Normal, a rather broad blade reduced to about half its diameter
in the distal half. This portion forms a blade, the inner and distal margin of which is
thickly covered with stiff' setae. The external joint is bifurcated, the inner part being
the stouter, both terminate with four long setae.

Maxilliped. A short basal joint, the masticatory lobe is two-jointed, subequal in
length. The distal joint is rounded externally and armed at its extremity and
internally with coarsely plumose setae. The inner margin carries four papilliform
teeth about the middle of its length. The palp is five-jointed, the first short, the

p 2

R A h

-

60 T. V. HODGSON.

second the longest, this and the next are considerably expanded internally and
provided with long setae distally, the dorsal aspect carries a few short ones ; the two
terminal joints are cylindrical, rather slender and setose in the same manner as the
second and third.

Pereiopoda. The first pair show a considerable sexual difference. In the male
the limb is conspicuously clavate ; the basis is long and slender, the ischium about
half as long. The merus is shorter still, considerably expanded distally so as to
become vase-shaped, with numerous fine setae dorsally. The carpus is large and very
stout, expanding distally and prolonged in its inner margin to an extent nearly
equalling the length of the propodus ; it is setose along its ventral margin, and distally
where there are also two or three spines. The propodus is also a broad joint very
much shorter than the carpus, it is expanded distally to form a sort of blunt spur
ventrally, and this margin is covered with long slender setae. The dactylus is
articulated at the outer extremity of the propodus, is very stout and overlaps the
carpal process by at least half its length, it terminates in a strong claw and a well-
developed auxiliary ; the ventral margin is fringed with long slender setae. This
limb is quite different in the female, the merus is but little expanded and does not
differ otherwise from any ordinary joint ; the carpus is a little longer, expanding
distally with its ventral margin, forming a flattened blade which projects beyond the
termination of the " shaft " ; this blade is armed throughout with strong spines,
longest and strongest distally ; the propodus is stout, nearly as long as the two
preceding joints together, with its inner margin rather swollen, and provided with
three spines and several series of very fine stiff setae, forming comb-like structures.
The dactylus is long and slender, but does not reach the carpal process, it terminates
in a long claw, with an auxiliary about one-third the size, the ventral margin of the
joint is fringed with very small stiff setae.

The remainder of these appendages differ but little in structure though a good
deal in size ; they are alike in both sexes and all are very slender. In the second
appendage, the ischium is very little shorter than the basis, and carries a stiff" seta ;
the merus is elongate, dilated dorsally, and also carries a stiff seta ; the carpus is long,
cylindrical, and provided with several setae ; the propodus is very much longer, armed
along its ventral margin with spines ; the dactylus is the shortest joint of the appendage
armed with two claws and a seta between them. The three following pairs increase
a little in length, but the posterior pair do so considerably. The basis is armed
distally with a stout spur, the ischium is considerably longer ; bent at a right angle,
near its middle, the bend is distinctly shown in the structure of the joint, but it
does not appear to be an articulation. All the other joints, except the dactylus, are
lengthened, but their spiuous armature is not strengthened.

The plcopoda, female. The first pair form a single opercular plate, which is broadly
ovate and attached by a broad base ; it is sparsely surrounded with short setae, and the
extremity is slightly irregular. The third pair is of more complex structure, the

ISOPODA. 61

endopodite lias a rather broad peduncular joint, followed by a second nearly twice as
long, its inner margin is nearly straight, its outer margin makes a bold curve
outwards, sweeping round to the irregularly truncated extremity, which is armed with
three large plumose setse. The exopodite as a whole is falciform, it is composed of
two joints, the basal one having an oblique extremity is very nearly as long as the
entire endopodite ; the second joint bears a conspicuous mid-rib, also seen distally on
the other, and tapers gracefully to a point ; a few small setse occur externally.

The fourth pair has a small conical basal joint. The endopodite is long, curved
and setose internally; it is composed of two joints, the distal one being about two-thirds
the length of the other, it is armed distally with two blunt setse or rather spines.
The exopodite is scarcely as long as the endopodite, it is spoon-like, and the inner
margin is sinuous, the outer boldly curved, then tapering to a blunt point. The
remainder are similar, but the exopodite becomes more concave or spoon-like.

First pleopod of male. The sympodites are long narrow structures fused in the
middle line. The external margins are curved inwards, dilating distally where they
are deeply excavated and also appear to be tubular. This recess is occupied by a
second joint, a thin ramus, the margin of which is ciliate. About three-fifths of the
length of the sympodites there projects laterally an expansion from below.

The second pair is not quite so long, the inner edge of each is straight, the
outer edge rounded, the structure being about four times as long as broad. The
outer border is very finely ciliate and fringed with small setse at intervals within the
edge. This sympodite is marked with two strong muscle bands, the inner one bends
abruptly inwards, connected with a stout irregular structure which passes forwards,
projecting from the sympodite to bend again backwards as a large pointed blade.
This is the exopodite. The other, the endopodite, forms a lobe rounded posteriorly,
and has what appears to be a tubular mouth. The remainder are as in the female.

AUSTROMUNNA.

Austrimunna Richardson (12), p. 19.

This genus was instituted by Miss Richardson for a small Isopod found off
Wieucke Island by the French Antarctic Expedition. The following is the second
species assigned to the genus.

AUSTROMUNNA ROSTRATA.
(Plate X., fig. 3.)

Specific characters : —
Body ovoid.

Cephalosome small, with a short rounded rostrum, and with eyes on elongated peduncles.
Mesosome. Four anterior segments not widely separated from the three posterior, the three
anterior segments with large truncated epiniera.

Urosonie broader than long with minute dorso-lateral uropoda.

The body is compact, ovoid in shape.

62 T. V. HODGSON.

The ceplialosome is of moderate size, exclusive of the eye-stalks. It is about
one-third the greatest diameter of the mesosome ; it is rounded anteriorly with a
short stump-like rostrum in the middle line. The eye-stalks arise from the postero-
lateral angles, but they can be hardly called slender, they extend to the margin of the
epimera of the first segment of the mesosome. The eyes are not very strongly
developed.

Of the mesosome the first four segments are separated by a distinct but short
" waist " from the three posterior pair, this is more prominent in the female than in
the male ; the female also is proportionately broader.

The first segment is curved slightly to receive the ceplialosome, and the broad
truncated epimera are directed forwards, the three succeeding segments are subequal
in length. The second has the anterior margin of its epimera extended forwards, on
the third they are not so extended, and on the fourth they are smaller and rounded.
The three posterior segments are much shorter, subequal in length and increase in
curvature as they are reduced in diameter. Of these the epimera of the first are
narrow and rounded, of the second they are enlarged and then form a blunt point,
of the third they are more blade-like ; the posterior margin is straight, the anterior
being curved.

The metasome comprises one short narrow segment wedged in the curvature of
the last of the mesosome and a urosome which is broader than it is long, rounded to
the insertion of the uropoda, and to that point its margin is minutely dentate ; beyond
these it terminates in a blunt point.

The uropoda are very minute, dorso-lateral in position and comprise a small
endopodite. The exopodite is extremely minute and can only be seen with difficulty.
Both branches terminate with a few small setee.

The body is entirely covered with very small setae.

The first antenna consists of a two-jointed peduncle, the first joint being
comparatively large and stout ; the second is not more than half the length and much
more slender. The fiagellum is short, four joints only, of which the terminal one is
the longest.

The second antenna has a peduncle of six joints, the first two are very small,
the third is large, swollen externally ; the fourth is very small and only forms a bend
in the appendage ; the fifth is smaller than the sixth, and the sixth is twice as
small as the preceding. The fiagellum is scarcely as long as the last two joints of
the peduncle.

The mouth parts are normal.

The mandible has the cutting edge widely separated from the molar process, the
latter is curved, tapering, and ends in three spinous teeth and four more slender spines
lirlow these ; near I lie base of this process arises the three jointed palp. The cutting
edge is an elongated process widening distally to a si might edge which bears one
prominent tooth anteriorly.

ISOPODA. 63

The maxilla- hardlv present any distinctive features.

The maxilliped is normal in character, it is short and thickened Inwards its straight
inner border, and on this are two papilliform teeth; distally it carries a few spines.
The palp is live-jointed, the first three progressively increase in length, the others
decrease ; the three distal bear rather long sette internally.

The pereiopoda are not long, the first is short and stout, adapted as a prehensile
organ. The basis is the longest joint, the ischium is about two-thirds its length and
enlarged on its inner margin. The merus is half the length of the ischium and much
enlarged dorsally and carries two setse ; the carpus is a large joint, slightly swollen
ventrally and provided with spines and sette ; the propodus is shorter, stout and setose
ventrally ; the dactylus shorter still, with a strong accessory to the terminal claw and a
curved seta near its extremity.

The remainder are distinctly ambulatory in function and are much more slender,
every joint with the exception of the merus being approximately cylindrical ; the merus
is but slightly enlarged distally. There are but few small setae scattered on these
appendages, which slightly increase in size from the first pair to the last.

The first pair of pleopods act as an operculum to the remainder.

A number of specimens were taken from dredge material inside the 2 5 -fa thorn
line. A few individuals at a time were found during the whole of our stay.

ANTIAS.

Richardson (12), pp. 10-17.

This genus is another of those instituted by Miss Richardson for the Isopods
brought back from the Antarctic by the French Expedition under Dr. Charcot. The
species described below is identical with that found on the western side of Graham's
Land and was abundant in our Winter Quarters.

ANTIAS CHARCOTI.
(Plate IX., fig. 1.)

Antias clutrcoti Richardson (12), pp. 17-19.
Specific characters :—

Cephalosomu with a broad rostrum divided into two rounded setose lobes. A curved spur in
front of ocular peduncle.

Both meso- and metasome fringed with long spiuous setie. A transverse row of fine sette on four
segments of the mesosome.

Uropoda large, biramous. Exopodite straight, endopodite curved.

The cephalosome is broad, but even including the ocular peduncles it is not quite
so wide as the first segment of the mesosome. The anterior part is produced into two
stout rounded tubercles, forming a broad and bifid rostrum, cadi part being well

G4 T. V. HODGSON.

provided with a number of stiff setaj. The eye-stalks are rather stout and in front of
them ; on the margin of the cephalosome is a stout slightly curved spur.

The surface of the cephalosome is sparingly covered with rather long seta-.

Of the mesosome the first segment is stout, the two following are subequal, but
the third is the broadest, the fourth is a very little shorter and narrower than the
preceding. All these have rounded epimera ; they are rather widely separated and in
the first segment they are directed forwards so as to partially embrace the cephalosome.
All are provided with long spinous setae, and the segments themselves are furnished
with a transverse band of more delicate setae.

The three posterior segments are curved posteriorly, their curvature increasing as
their diameter decreases. The first of these segments carries a transverse row of setae,
the other two bear two or three stouter ones more laterally.

The metasome consists only of a single pentagonal plate, the angles of which are,
however, rounded, and each of the three free ones bears a group of stout spinous seta
similar to those on the epimera of the rest of the body. There are a few setae on
the surface of this plate, centrally and anteriorly.

The uropoda are very large and biramous. The protopodite is a single joint with
a comparatively slender base and widening distally, the exo- and endopodite differ but
little in size, the former is straight and provided on both sides with long stiff setae ;
the latter is curved and only carries the setae on the outer side of the curve and
distally.

The first antenna is short, it comprises a peduncle of two joints subequal in length,
but the proximal one is much shorter than the other, and fringed distally with stout
spinous setae. The flagellum is about half as long again as the peduncle and consists
of only four joints, the first two are short, the others are more than twice as long, the
last being very slender and provided with two specialised setae.

The second antenna has a peduncle of five joints ; of these the first three are very
short and stout, the basal one having a long spine on its inner border and the third
forms a characteristic bend in the appendage. The two terminal ones are long and
slender, the advantage being with the more distal one ; the flagellum is about as long
as these two joints.

The mouth parts are normal.

The mandible is strong and the masticatory lobe terminates in four bilobed teeth,
or, rather, two pairs, since one pair is larger than the other, the individuals of each
pair being approximately subequal ; below these are three slender teeth, having their
upper margins produced into a serrated blade. The molar process is long and widens
out distally into a plate-like structure, having anteriorly one prominent tooth and
posteriorly several small tubercles. The palp is three-jointed, the first two joints are
rather long, fringed on one side with very minute setse ; the third is a serrated spine
less than half the length of the joint bearing it.

Tin- first maxilla comprises a short and slender inner lobe armed distally with

ISOPODA. 65

four specialised setae of varying length and bearing extremely delicate subsidiary
setas ; the outer lobe, twice the size, is armed with several stout spinous setae, each
having a serrated inner margin.

The second maxilla consists of a comparatively large inner lobe, the inner margin
of this is rounded distally and bears several slender spinose setae, two of which, the
innermost, are the longest and dentate ; of the two outer lobes the innermost bears
three slender, tapering and minutely serrated setae, the other bears four.

The rnaxillipeds show a broad masticatory lobe upon a short basal joint of quite
normal structure, the inner straight margin carries two papilliform teeth and distally
there are a few dentate setae ; these are very minute. The palp is five-jointed, all
the joints are slender and comparatively long. The epignath is long, rather spindle-
shaped, most swollen on the outer side, and it terminates in a blunt point almost
abreast of the distal border of the masticatory lobe.

The pereiopoda are short.

In the first the basis is a little longer than the ischium, both are slightly curved
and quite smooth ; the merus is short, expanded dorsally and carries a few stout setae
distally ; the cai-pus is a little shorter with a stout spine ventrally ; the propodus is
rather longer with two such spines ventrally and a few delicate setae distally ; the
propodus is stout with a strong claw and an equally strong though much shorter
accessory with a fine seta between the two.

The second pereiopod differs in that the carpus is quite as stout as, but longer
than, the merus ; this latter bears one stout spine dorsally and a few fine setae
ventrally, the carpus bears several scattered setae, strongest dorsally.

The third and fourth do not differ essentially ; the fifth is rather longer, and the
carpus bears four short and stout spinous setae ventrally and three long ones dorsally,
the two following are a little shorter and less conspicuously spinous. The brood
pouch is formed by broad lamellae on the second to the fourth appendages.

A large number of specimens of this species were taken during our stay in Winter
Quarters ; they were almost entirely picked out of the sponge debris.

Inside the 2 5 -fa thorn line.

AUSTROSIGNUM.

Cephalosome sub-rotund, much narrower than the first segment of the mesosome.

Eyes small, on long slender peduncles.

Antennae of moderate dimensions, peduncle of the second six-jointed, without an
accessory appendage.

Mesosome, the three posterior segments distinctly separated from the four
anterior, recurved and diminishing in size.

Metasome comprises a single independent segment and bulbous urosome often
prolonged as a spiuous process with minute preterminal uropoda.

VOL. V. Q

6G T. V. HODGSON.

Pereiopoda ambulatory except the first, which is prehensile.
Pleopoda, the first pair forms art operculurn over the remainder.
This genus is a member of the family Muuuidje and probably more nearly related
to Pleuroijonium than to Munna.

AUSTROSIGNUM GRANDE.

(Plate X., fig. 1.)
Specific characters : —

Head small, rounded, with eyes on long slender stalks.

First segment of the mesosome much the longest, and all segments widely separated laterally ;
a distinct waist between the fourth and fifth segments.
Urosome pointed.

The cephalosome is small, rounded iii front ; it rests in a crescentic depression of
the first segment of the mesosome which arches forwards on either side to receive it
and is more than twice its diameter.

The eye scarcely appears to be well developed ; it lies at the extremity of a long,
slender peduncle which arises from the postero-lateral angle of the cephalosome. The
peduncles very nearly attain the width of the first segment of the mesosome.

The first segment of the mesosome is nearly twice as long as the succeeding one
but of smaller diameter, the second to the fourth are subequal in length, but the third
is the widest by the merest trifle. There is a distinct waist between the fourth
and fifth segments ; the three posterior ones are subequal in length, decreasing
progressively in width and increasing in curvature. The epimera are rounded, in the
first segment unevenly so, and all are widely separated from each other, elongated,
and not distinct from their respective segments.

The metasome comprises one very small segment wedged in the curvature of the
preceding one, and a urosome which is ovoid in shape but having a slightly truncated
extremity.

The uropoda are very small ; they are situated at some little distance from the
extremity, and comprise a comparatively stout pointed joint or propodite, and
articulated to it at about half their own length from the extremity are two minute
joints.

The first antenna comprises a two-jointed peduncle, both joints are comparatively
long, the second being the longer ; the flagellum is about as long as the peduncle.

The second antenna comprises a six-jointed peduncle, the first two joints of which
are short and stout ; the third is very nearly twice as long and more slender ; the fourth
is shorter than the preceding, curved to form the bend in the appendage, the other
hvu arc slender and as '2 to 2'5 in length; a few setae are scattered throughout the
peduncle. The flagellum is scarcely as long as the lust joint of the peduncle.

The mouth parts are normal,

ISOPODA. 67

The mandible is stout, the cutting edge is prominent, expanding to its
distal extremity which bears a very small tooth both anteriorly and posteriorly,
the intermediate margin being minutely toothed. The molar process is stout,
curved and tapering, it ends in two or three stout teeth and four slender spines
below these.

The palp was not observed.

The first maxilla consists of the normal two lobes, the inner and smaller carries
distally two large and one small seta, which are slightly plumose, the outer lobe is
armed with stout spines.

The second maxilla. The principal lobe is nearly as broad as the other two
together and is armed with stout pectinate spines, the innermost ones being the
shortest and strongest. The other lobes are subequal in size, and each bears two long
pectinate spines, which are much more delicate than those on the inner lobe.

The maxillipeds are of quite normal proportions ; the distal margin of the
masticatory lobe is armed with three or four denticulate spines. There are two
papilliform teeth on the inner margin, these are rounded knobs with short stalks.
The palp is five-jointed, the first three are broad and progressively increase in length,
the remaining two become more finger-like.

The pereiopoda are, except the first, uniform in structure, slender and not
inordinately long, as far as can be seen without removing a limb. The first pereiopod
is rather short and much stouter than the others, obviously prehensile in function.
The basis is stout and of moderate length, the ischium rather more than half as long.
The merus and carpus are both very short and stout, the latter is much dilated, with
two stout spines vent-rally. The propodus is slightly curved and about as long as the
two preceding joints. The dactylus is well developed, with a spine or accessory claw
at the base of the nail and two curved setae upon it.

Of the others the basis is rather long, the ischium much shorter. The merus is
short and enlarged dorsally ; the carpus is quite twice as long ; the propodus a little
longer and much more slender than the carpus ; the dactylus is well developed,
proportionally one-third the length of the propodus, and a " nail " is distinct with a
small spine or spiuous seta at its base.

The first pair of pleopoda which forms an operculum over the remainder consists
of a comparatively narrow band which at about two-thirds of its length widens out
considerably and then tapers to a blunt point. The lateral projection bears three small
setae, and the angular apex is due to the folding of the lateral margins inwards and
downwards.

Four specimens were taken in Winter Quarters during February and March, 1902,
before the ship froze in. Inside the 20-fathom line.

Q 2

68 T. V. HODGSON.

AUSTROSIGNUM GLACIALE.

(Plate X., fig. 2.)
Specific characters : —

Head small, rounded ; eyes not well developed, at the extremity of slender peduncles.
First four segments of the niesosome subequal in length, and separated from the posterior three
by a distinct " waist " ; the posterior three diminishing in diameter, and but slightly curved.
Urosome a pointed oval, rather elongate, with minute pretenninal uropoda.

The cephalosome is small, resting in a shallow crescentic depression of the first
segment of the niesosome, which has nearly twice its diameter. Near the postero-
lateral margins arise long slender stalks which bear small, apparently simple eyes.
These stalks are unjoin ted prolongations of the cephalosome, and in length they are
nearly half its diameter.

Of the niesosome the third segment is the largest and widest ; between the
epiniera of the fourth and fifth there is a distinct space, and the last three progressively
diminish in diameter and increase in curvature, but not to any great extent. The
epimera of all are rounded.

The metasome comprises a small joint and a urosome, which may be described as
ovoid but attached by a short and broad peduncle.

The uropoda are very small, biramous ; the basal joint is extremely short, and
each branch consists of two minute joints ; the eudopodite is the most slender and is
no more than a very small joint and spine.

A few setae are scattered about the margin of both mesosome and metasome.

The first antenna is short, comprising a peduncle of two rather elongated joints,
the second being the larger. The flagelluni is about as long as the peduncle.

The second antenna has a peduncle of six joints, the first two are short and stout ;
the third is about as long but more slender ; the fourth very short, only forming a
bend in the appendage ; the fifth is rather long, and the sixth longer still ; the
flagellum is short, but little longer than the last joint of the peduncle.

The mouth parts are quite normal in structure. The mandible consists of a stout
process with a small but strong tooth at its anterior border ; the molar process is long
and slender and armed with five teeth, of which one, the second, is larger than the
rest ; there are also several stout setose spines just behind this terminal group. The
palp is long, three-jointed.

The first and second pair of maxillae do not present any special features unless
it be that some of the terminal spines on the outer part of the outer lobe are really
strong teeth ; the lobes of the second pair are finely serrated.

The maxilliped is of normal appearance ; the straight distal edge of the
masticatory lobe bears some half-dozen stout setae, which tire finely serrated. Two

ISOPODA. 69

papilliform teeth occur on the inner margin. The palp is five-jointed ; four joints are
short and broad ; the terminal one is also short, and, though much more slender, it
is more correctly described as a stump. The three central joints are each provided on
the inner border with two or three long setse, and the third of the entire series is
the largest.

The pereiopoda, except the first, are uniform in structure. The first is short and
comparatively stout ; the basis is long ; the ischium little more than one-third the
length ; the nierus is quite short and expanded distally ; the carpus is a little longer,
much expanded veutrally to form a round " cutting " edge which carries two stout
spines. The propodus is a little longer still and similarly expanded veutrally, but not
quite throughout the entire length of the joint; the dactylus is about as long, slender,
and bears a slender claw distinct from the joint and a much smaller though distinct
accessory. A few setse are scattered throughout the appendage.

The other appendages are slender, but not so long as the body. The basis
is little longer than the ischium ; the merus is short and swollen dorsally.
The other joints are comparatively long and become increasingly slender ; the
propodus is a little longer than the carpus, and each of these have two spinous
setse ventrally. The dactylus is slender, slightly curved, rather more than half as
long as the propodus.

The pleopoda are protected by a sort of hood formed by the urosome, and the
first pair forms a shield to the rest. The ovigerous female is much broader than
the male.

Four specimens were taken in Winter Quarters inside the 20-fathom line in
February, 1902.

NOTOPAIS.

Cephalosome broad and short, excavated in front and without eyes.

Mesosome with the three posterior segments recurved, tapering and separated
from the four anterior ones.

Cephalosome and anterior segments of the mesosome spinose.

Metasonie a single plate with minute terminal uropoda.

Pereiopoda, anterior ones ambulatory, posterior ones defective, very slender and
not disproportioually long.

Pleopoda, first pair opercular.

The Muuuopsidse (Ilyarachna), to which this genus should be assigned, are
notorious for the natatory character of the posterior pereiopoda. A deficiency in
this respect of this appendage is, therefore, serious. The genus Ilyarachna seems to be
its nearest relation.

70 T. V. HODGSON.

NOTOPAIS SPICATUS.

(Plate VIII. , fig. 1.)
Specific characters : —

Cephalosome armed dorsally, with two stout spines and two lateral ones.

Mesosome with the five anterior segments armed with four strong forwardly directed spines, the
first four segments having others laterally.

Urosome triangular, truncated, with minute terminal uropoda.

The ceplmlosome is wide, nearly as wide as any other part of the body. Its
anterior margin appears to be rounded, but close examination shows that it is deeply
excavated, and the first pair of antennae arise near the anterior border of this
excavation. Not for from the rounded lateral margins of the cephalou is a small but
distinct spine, and there are two more prominent dorsally, but more distant from the
middle line than on succeeding segments.

The impression one receives in examining this animal is that the cephalon and
first segment of the thorax are distinct, the latter being much smaller than, and above
the former, a condition which occurs in the genera Ilyarachna and Pseudarachna of
Prof. G. 0. Sars.

Of the mesosome the first two segments are subequal, and the two following ones
are also subequal but a little longer, their anterior margins are provided with four
stout and prominent spines directed forwards, these are placed at approximately equal
distances apart, the median pair being the largest. The epimera are rather elongated,
not separable from the body, but where they might be said to arise is a small, blunt
spine ; the epimeron itself is in each case rounded, and about the middle of its margin
is another spine not so large as the dorsal ones ; an additional one arises at their
anterior margins in the first, second, and fourth of these segments. The three posterior
segments are separated from the preceding by a distinct waist. These segments are
curved backwards ; the first two are subequal, the third is about half the size ; the
anterior margin of the first bears four large spines similar to those on the preceding
segments.

The metasome comprises a single plate, the urosome, which is a truncated triangle,
its margins sloping from the mid-dorsal line. It is covered with fine setae more thickly
than the rest of the body, where they are rather sparingly distributed. The uropoda are
minute, terminal, and arise veutrally. Each consists of a very small exopodite, a rather
barrel-shaped and diminutive endopodite of about half the size, both terminating in a
few setae.

The first antennae arise quite close to the middle line just below the upper margin
of the cephalou ; the first joint of the peduncle is very large comparatively and bears
two teeth on its inner distal margin ; it terminates as a cone, and on the upper surface
of this are one or two short joints, I cannot be certain which it is ; the flagellum is very
slender and consists of a long joint, a very short joint and a long portion in which the
articulations under existing conditions arc indistinguishable.

ISOPODA. 71

Of the second antennae only small portions remain. These arise close to the
external border of the cephalon, and only four joints of the peduncles exist ; the first
three are very short and stout, armed externally with a stout spine ; the third has a
very oblique distal margin and is provided internally with several strong setae ; the
fourth joint is also very small and much more slender than the others.

The animal lias not been dissected at all, and from what can be seen of the maxillipeds
in situ they are of the usual type and have a comparatively very large epignath,
broad and ending in a blunt point. The palp is five-jointed, the first joint is short and
broad ; the second nearly three times as long ; the third half as long as the preceding
but narrower, the two terminals are subequal in length, rather short and setose.

The pereiopoda may be described as rather long, but not disproportionately so,
and very slender ; most of them have been more or less severely injured. The first pair
are complete and are ambulatory ; they exhibit a long slender basis, an ischiurn rather
more than half the length, a short and dorsally-expanded merus, a carpus as long as
the ischiurn, a propodus almost equally long, and a dactylus one-third the length.
Ventral ly the carpus and propodus bear scattered setae. I have not been able to
distinguish any accessory claw. The other pereiopoda are very similar as far as
can be made out, but the proportions of the joints are rather different, and there is
no accessory claw. They are too fragmentary to permit of a definite statement as to
the adaptation of the posterior ones for swimming as is characteristic of the Munnopsidse.

The first pleopoda are strongly developed as an operculum to the remainder, and
the inner border of that of the right side is armed with four or five stout teeth.

Only a single specimen of this species was extracted from the dredge material
shortly after arrival at Winter Quarters. Inside the 20-fathom line, February 28, 1902.

I have to express my sincere thanks to Messrs. West, Newman & Co. for the
trouble and care they have taken in the preparation of the plates, also to Mr. F. S.
Murray for other assistance.

[P.T.O.

72 T. V. HODGSON.

The day after sending in the corrected proof of this Report I received from
Miss Richardson a Supplementary Report on the Isopoda collected by the French
Antarctic Expedition. She there records the following species :—

Nototanais antarcticus Hodgson.

,, australis.
Gnathia antarctica Studer.
Exosphseroma antarctica.
Cymodocella tubicauda Pfeffer.
Serolis polita Pfeffer.

Notasellus australis Hodgson.
Haliacris australis Hodgson.
Antias charcoti Richardson.
Austrimunna antarctica Richardson.

serrata.

subtriangulata.

Austrimunna incisa.

The individuals forming this collection are rather scanty in number and the
majority have apparently been more or less severely injured. Of the five new species
not more than four representatives were found for any of them. Nototanais australis
is very closely allied to N. antarcticus, but differs in the structure of the first
appendages of the mesosome of the male. Except for this difference the resemblance
is exceedingly close.

Cymodocella tubicauda. — I have dealt at length with this species.

Haliacris australis. — I think I have satisfactorily proved that this species is
identical with H. antarctica Pfeffer, and it should be included under that name.

Austromunna serrata. — This species does not appear to be assigned to the right
genus ; it closely resembles my Austronamus, but is distinct from the species I have
described.

Austromunna subtriangulata. — This comes very close to, if it is not identical with,
my Austromunna rostrata. Only a single specimen was found and no reference is
made to its legs ; these might easily have been injured.

Austromunna incisa. — This species is a very close relation to my new genus
Austrosignum, to which, I think, it should be assigned. It seems most closely allied to
A. grande. Here again there is no information as to the legs, beyond an outline
figure of the first appendage of the mesosome.

The figures which accompany the Report do not impress me greatly, but if they
are to be relied on the species are not to be identified with those taken by the
' Discovery.' In the last two species, however, I very much doubt this.

ISOPODA. 73

REFERENCES.

1. BEDDARD, F. E. — Report on the Isopoda collected by H.M.S. ' Challenger ' during the years 1873-70.

Part i. The Genus Serolis, vol. xi. (1884). Part ii. Isopoda, vol. xvii. (l.xsi;). H.M.S.
' Challenger ' Reports.

2. CHILTOX, C. — Notes on some New Zealand Amphipoda and Isopoda. Trans. N. Z. lust., xxiv.

(1S92), pp. 258-G9.

3. CHILTOX, C. — A new species of Manna from New Zealand. Aim. and Hag., Nat. Hist., ix. (1*92),

pp. 1-12. Two plates.

4. CUNNINGHAM, R. 0. — Notes on the Reptiles, Amphibia, Fishes, Mollusca and Crustacea obtained

during the voyage of H.M.S. 'Nassau' in the years 18GG-G9. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol.
xxvii. (1871), pp. 465-501.

5. DOLLFUS, A. — Crustacea Isopodes. Mission Scient. du Cap Horn, vol. vi. Zoologie, part ii.,

pp. F 55-70. One plate.

6. EIGHTS, J. — Description of a new Crustaceous Animal found on the shores of the South Shetland

Islands. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. ii. (1833), pp. 53-57. Two plates.

6a. HAXSEN, H. J. — Cirolanidac et familiae nonnullae propinquae Musei Hauniensis. Kgl. Dansku
Videns. Sclsk. Skr., G Raskke, Math. Nat. Afd. V. 3 (1890), pp. 239-426. Ten plates.

7. HANSEN, H. J. — On the Propagation, Structure and Classification of the Family Sphaeromidae.

Quar. Jour. Micr. Sci., xlix. (1905), pp. 69-135.

8. Honusox, T. V. — Crustacea. Report on the Collections of Natural History made in the Antarctic

Regions during the voyage of the ' Southern Cross ' (1902), pp. 228-61. Plates XXIX.-XL.

9. HUTTOX, F. W. — Index Faunae Novae Zealaudiae, Isopoda, pp. 262-GG, London (1904).

10. OHLIN, AXEL. — Isopoda from Tierra del Fuego and Patagonia. 1. Valvifera. Svenska Exped. till

Magellanslanderua II. (1901), pp. 2G1-306. Plates XX.-XXY.

11. PKEFFEII, G. — Die Krebse von Sud-Gcorgien, part i. Jahrb. d. Hamburgischcn wiss. Aii.-tidi,

I!d. V., pp. 43-150. Plates I.-VII.

12. RICHARDSON, HARRIET. — Isopodes. Expedition Antarctique Francaise, 1903-5 (1907).

13. SARS, G. 0. — Isopoda. Crustacea of Norway, vol. ii. (1899).

14. SOHIODTE, J. C., and MEIXERT, F. — Symbolac ad Monographiam ( 'ymotlmanim ; rnU;irr,,nim

Isopodum Familia. Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, Vol. XII. (1*79), pp. 321-114. Plates 7-13.

15. STEBBIXI;, T. R. R.— A History of Crustacea. Intermit. Sci. Series ( ix'.ui), pp. 31 I- 1 3.1.

16. STRASSEX, 0. ZUR.— Ueber die Gattung Areturus und die Arcturiden der Deiit-dp n Tiefsee-Exprdi-

tiou. Zool. Anz., Bd. XXV. (1902), pp. 0*2- s'.i.

17. STUDEU, T. — Ueber ncue Seethiere aus dem Antarktischeu Mecre. Mitth. Natnrf. Gcsellscli. liern

(187G), pp- 75.

18. STUDER, T. — Isopodcn gesammelt wiihrend der Reise S.M.S. 'Gazelle' um die Erde 1874-70. Anh.

Abhandl. der Akad. wiss. Berlin, 1883 (1884), 2« pp.

*

19. STUDER, T. — Beitnige zur Kenntniss niederer Thierc von Kerguelensland. Die Arten der Gattung

Serolis von Kerguelensland. Arch. f. Naturgesch. XLV. Bd. 1 (1879), pp. 19-34. One plate.

R

74 T. V. HODGSON.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE I.

1. Leptanthura glacialis, ? , x 6.

a. First antenna x 40.
It. Second antenna X 40.

c. Maxilla X 40.

d. Maxilliped x 40.

e. First appendage of mesosome x 40.
/. Second appendage of mesosome x 40.
g. Last appendage of the mesosome x 40.

2. Gnathia antarctica, <J, x 14.

3. Euneognaihia yigas, $ , x 6.

a. Maxilliped X 15.

b. First appendage of mesosome X 15.

PLATE II.
1. ^Ega antarctica* x 3.

2. Maxilla X 20.

3. Maxilliped X 20.

4. First appendage of mesosome x 16.

5. Sixth appendage of mesosome x 16.

PLATE III.

1. Cirolana meridionalis, 9 , X 2.

2. First maxilla x 20.

3. Second maxilla X 20.

4. Maxilliped x 20.

5. First appendage of mesosome X 7.

6. Sixth appendage of mesosome x 7.

PLATE IV.

1. Serolis triloUtoides, <J, X 1, dorsal aspect.

2. The same, ventral aspect.

3. Specialised seta from mandibular palp, terminal joint X 312.

4. First maxilla x 20.

5. Second maxilla X 20.

6. Maxilliped x 20.

7. Sensory spine from propodus of second thoracic appendage x 312.

8. Sensory lamella from propodus of second thoracic appendage x 312.

PLATE V.
Antarcturus.

1. A. adareanus, ?, x 3.

2. A.frcuiklini, 9 , X 3.

3. A. am/ralis, <$ , x 3. (This is the male of A.franJdini.')

* Not Ae. australis, as on the plate.

ISOPODA. 75

PLATE VI.

Antarcturus.

1. A. Memalis, $ , X 3.

1«. First antenna X 20.

b. First maxilla X 20.

c. Second maxilla x 20.

d. Maxilliped X 20.

e. First appendage of mcsosome X

2. A. meridional is, $ , x '•'>.

PLATE VII.
1. Glyptonotus acutus, £, X 1.

2. First maxilla x C.

3. Second maxilla x C.

4. Maxilliped X C.

5. First appendage of mesosome X 2.

PLATE VIII.

1. Notopais spicatus, $, x 27.

2. Austrqfilius furcatus, $, X 30.

2a. Mandible X 200.

b. First maxilla X 200.

c. Second maxilla x 200.
</. Maxilliped x I5o.

3. A iisti'niKiHiis ijhlf idtiK, <J , X 7".

PLATE IX.

1. Antias charcoti x 27.

2. Coulmannia australis, <J, x 2o.

2a. Maxilliped X 10 1.

3. Notoxenus spinifer, $, X 27.

2a. Maxilliped x 2ni».

PLATE X.

1. Auslrosignum graiiile £ , X 27.

2. Aitstrosignum ylaciale, <J , X 27.

3. Austromunna rostrata, <$ , X 27.

R 2

INDE

Species described are marked with *. Synonyms in italics.

acanthonotus (lolantbe), 5.
*acutus (Glyptonotus), 1, 4, I."..
*adareanus (Antarcturus), 4, 35.

albidum (Pleurogoninm), 5.

americanus (Arcturus), 4.

annulata (Idotea), 4.

antarctica (JEga), 4, 17.

antarctica (Apseudes), 3.

antarctica (Austromunna), 5.

antarctica (Cymodocea), 31.

antarctica (Exospbaeroma), 12.
*antarctica (Gnathia), 3, 11, 72.
'antarctica (Haliacris), 5, ,r>x.

antarctica (Jaera), 5.

antarctica (Limnoria), 4.

antarctica (Serolis), 4.

antarcticus (Anceuh), 11.

antarcticus (Glyptonotus), 4, 45.
*antarcticus (Nototanais), 3, 0, 72.

antarcticus (Paratanais), C.

augnstus (Ouiscus), 5.
*australis (sEgd), 17.

australis (Antarcturus), 1.
*australis (Coulmannia), 5, 53.

australis (Cymodocea), 4.

australis (Haliacris), 58, 72.

australis (Leptognathia), 3.

anstralis (Munnopsis), 5.

australis (Notasellus), 5, 4!), 72.

australis (Nototanais), 72.

uustralis (llocincla), 4.

uustritnunna (Astrnrus), 01.

bouvicri (Serolis), 4.

bromleyana (Serolis), 1.

brunnens (Arcturus), 4.

calcareum (Exosphaeroma), 4.
*cbarcoti (Antins), 5, 03.

convesa (Serolis), 4.

rnj>j)iiigeri (Arcturus), 4.

cnrnnfa (Serolis), 1, 23, 30.

coruutus (Arcturides), 4.

crucicauda (Astrurus), 5.

dtirwini (Dynamene), 4.

dimorpbus (Nototanais), 3.

eatoni (Uynamenella), 4.

edwardsi (^Ega), 3.

egregia (Gymodocellcf), 31.

egregium (Sphaeroma), 31.

emarginata (Cassidinopsis), 4.

falklandica (Astacilla), 4.

fragilis (Eurycope), 5.
*franklini (Antarcturus), 1, 4, 3-*.
*frigida (Coulmannia), 5, 54.

fuugiensis (Porcellio), 5.

furcatus (Arcturus), 4.
*l'urcatus (Austrofilius), 5, 51.

gigas (Anceus), 15.
*gigas (Euneognatbia), 3, 15.

ingas (Exospbacroma), 4.
*glaciale (Au>strosignum), 5, 68.

glacialis (Antarcturus), 4, 35.
*»lncialis (Austronanus), 5, 50.
*glacialis (Leptautbura), 3, 9.

globicauda (Dynamenella), 4.
*grande (Austrosignum), 5, GO.

granulosa (Cleantis), 5.

hargeri (Jais), 5.
*biemalis (Antarcturus), 4, 41.

birsutus (Tanais), 3.

incisa (Austromunna), 72.

kerguelenensis (Neasellus), 5.

kerguelenensis (Typblotanais), 3.

lanceolatum (Exospbaeroma), 4.

laticauda (Anilocra), 4.

latifrons (Serolis), 4.

lilljeborgi (EJotia), 5.

maculata (Munna), 5.

magellanica (Astauilla), 4.

magellauica (Edotia), 5.

magellanicus (Styloniscus), 5.

magnifica (^Ega), 3.

marioneusis (Astacilla), 4.

niarionis (Jaeropsis), 5.
*meridionalis (Antarcturus), 4, 43.

INDEX.

77

*inerklionalts (Cirolarm), 4, 20.

metallica (Idotea), 5.

inicbaelseni (Macrocheiridothea), 4.

miersi (Idotea), 5.

neglecta (Paranthura), :!.

pagenstecheri (Scrolls), 4.

]iallida (Munna), 5.

paradoxa (Scrolls), 4.

jilana (Sen ills), 4.

jiolaris (Arcturus), 4.

/>"l<tris (Gnat/iit/), 11. 1:1.

polita (Scrolls), 4.

juibcscens (Jais), 5.

punctatissimum (Plakarthrium), 4.

pmictulata (JEga), :5.

quadrispinosa (Ilyaracbna), 5.
*rostrata (Austromunna), 5, i; 1 .

rotundicauda (Idotea), 4.

sarsi (Eurycope), 5.

sarsi (Xotasellus), 5.

schvthei (Serolis), 4.

semicarinata (^Ega), 3.

septeracariuata (Scrolls), 4, 27.

serrata (Austromunna), 72.

serratum (Pleurogoniuin), 5.

serrei (Serolis), 4.

spectabilis (AjKi'iulcs). :',.
*s]iicatus (Notopais), 5, In.

spinicauda (Acanthocope), "i.
*spinil'cr (Notoxenus), ;"i, 5i;.

spinosa (Eurycupe), •").

s]iinosiis (Arcturus j, 1.

spinoza (Echinozone), :"i.

spinulosus (Tylos), r>.

sti'libingi (Arcturus), 4.

stebbiugi (Macrocheiridothea),

studeri (Arcturusj, 4.

subtriangnlata (Austromniina),
*trilobitoides (Serolis), 1,4, 23,

tuberculata (Edotia), 5.

tuberculosa (Gnathia), 3,
*tubicauda (Cymodocella), 4, 31,

turqueti (Ectias), 5.

willemoesi (Tanais), 3.

Antarctic (Discovery) Exp.

Isop.oda Plate I

West, Newman de

1. Lept an/tlmi? a glacialis. 2. Gnathia antarctica. 3. Euneognathia gigas.

1 i-Jxp.

Isopoda Plate II.

Antarctic (Discovery) Exp.

Isopoda Plate III .

et lith.

Cirolana . meridionalis.

Antarctic (Discovery) Exp.

Isopoda Plate IV

- -

Scrolls1 trilobitoides.

Discovery) Exp.

Isopoda Plate V.

^MSOT^ \tk

Antarcturus.
1. A. adareanus. 2. A.australis. 3. A. frank

West, Newman del.et lith.

Antarctic (Discovery) Exp.

Isopoda Plate VI

1. A. hiemalis. 2. A. meridiem all s.

West, Newman de>

Antarctic (Discovery) Exp.

Isopoda Plate VII.

Antarctic (Discovery;

Isopoda Plate v HI.

2b

2c

2d

West, Newman del.et Itth .

1. Notopais spicatus. 2. Austpofilius furcatus. 3. Austronanus glacialis.

Antarctic (Discovery) Exp.

Isopoda Plate ^X .

3a

West, Newman del eUith.

i. Antias charcoti. 2. Coulmannia australis. 3. Notoxenus spinifer.

Antarctic (Discovery) Exp.

\ . Austrosigrmm grande. 2. A. glaciale. 3. Austin munna post:

NEMEBTINEA.

Par L. JorjBiN,
Professeur au Museum d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris.

(1 Plate.)

LES Neinertiens cles expeditious antarctiques du ' Southern Cross ' et du ' Discovery '
ont subi des vicissitudes singulieres avaut de trouver leur repos defmitif dans les
collections du British Museum.

L'etude des premieres fut d'abord confiee a mon savant collegue, M. Pimnett, de
Cambridge, qui en fit la determination, executa des series de coupes, et termina entiere-
ment son travail. II 1'expedia completement redige avec les dessins a 1'imprimerie.
Mais par un concours de circonstances drplorables le texte et les dessins furent perdus
par la poste ! Justement degoute de cet accident, M. Punnett ne voulut pas refaire
son travail. Ces Neinertiens avec ceux du ' Discovery ' furent ensuite expedites au
Professeur Hubrecht de 1'Universite d'Utrecht. Les echantillons etaient deja beaucoup
plus difficiles a etudier et a decrire, puisque plusieurs avaient servi a faire des coupes.
Neanmoins le travail fut remis sur le chantier, de nouvelles series de coupes furent
faites ; mais le Professeur Hubrecht, occupe par d'autres travaux, fut ameue a aban-
donner, lui aussi, cette etude.

C'est alors que MM. Jeffrey Bell et Hubrecht me demandereut de me charger de
ce memoire. J'y consentis, mais je suis oblige de faire des reserves tres grandes, et de
dire pourquoi mon travail est forcement tres incomplet. En effet, plusieurs especes ne
sont plus repre'sente'es que par des coupes ou des echantillons mutiles, sur lesquels
la tete a ete prelevee pour faire des sections ; tel est le cas de Eupolia punnetti ; ou
bien il n'y a que des echautillons en mauvais etat, completement decolores, sur lesquels
il n'est plus possible de faire aucuue description spocin'que ; c'est le cas de 7,///r//.v
hanseni. Enfin, pour comble de malheur, beaucoup de se'ries de coupes, teintes avec
des couleurs d'auiline, se sont completement decolorees, et il n'est plus possible d'y rieu
distinguer.

On compreudra done que, dans ces conditions, il m'ait ete impossible de faire
un memoire de'taille' et de douner des descriptions suftisamment precises, d'autant plus
que je n'ai eu aucun document, ni dessin, ui note de couleur, pris sur le vivaut.

II etait absolument necessaire que j'indique ces circonstances malheureuses, afiu de
degager ma responsabilite. J'ai tire ce que j'ai pu d'interessant de ce materiel.

J'ai conserve les denominations que M. Punnett avait indiquees, notamment sur

2 L. JOUBIN.

ses series de coupes. Quant aux localites, elles ne correspondent pas exactement avec
celles qui m'ont ete commtmiquees sur tine liste imprime'e, mais ce fait n'a qu'une
importance secondaire.

Les collections que m'ont ete' reraises comprennent surtout de grands echantillons
de Linens corrugatus, provenant soit de 1'expedition du ' Southern Cross,' soit du
' Discovery.' Un petit nombre d'autres se rattachent a plusieurs especes, mais ne sont
represeute's que par uue tres petite quantite d'exemplaires. Je resumerai en un
tableau final 1'ensemble de ces documents en les pla9ant a cote des especes recolte'es
dans les regions antarctiques par les expeditions auterieures. On pourra ainsi se
rendre compte de la composition de la fauue antarctique des Nemertiens telle qu'elle
resulte de nos connaissauces actuelles.

LlNEUS CORRUGATUS.

1879. Mclntosh. Philosophical Transactions of the Eoyal Society of London. Vol. 168, p. 262, pi. 15,

f. 17-18.

1879. Studer. Archiv. fur Natnrgeschiuhte. Vol. 45, 1 p., p. 123.
1887. Hubrecht, Eeporfc voy. H.M.S. 'Challenger.' Vol. 19. No. 1, p. 41; pi. 1, fig. 17 ; pi. 11,

f. 9 ; pi. 12, fig. 'A, 4 ; pi. 13, f. 1-6 ; pi. 14, fig. 2, 4.
1904. 0. Burger. Nemertini. Das Thicrreich. 20 Lief., p. 90.
1908. L. Joubin. Nemertiens. Expedition antarctique fransaise du Dr. Charcot, p. C.

Localites. — 'Southern Cross,' Cap Adare, 7^ fms., 24. xi. 1899. 28° 9 Fahr.,
8 echantillons. ' Discovery,' Stn. 3, 96 fms., fond de pierres et graviers, 7. v. 1902,
3 echantillons; 10. xi. 1902, 119 fms., 4 echantillons; McMurdo Bay, 20 fms.,
28. ii. 1902, 3 echantillons; W. Q. Hut Point, 108 fms., 28. ii. 1902, 2 echantillons;
id., 107 fms., 2 echantillons; W. Q. Hut Point, D. net,, 108 fms., 8. x. 1902,
1 echantillou ; Hut Point, 113 fms., D. net, 30. x. 1902, 9 e'chantillons ; W. Q. Hut
Point, 100 fms., D. net, 8. x. 1902, 2 e'chantillons; id., 108 fms., 7 echautillous ;
Sans indication de localite, 3 e'chantillons.

La description de cette espece consiste actuellemcnt dans tine tres breve note dc
Mclntosh, reproduite par Studer et Hubrecht, et fmalement transposed en uue diagnose
par 0. Burger. Je donne ci-dessous la texte de Biirger, mais je dois faire remarquer
combien une diagnose ainsi faite est aleatoire, puisque 1'auteur 1'a tiree du texte tres
peu precis de Mclntosh.

" Dunkelolivenfarben. Ein'weisses Band kreuzt die Kopfspitze uud siiumt den
vorderen Abschuitt der Kopfspalteu. Bindegewebsschicht der Cutis muskelfrei, sehr
stark und dicht und ebenso dick wie ihre Driisensehicht. Mit sehr starkem oberen
Riickennerven, der sich mit einem ungewohnlich machtigeu, zwischen aiisserer Langs-
und Ringmuskclschicht befmdlichcu Nervengcflecht, verbindet. L. 200, Br. 15 mm.
(in Weingeist).

" Indischer Ozean (Kerguelen Inselu), Tiefe 137-220 m."

La description donnee par le Prof. Mclntosh est tres incomplete, et elle ne donne

NEMERTIXEA. 3

aucune figure de 1'exterieur du corps ; on y trouve seulement deux dessins de coupes,
1'une de la tronipe, 1'autre de la paroi du corps ; ces coupes ne montrcut aucune
particularity speciale a cette espece qui permette d'eii tirer un caractere d'identification.
II en resulte que I'assimilation de 1'espece antarctique avec le Lineus corrugatus ilu
Prof. Mclntosh ne me parait pas prouvee. Sa description pourrait presque aussi Ijien
se rapporter au L. /ttnifn-ni, d'autant plus que le sejour en alcool a fait disparaitre
les pigments colores de la peau.

C'est surtout la provenance geographique des echantillons du Prof. Mclntosh,
relativenient voisine, puisqu'ils viennent des iles Kerguelen, qui permet de tirer une
conclusion plus precise sur 1'identite spe'cifique de ceux du 'Southern Cross' et du
' Discovery.' D'autre part, les individus provenaut de 1'expedition du ' Challenger '
et decrits par le Prof. Hubrecht provenaient aussi de Kerguelen. Mais, malheureuse-
ment, Hubrecht u'a pas cloune d'autre figure de 1'exterieur que celle d'un jeune vu de
profil, ou Ton ne reconnait pas bien nettement les caracteres de la tete, ni ceux de la
peau, et les lignes pigmente'es blanches n'y sont pas represente'es. Cette figure ne
donue done pas d'indicatiou suffisante pour 1'identification des animaux adultes.

Cepeudaut, Messieurs Punnett et Hubrecht, qui ont examine ce materiel avaut
moi, ont determine ces grand.es Nemertes Linens corrugatus. J'accepte done leur
maniere de voir, mais sans conviction bien arretee.

Je dois ajouter que j'ai trouve dans les Nemertiens provenant de 1'expedition
antarctique du Dr. Charcot uu specimen que j'ai rattache a cette espece. II ressemble
beaucoup a ceux du ' Southern Cross ' et du ' Discovery.'

II y aurait encore lieu de discuter ici pour savoir si cette espece doit etre rattachee
au genre Lineus ou au genre Cerebratulus, et a ce propos se demauder si le genre
Micrura merite d'etre niaintenu. Mais cette discussion nous entrainerait beaucoup
trop loin. Je crois seulement pouvoir dire que le genre Micrura me parait a
suppriiner, et que les deux autres sont tellement peu differences qu'il n'y a pas de
limite bien uette entre eux. Je reserve le nom de Lineus a ceux des Schizonemertini
qui ont le corps a section ronde, ruou, et noii susceptible de nager, et le nom de
Cerebratulus a celles dont le corps est plus plat, a bords auguleux, a consistance plus
dure et susceptibles de nager. En dehors de ces caracteres je ne vois pas de differences
entre les deux genres, et Ton peut passer facilement de 1'un a 1'autre par de nombreux
intermediaries. En realite, les Schizonemertini sont tres uniformes, et leur division en
genres tout a fait arbitraire.

Les nombreux echantillons de L. corrugatus que j'ai examines sont tous conserve's
dans 1'alcool ; par consequent, comme cela arrive toujours chez les Nemertieus, ils sont
completement depigmentes, ne laissent plus distinguer aucuu ornemeut, et ue permet-
tent pas de constater la presence des bandes blanches signalees par le Prof. Mclntosh.

Les exemplaires ont e'te les uns places imme'diatemeut dans 1'alcool, les autres
fixes au liquide de Perenyi. Leur longueur est done variable selon la fixation, car
ils se contractent beaucoup plus dans 1'alcool que dans le liquide de Perenyi.

VOL. V. S

L. JOUBIN.

r jusqu'a GO centimetres ; ils ont alors la forme cle rubans plats, qui n'est
certainement pas normale. Largeur jusqu'a 25 millimetres, selon qu'ils sont plus ou
rnoins contractes. Ceux qui sont fixes en etat d'extension n'ont guere plus de 12 a 14
millimetres de large.

La tete est tres petite, separee par un pli de la portion buccale ; elle a de 4 a 5
millimetres de long sur 3 a 4 de large ; elle est a peu pres cylindrique. Elle est
pourvue de fentes cephaliques sur toute sa longueur, qui merne s'etendent au-dessous
du pli circulaire, et atteignent le commencement de la bouche.

La figure 1 de la planche donne une idee sufHsante de 1'aspect general d'un
individu de 30 a 40 centimetres fixe en etat de demie extension. La partie
anterieure du corps est vue par la face ventrale ; la posterieure par la face dorsale ;
le corps ayant ete plie au milieu pour montrer ce double aspect. La figure 2 inontre
le dessus de la region anterieure d'un autre exemplaire a peu pres de meme
taille.

On peut voir sur ces photographies que la region buccale est tres developpee,
regulierenient conique, et que la tete, avec les fentes cephaliques, forme comme uue
sorte de bouton qui la surmonte. Cette region buccale est un peu plus large que celle
qui la suit, et un peu moins circulaire. Le reste du corps est de section ovale, plus
plate en arriere, et ne commence a dimiiiuer en forme de queue que tout-a-fait en
arriere.

On ne peut dire grand' chose de la couleur, dont il ne reste que des traces
incertaines tirant sur le brun ou le vert olive fonce ; le ventre parait un peu plus clair,
tirant sur le jaunatre.

Sur aucun echantillon je n'ai pu voir la bande blanche dont parle le Prof. Mclntosh.

La peau est ridee sur tout le corps ; dans la region correspondant a 1'oesophage les
plis sont profonds, paralleles, longitudinaux ; en dessous de cette region ils sont plus
petits, et coupes d'un grand nombre de petits sillons transversaux. Sur plusieurs
exemplaires les plis de la region cesophagienne sont coupes de plis transversaux
profonds de facon a imiter une mosaique.

II n'y a pas de plis sur la tete, et la premiere partie de la region sus-buccale est
souvent lisse.

Souvent les gros plis paralleles sus-buccaux s'ecartent en eventail, en dessous de
la tete, pour descendre de chaque cote vers la bouche.

Sur la face ventrale du corps les plis sont longitudinaux, paralleles, peu profouds,
plus attenues que sur la face dorsale. A un millimetre ou deux du bord (fig. 1
de la plauche) de chaque cote, il y a un pli interrompu plus profond, qui marque une
limite mal definie entre la peau du dos et celle du ventre. Elle commence en dessous
de la region cesophagienne.

L'orifice buccal est enorme, et probablement tres elastique, ce qui permet a 1'animal
d'avaler de tres grosses proies, ainsi que je 1'ai fait voir pour une espece analogue
recueillie dans 1'Autarctique par le docteur Charcot. Les levres minces se replient vers

NKMEUTIXEA. 5

I'mterieur de 1'orifice ; il est probable qu'elles sont protraetiles, et peuveut englober
les proies eii dehors du corps. L'orifice est plus pointu vers le haut, on il s'avance
jusque sous la tf-te ; plus arroudi vers le bas, oil la commissure des deux levres est
epaissc et cliarnue.

Tube dif/L'stif. — Si Ton ouvre 1'aiiiinal par la face dorsale on voit I'interieur du
tube digestif, qui est fort interessant (fig. 3 de la planclie).

La bouche a la forme d'une boutonniere entouree d'uu bourrelet saillant
interieurernent, plus accentue eu bas qu'en haut. De ce bourrelet partent des plis
delicats qui devieunent rapidement tres eleves et formeut sur tout 1'oesophage des
lames paralleles qui descendent sur une longueur de 5 ;i 7 centimetres vers 1'iutestin.
A cette distance elles changent brusquement de caractere. Elles s'arretent pour faire
place a des plis transversaux, perpendiculaires aux premiers, excessivement nombreux,
partaut de la ligne mediane pour aller jusqu'aux parois laterales du corps, de plus en .
plus fins jusqu'au bout du corps.

Les plis medians ventraux de 1'cesophage se continueut sur la portion primitive
de 1'iutestiu, mais ils ne tardent pas a s'attenuer. Sur la ligne nie'diane dorsale on
trouve, faisaut une forte saillie, la gaine de la trompe, oil Ton distingue celle-ci replk-e
plusieurs fois sur elle-meme. La gaine est continuee dans la portion terminale du corps
par une serie de plis epithe'liaux longitudiuaux, allant jusqu'a 1'anus.

Les glandes ge'uitales intercalees, sous forme de petits cylindres trans-
versaux, entre les plis intestinaux font saillie dans la cavite intestinale quand
elles sont gonflees, ce qui est le cas pour 1'individu represente (fig. 3) d'apres une
photographie.

Sur les coupes on distingue quelques particularites interessantes de l'auatomie de
cette Nemerte ; j'en signalerai quelques unes.

Communication du rhynchodaeum avec le sinus sanguin de la tete. — La cavite du
rkynchodaeum ne sert pas seulement a laisser passer la trompe, elle permet encore au
liquide sanguin conteuu dans les sinus ge'neraux d'etre evacue
au dehors. Ces sinus se prolongent dans la tete par une
vaste cavite en avant du systeme nerveux, entouraut le
rhynchodaeum. Deux orifices font communique! ces sinus avec
le dehors ; ils sont creuses dans la paroi rnusculo-conjunctive et
offreut une disposition remarquable (voir figs. 1, 2, 3). L'orifice,
de rhanue cote, est tres net, couvert d'uu epithelium dans la
paroi du rhynchodaeum. Puis repithelium devieut moins net,

„ . . . vaisseau caphaliiiue. Cette

la paroi plus autractueuse, et criblee de petits trous qui con- c°w° est f;lite iransversaie-
duisent dans un tissu spongieux, seme "de cellules d'aspect

lymphoide, qui recouvre finalement la paroi vasculaire du sinus sanguin. Le sang
contenu dans le sinus doit done passer a travers ce tissu spongieux avant d'arriver
dans le conduit qui le deverse dans le rhynchodaeum. Je ne sais s'il faut considi'ivr
cet appareil conmic destine a evacuer du sang, ou a le filtrer, ou comme uue

s 2

L. JOUBIN.

sorte de soupape cle surete, destine'e a empecher la rupture du vaisscau cephalique
lors de 1'emission de la trompe. II a 1'aspect du tissu urinaire, et le vaisseau qui lui

t

96

Flo. 2.— Schema de la disposition du
vaisseau dans 1'epaisseur de la
gaine de la trompe. L'ouverture
unique inferieure donne accesdans
un reservoir separe du vaisseau
par un tissu spongieux d'a*pn-t
lymphoide.

%

^

\o

a

'

\

FIG. 3. — Coupe a travers le sommet
du reservoir et le tissu lymphoide

sert de reservoir complete cette apparence. Cepeudant, comnie cet appareil est tres
reduit par rapport a la masse du corps, j'hesite a le considerer comme faisant partie
d'un systeme urinaire.

Organe cephalique. — Get organe est bien marque cliez ce Lineus. II consiste en
une paire de cupules (fig. 4 de la planche) situees en avant de la tete, trea pres 1'une de
1'autre, tout-a-fait a la pointe. Elles re^oivent une forte branche nerveuse du ganglion
cerebral. L'interieur de la cupule est occupe par un tissu forme de fibrilles uerveuses,

de cellules ovales, et de cellules a cnidocils qui
forment comme une sorte de brosse au fond de
la cupule.

Epithelium de la yaine de la trompe. — J'ai
repre'sente' (fig. 5 de la planche) un fragment de
la gaine de la trompe pris dans le voisinage de
la tete, pour montrer la disposition reguliere des
cellules qui, dans cette region, sout beaucoup plus
serre'es que dans le reste de cet organe. On
remarquera 1'epaisseur du tissu musculo-conjonctif
qui supports cet epithelium. Les colorations
diverses prennent avec une graude inteusite sur
ce tissu special.

Sinus sanguin. — La disposition de 1'appareil
vasculaire presente aussi quelques particularites
interes"santes a noter.

L'origine du sinus sanguin qui parcourt
toute la paroi de la gaine de la trompe sur
la ligne mediane ventrale etait bien nette sur les preparations que j'ai examinees.

Si Ton part du point oil le sinus sanguin cephalique traverse le cerveau, on

FIG. 4.— Coupe montrant la disposition du sinus san-
sruin apres qu'il a franchi le collier nerveux, pendant
son passage dans le eerveau. C, Cerveau ; R, Gaine
de la trompe ; S, Sinus ; F, point de depart du
vaisseau.

X EM BUT IN HA.

constate qu'il forme la, dans le collier, une cavite constituant les trois quarts d'un
anueau, dans la concavite duquel se trouve la gaine de la trorape.

Aussitot apres avoir franchi le collier nerveux on voit dans le sinus un pli epithelial
(fig. 4) se faire sur la ligne me'diane ventrale (F). Puis les deux bords se soulevent,

FIG. 5. — Coupe a la ,:uite de la precedente ;
commencement de la separation du vais-
seau de la trompe et des sinus.

FIG. 6.— Coupe a la suite de la precedent? : la
separation du vaisseau et d'uu sinus est
accomplie d'un cote.

Fin. 7.— Le vaisseau, completement
separe des sinus, est incorpore
dans 1'epaisseur de la gaine de la
trompe.

s'etalent (fig. 5) et 1'un d'eux vient se souder a la paroi musculaire du rhynchodaeum
(fig. G). Le nouveau vaisseau est done des main tenant separe, d'un cote, du sinus dont
il u'est qu'une derivation ; il ue communique plus qu'avec 1'autre sinus. II ne tarde pas
a s'en separer aussi, et des lors le vaisseau est devenu independant. II s'enfouce dans
la paroi de la gaine de la trompe (fig. 7) et la parcourt dans toute sa longueur. Ce

FIG. 8.— Contour mon-
trant la transforma-
tion du vaisseau qui,
de vertical, devient
trausv<.T>ul.

Fi< ;. '.'. — Contour montrant
la phase intermediate
de cette transformation.

FIG. 10. — Contour indiquant
la forme definitive du vais-
seau de la gaine de la trompe,
qui restera ainsi jusqu'a son
extremite posterieure.

vaisseau change beaucoup de forme. II a d'abord son grand axe vertical, pui.s il
devient horizontal (fig. 8, 9, 10), et reste ainsi definitivement. On remarquera combien
cette paroi vasculaire est mince.

II est assez difficile, coinme on a pu s'eu rendre compte, de dirierencier cette
Nemerte des especes voisines, en pre'sence des documents insuffisants que j'ai eus a ma
disposition. II n'y a guere d'autre espece que je puisse lui comparer, parmi cellos qui
provienneut des regions antarctique et subantarctique, que le Cerebratulus charcoti, qin-
j'ai de'crit il y a peu de temps. On peut voir d'abord que j'ai rattache' cette espece an
genre Cerebratulus, taudis que je mets la seconde dans le genre Lii>i-/<*. Je ne vcux

8

L. JOUlllX.

pas revenir sur ce que j'ai dit precedemment sur le peu de differences qu'il y a entre
les deux genres, et combien sont fragiles les distinctions que Ton peut faire entre
eux. J'ai eru devoir mettre dans le genre Linens les Nemertes anglaises parce qu'elles
me paraissent plus molles, moins musclees, moius suseeptibles de pouvoir nager, que
1'espece franoaise, qui repond mieux a ces caracteres ; mais cela n'a pas grande valeur.

Au point de vue de la differenciation des especes, on peut remarquer que C. charcoti
est entitlement blane, sans pigment, que la moitie posterieure de son corps est flasque
et ressemble a une peau videe, tandis que la region anterieure est bien muscle'e. Au
contraire, L. corrugatus est de musculature uniforme dans toute sa longueur, et
pigmentee en brim.

LlNEUS HANSENI.

Lineus lumseni Punuctt (in littcris).

Localites. — ' Southern Cross.' Au large du (Jap Adare ; 7| fathoms ; 23. xi. 99.
Idem ; 7i fathoms ; 23. xi. 99. Idem ; 7 J fathoms ; 23. xi. 99. Idem ; 7i fathoms ;
23. xi. 99. Idem; 26 fathoms; 10. xi. 99.

II m'est impossible de rien dire de precis sur cette espece. Les 4 exemplaires
conserves en alcool qui m'ont etc remis sont en tres mauvais etat ; les uns out e'te
disseques ou sont dete'riore's ; un autre a ete sectiouue' en plusieurs troucous, et les
parties principales utilisees pour faire des coupes.

On distingue sur 1'un d'eux des traces de pigment brun.

L'aspect general, la forme du corps, de la tete, de la bouche, de I'extremite
c'audale me paraissent semblables a ce que 1'on trouve dans L. corrugatus. Je n'aurais

Flf7. 11. — Lint tit Initial /ti. — Coupe a
travel's la tcte, moiitrant U1 i-anal
tie communication, C, entre le
rhynchodaeum, /?, ct le sirrns, N ;
1'nmpoule. V, est tapissee par un
i-pithelium different de celui du
rhynchodaeum.

FIG. '12.— Lineus Jianscn!.— Coupe un
peu plus bas, montrant 1'ouyerture
O de 1' ampoule V dans le sinus A' ;
1'ouverture se fait a travers un
tissu d'aspect lyrnphoide. Au point
M on commence a voir le debut
d'un second canal.

pas cru devoir differencier ces Nemertes de L. corrugalus si M. Punnett, qui a eu les
^chantillons en bon etat, ne s'e'tait arrete a cette determination differente.

L'examen des coupes UK nitre une trompe plus epaisse que dans L. corrugatus.

NEMERTINEA.

Mais ce peut etre simplement le resultat d'une contraction musculaire plus forte causiV
par les reactifs fixateurs.

Le systeme vasculaire montre une communication entre le rhyuchodaeum et le
sinus sanguiu cephalique analogue a celle de Lineus corrugatus, mais qui en differe
cependaut par quelques particularity. II y a 3 ou 4 de ces canaux de communication,
tandis que je u'en ai trouve que deux dans L. cormgatus. Leurs ouvertures 0, C,
sont plus nettes, plus larges, tant du cote du sinus que du cote du rhyuchodaeum ;
1'ampoule U, situe'e entre les deux canaux, est plus courte, mais beaucoup plus large, et
elle est tapissee par tin epithelium qui presente un aspect moins lymphoidal que dans
1'autre espece, cette disposition so trouvaut coufme'e autour de 1'ouverture 0 de
1'ampoule duns le sinus.

M. Punuett a fait remarquer qu'il y a dans eette espece un uerf pericesophagien
formaut un anueau coraplet. Ce fait confirme et ge'ne'ralise 1'opinion emise par lui
relativement a la presence de cet anneau nerveux chez les Ne'mertiens de ce genre.
(' On the Nemerteans of Norway,' Bergens Museums Aarbog, 1903, No. 2, p. G.)

EUPOLIA PUNNETTI.

Localitc. — Hut Point, 'Discovery,' 41 fins., 1 echantillon fixe a la liqueur do
Perenyi. Je n'ai examine' que deux fragments de cette Nemerte. Le diametre de
ces fragments est d'environ 15 millimetres. L'un, ante'rieur, a de 5 a 6 centimetres;
mais il y manque la tete jusqu'a la nioitie' de la bouche. L'autre est un fragment
du milieu du corps, de 2 centimetres environ. Us sont completement decolorees.
Le grand morceau ressemble a la partie anterieure du corps de L. cormgatus. Les
plis cutanes sont tout-a-fait analogues. Je ne puis baser uue
description sur de pareils debris, et je suis oblige d'accepter la
determination telle qu'elle m'a etc transmise.

Je reproduis cepeudant un croquis de 1'exte'ricur fait par
M. Hubrecht (fig. 13) ; il est le seul document que je possede
sur cette Ne'merte. Comme on le voit, la bouche est tres grande,
bien plus que dans les autres especes du meme genre. J'ai
aussi fait uue photographic qui montre (fig. 6 de la planche) la
grande ressemblance du corps de cet animal avec le L. cormgatus,
qui est place a cote'. On aurait facilemeut pu les confondre,
surtout en 1'abseuce de la tete. On y remarquera les memes
plis en eventail sus-oesophagieus, les memes rides transversales

,. , , . n • • T T t lique, d'apres Hubrecht.

de la region anteneur du corps. Je ne puis nen dire de la

longueur total e de 1'auimal ; il est probable que sa partie post^rieure e'tait aussi

ronde que 1'ante'rieure, ce qui devait le differencier sur le vivant des Lineus d'asprrt

analogue.

Des coupes ont 4te faites dans rauimal a partir cle la pointe de la tete, jusque

10

.TOURIN.

vers le milieu de la bouche ; uiie seconde seric dans la partie moyeune du corps.
Malheureusement, celles de la region cephalique sont inutilisables, ayant ete presque
completemeut di'-colorees. Dans la seconde serie les couleurs sont restees a peu pres
intactes, ce qui m'a permis de reconnaitre les elements et de les dessiner ; mais il n'y
en a pas assez long pour pouvoir reconstituer les organes. Ce qui s'y trouve de plus
interessant est la disposition des organes reproducteurs.

L'eusemble des couches musculo-cutanees ne differe pas de ce que Ton trouve chez

^T

0

LVT

W&

f •/,/-.< >^0^|^f \

1 /fca a-SaC a & **y c j a\' '.',""-• '\'J- - • >

'fe-3 « e^© Joa0<|V£ -. '^fe-: -X\

^^^^-.^^S&&^^

J ' -^^:^:lpKP»f r

i i *v^V • •' -'^^ij^'-v "-^A'- " •' ^ •"''•-

" ' •** '"' '

FIG. 14. — Eiipolin piiDiu tti. — Coupe trans\ ersalo dans la region moyenne du corps: 7 portion centrale de
1'intestin ; 7', 7', poches lat£rales 'do 1'intestin ; O, O ovaires et poches a ceufs ; I", V vaisseaux :
T trompe ; U- uaiiu' de la trompe ; N nerf lateral; J?C', 31 C1 muscles circulaires internes et
externes ; ML1, AIL- muscles longitudinaux internes et cxternes ; GP glaudes cutanees ;
VT vaisseau1 longitudinal de la trompe. Grossissement 10-5.

les autres Eupolia. La couche de glandes cutanees, GP, fig. 14, est bieu de'veloppee,
mais les glandes y sont petites.

L'animal etait une femelle dont les ovaires e'taient en activite et les poches
genitales ( 0} remplies d'oeufs, probablement sur le point d'etre pondus. Ces poches ont
comprime les diverticules intestinaux dont on re trouve les parois epitheliales (J),
serrees entre les poches ovariennes. Celles-ci ont leur epitholium actif proliferant dans
les parties avoisinant les culs de sac intestinaux ; le rcste de leur paroi semble ne jouer
qu'uu role d'enveloppe, et non de proliferation.

La trompe (T) est tres grosse par rapport a la game, qu'elle remplit pres(|uc
entierement. Des vaisseaux se trouvent autour de cette gaine, et le plus important
d'entre eux determine une saillie longitudinale qui se traduit par uue grosse papille
dorsals mt'diam.' dans 1'intestin ( VT).

XEMERTINEA.

I 1

AMPHIPORUS MULTIHASTATUS.

An/ji/iii>i>ni* niiiltiliiistdliis Punnett (in littcris).

Locaiites. — ' Southern Cross.' Au large du Cap Adarc, 20 a 24 tins. 2. i. 1900.
Temp. 29° Fhr. 9 echantillons.

Le materiel que j'ai examine eomprend uu seul echautillou a peu pres coraplet
ayant environ 40 millimetres de long ; tons les autres sont, ou bieu des fragments,
<>u bieu des individus divises pour etre mis en coupes.
Je n'ai pas eu ces coupes a ma disposition.

J'ai photographic le seul individu complet ; c'est
celui qui est represents par la figure 7 de la plauche.
11 est tellement contracte qu'il n'est pas possible de
distinguer la tete de la queue, car les bourrelets
epithe'liaux de la peau plissee out masque tout ce qui
est orifices on sillous. II ne reste pas trace de colora-
tion ni d'yeux. Tout ce qu'on pent en dire c'est que
la peau est garnie de bourgeons epitheliaux, qui
paraisseiit dorsaux et de uombreuses rides circulaires.

La trompe est tres developpee, large et epaisse ;
elle parait avoir ete extremement courte (fig. 8 de la
plane-he). On y remarque la presence de nombreux
stylets qui se distinguent meme a 1'oeil nu (fig. 15).
Tous ces stylets occupent uue bande transversale dans
le reufiement central de cette trompe. On pent
distinguer le stylet emmanche du milieu, mais il parait
avoir ete deplace au cours des manipulations, car il n'a pas sa situation normale. La
figure 16 represents cette region des stylets a uu grossissemeut de 45 diametrea
environ ; on peut y voir 20
stylets ; il est probable
qu'il y en avait d'autres
plus petits en voie de for-
mation, mais ils sont trop
peu nets pour etre repre-
sentes. On remarquera
qu'au lieu d'etre re'partis
par groupes dans quelques
poches, ils sout disst'-miiK's
isolement dans toute I'eten-
due de la zone stylifere.

Je ne puis rien dire sur la structure de cette espece ; tout ce que j'ai pu
apercevoir sur la section c'est le grand de'veloppement de 1'appareil musculaire.

FlQ.la.—Ampliitoru8 multlhastatus.— Aspect de
];: )..irtie centrale de la trompe. montrant
lea stylets, d'aprda nne jirt-iiaration montee
dans le baume de Canada. Grossissement
14 fois environ.

FIG. 16.—Ampliitorus

Mnx.—'La: region des stylets. Grossissement 43 diametres
environ.

,

12 L. JOUBIN.

II n'est pas possible avec cles renseignements aussi peu etendus de faire une
eomparaison de cette espece avec celles de 1'Antarctique actuellement connues se
rapportant au meme genre. On en trouvera la liste dans le tableau qui suit.

TETRASTEMMA UNILINEATUM.
Tetrastemma unilineatum Pnnnett (in litteris).

' Southern Cross.' Cap Adare, 8$- fathoms. 13. xi. 99.

Quatre echantillons de cet animal out ete. recueillis. L'un d'eux a ete mis en
coupes ; les 3 autres sont assez deteriores, notamment par la dessication. J'ai figure
le meilleur d'entre eux (fig. 9 de la planche).

On peut y remarquer une ligne brune foncee, medians, dorsale, sur toute la
longueur du corps ; des grains de pigment tres fins sont re'pandus autour de cette ligne.
II est probable que 1'animal vivant devait etre verdatre, ou vert olive, avec une ligne
me'diane vert brim plus fonce'e. On apergoit vaguement les sillons ee'phaliques
habituels des Tetrastemma ; mais je n'ai pu distinguer les yeux. On les trouve sur
les coupes, ils sont tres gros. Les autres echantillons sont moins pigmente's ; ils ont
une ligne brune bien marquee seulement en arriere. La face ventrale du corps parait
avoir e'te' d'un jaune verdatre plus clair que le dos ; les grains de pigment y font de'faut.

La trompe est a peu pres aussi longue que le corps ; je 1'ai figuree sur un
exemplaire oil elle etait de'vaginee.

L'e'tude de 1'unique serie de coupes qui m'a ete remise ne m'a pas permis autre
chose que de constater la ressemblance des organes avec ceux de tous les autres
Tetrastemma. Mais leur decoloration presque complete ne laisse pas voir les details
histologiques. On peut cependant constater la grande concentration des organes
excre'teurs situes .immediatement derriere le cerveau et s'ouvrant au dehors au meme

niveau.

LARVES PILIDIUM.

On a recueilli un assez grand nonibre de larves Pilidium. Quelques unes,
colorees au carmin, ont ete montees dans le baume de Canada. Les autres sont en
alcool ; mais comme elles sont completement rernplies de grains noiratres qui s'y sont
colles pendant leur sejour dans le filet pelagique, il est impossible de distinguer les
contours precis de ces larves. Je me bornerai done a donner leur provenance et les
indications que portent leurs etiquettes.

19. ii. 1902. Winter Quarters.

4. xi. 1902. Hut Point, 41 fathoms.
1. xii. 1902. Hut Point.

10. xii. 1902. Hut Point.

1G. ii. 1903. Winter Quarters.

21. x. 1903. Hut Point, 10 fathoms.

5. xi. 1903. Hut Point, 29 a 30 fathoms.
10. xii. 1903. Hut Point, 5 fathoms.

XKMKIITINEA.

13

to

g-Q-

u5

s._

P

Q ._

Bjjl

<] 0

% *^

S ^

z u

7< 2

•?O o

O rH _ .

J r, jJ

\y O*

o 3

d <

OS5°

EsPfcCES.

O VW 3 +s

J Q 3

P-i B

H g

H|

O S.05 ja

31^

il

,§«

l|?

'g B D

Q «
P.3

gll

Ml

H ^

H"

Sg«

Cariiwma patugonica Biirg.

+

CephalothrLr, sp.

+

„ sp.

+

Cariiiiiia antttrctim Biirg. .

4-

Eunemertes violacea Biirg. .

+

sp.

-f-

Amphiporus racovitzai Biirg.

, .

+

>

„ gerlachd Biirg.

+

„ hcointei Biirg.

4-

„ mar ion i Hubr.

+

Marion.

„ moseleyi Hubr.
„ michaelsmi Biirg.

+

+

+

• •

Kerguelen.

„ spinosus Biirg.

+

Georgie du Sud.

„ spinosissimus Biirg. .

+

. .

. .

„ i-niciafus Biirg.

+

. .

n

„ mathai Joubin

4-

„ multihas/atus Joubin

t ..

+

„ sp.

+

sp.

4-

Drepanophorus crassus de Quatr.
Tetrastemma amphiporoides Biirg.

J

••

Kerguelen.
Georgie du Sud.

„ duboisi Biirg.

+

. ,

(.

„ antarcticum Biirg. .

+

n

„ niliiium Biirg.

+

. .

jj

„ A««si Biirg. .

-j-

. _

„ georgianum Biirg. .

+

. .

„ gulUccri Biirg.

+

. .

. .

n

„ belgicw Biirg.

+

„ roilandi Joubin

4-

,, uniUneatum Joubin

, .

-f-

Eupolia curia Hubr.

+

„ punmtli Joubin .

+

Lineus atroccerulfiis Schni. .

+

„ sp.

+

„ autrani Joubin

. .

, .

4-

„ turqueti Joubin

. .

4-

„ hanseni Joubin

+

After ura glandulosa Biirg. .

+

» sp

+

Cerebratulus longifissus Hubr.

4-

. .

. .

Marion.

sp.

. .

4-

Kerguelen.

„ steitieni Biirg.

+

Georgie du Sud.

„ subtilis Biirg.

4-

,,

„ validus Biirg.

+

SJ

„ magelharnsicm Biirg.

+ 4-

4.

„ charcoti Joubin

+

„ corrugatus Mclnt. .

+

+

+

Kerguelen.

T 2

14 L. JOUBIN.

INDEX BIBLIOGRAPHIQUE.

1. BURGER (0.) — Sudgeorgische und andere exotische Nemertinen. Zool. Jahrbuch. Syst. vii. (181)3).

— Beitrage zur Anatomie, Systematik und geographischen Verbreitung der Nemertinen.
Zeitsch. wiss. Zool. Ixi. (1895).

— Hamburger Magalhaensisclie Saminelreise. Nemertinen, 1899.
-Das Tierreich. Neniertiui. Berlin, 1904.

2. HUBRECHT (A. W.) — Report on the Neinertea collected by H.M.S. ' Challenger ' during the years

1873-1876. London, 1887.

3. JOUBIN (L.) — Note sur un Neniertien recueilli par 1'expedition antarctique du Dr. Charcot. Bull. Mus.

Hist. Nat. 1905, no. 5.

Note preliminaire sur Ics Nemertiens recueillis par 1'expedition antarctique franchise

du Dr. Charcot, Tom. cif., no. 0.

-Expedition antarctique francaise commandee par le Dr. Jean Charcot. Nemertiens.

Paris, 1908.

4. MeiNTOSH.— Marine Annelida. Philosoph. Trans, of the Royal Society of London, vol. 1G8. 1879.

5. PUNNETT (R. C.) — On some Arctic Nemerteans. Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 1901.

— On the Nemerteans of Norway. Bergens Museum Aarbog. 1908, no. i.

6. STUDER. — Die Fauna von Kerguelensland. Archiv. fiir Naturgeschichte, vol. 49. 1879.

EXPLICATION DE LA PLANCHE.

FIG. 1. — Linens cornigatus. — Un individu de taille moyenne, entier. La partie anterieure du corps est

vue par la face ventrale pour montrer la bo ache ; la partie postericure par la face dorsale.

Grandeur naturelle.
FIR. •>. — Linens cornigatus. — La partie anterieure du corps, vue par la face dorsale, pour montrer la

forme de la tete, 1'etranglement de la region resophagienne, les pi is en eventail du dessus de la

tete. Grandeur uaturelle.
FIG. :!. — Lineus cornigatus. — Un individu ouvert par la face ventrale, pour montrer la disposition du

tube digestif ; les plis longitudinaux sout bien marques dans Focsophage, et les plis transversaux

dans le reste du corps. Dans la nioitie anterieure du corps on distingue la saillie dc la gainc de

la trompe. Grandeur naturelle.

FIG. 4. — Lineus corrugatus. — Coupe de 1'organe cephalique. Grossissernent 900.
Fn;. 5. — Lineus corrugatus. — Coupe de 1'epithelium de la trompe. Grossissement 900.
FIG. (!. — Eupolia punnctti. — La region anterieure du corps, moins la pointe de la tete. Cette

photographic montre la ressemblance de 1'animal avec Lineus corrugatus. Grandeur naturelle.
Fn;. 7. — Amphiponis multihastatus. — Photographic de 1'animal, grossi 2 fois.
FIG. 8. — Amphiporus multihastatus.— Region anterieure et trompe devaginee ; grossisseiuent 13 fois

environ.
FIG. 9. — Tetrastemma unilineatiim. — L'animal entier, avec la trompe devaginee, grossi 12 fois environ.

NEMEIITIXEA. 15

EXPLICATION DBS FIGURES DANS LE TEXTE.

FIG. 1. — Coupe srheniatisee moutraut I'ouvcrture clu vaisseau dans le rhynchodaeum et le tissu spongieux

(In cote dn vaisseau cephalique. Cette coupe est faite transversalement.
FIG. 2. — Schema de la disposition du vaisseau dans 1'epaisseur de la gaine de la trompe. L'ouvertnre

unique inferienre donne acces dans tin reservoir separe du vaisseau par nn tissu sponirimx

d'aspect lymphoi'de.

FIG. 3. — Coupe a travers le sonmiet du reservoir et le tissu lympboi'de.
Fie. 1. — Coupe moutrant la disposition du sinus sanguin apres qu'il a franchi le collier nerveux,

pendant son passage dans le rerveau. C, Cervean ; 7?, Oaiue de la trompe ; S, Sinus ; V, point

de depart du vaisseau.
FIG. 5. — Coupe ;'i la suite de la precedents ; commencement de la separation du vaisseau de la trompe et

des sinus.
FIG. C. — Coupe a la suite de la precedeute ; la separation du vaisseau et d'un sinus est accomplie d'nn

cute.
FIG. 7. — Le vaisseau, completemenfc st-pare des sinus, est incorpore dans 1'epaisseur de la gaine de la

trompe.

FIG. S. — Contour montraut la transformation du vaisseau qui, de vertical, devient transversal.
FIG. 9. — Contour montrant la phase intermediate de cette transformation.
FIG. 10. — Contour indiquant la forme definitive du vaisseau de la gaine de la trompe, qui restera ainsi

jnsqu'a- son extremite posterieure.
Fin. 11. — Lineus hanscni. — Coupe a travers la tete, montrant le canal de communication, C, entre le

rhynchodaeum, R, et le sinus, S ; Fampoule, V, est tapissee par un epithelium different

de celui du rhynchodaeum.
FIG. 12. — Linens /tanseni. — Coupe un pen plus bas, montraut Fouverture 0 de 1'ampoule V dans le

sinus S ; 1'onverture se fait a travers un tissu d'aspect lymphoi'de. Au point M on commence

a voir le debut d'un second canal.

FIG. 1:1. — Eupolin punnetti. — Croquis de la region cephalique, d'apres Hubrecht.
FIG. 14. — Eupolia punnetti. — Coupe transversale dans la region moyenne du corps : / portion centrale de

Fintestin ; /', J1, poches laterales de Fintestin ; 0, 0 ovaires et poches ii ueufs ; V, V vaisseaux ;

T trompe ; G gaine de la trompe ; N nerf lateral ; MC1, MC- muscles circulates internes

et externes ; ML1, ML- muscles longitudinaux internes et externes ; GP glandcs cutanees ;

\'T vaisseau longitudinal de la tiximpe. Grossissement 10 • 5.
FIG. l"i. — Amphiporus multihastatus.- — Aspect de la partie centrale de la trompe, montrant les stylets,

d'apres une preparation niontee dans le baume de Canada. Grossissement 14 fois environ.
FIG. 1(1. — Amphiporus multihastatus. — La region des stylets. Grossissement 45 diametres environ.

L. Joubin del.

Newman proc.

Antarctic (Discovery) Exp.

NEMERT1NEA.

GGBLENTEEA.

V. -MEDUSAE.

By EDWARD T. BROWNE,

Zoological Research Laboratory, University College, London.

(7 Plates.)

CONTENTS.

I'AOE
91

INTRODUCTION

LIST OF MEDUSAE COLLECTED BY THE ' DISCOVERY ' AND ' SOUTHERN CROSS '

EXPEDITIONS ....... .4

LIST OF MEUUS/E COLLECTED BY ' BELGICA,' ' SCOTIA,' ' FRANCAIS ' AND

' GAUSS ' ANTARCTIC EXPEDITIONS . . . . . .5,6

TABLE SHOWING THE DISTRIBUTION OF MEDUS.E IN McMuRDO SOUND . . 7

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION .... .6

PRIMITIVE CHARACTERS OF THE ANTARCTIC MEDUSAE . . .8

BATHYMETPJCAL DISTRIBUTION . . 9

ANATOMICAL RESULTS . .10

CLASSIFICATION . . . • . • • .10

I. HYDROMEDUS^E :

Margelopsis australis, sp.n. ....

Catablema. NOTE ON THE GENUS

Catablema weldoni, sp.n. .

Perigonimus sp. .

Bythotiaridse. NOTE ON THE FAMILY .

Sibogita. NOTE ON THE GENUS .

Sibogita borchgrevinki, sp.n.

Kodlikeria and Rathkea. CRITICISM ON THE SPECIES

Koellikeria maasi, sp.n.

11
12
13
16
16
16
17
20
22

CRITICISM ON THE CHARACTER OF THE FAMILY AND GENERA 24

Eleutheria. NOTE ON THE SPECIES . .
Eleutheria charcoti (Bedot) ( )l "andelia charcoti)
Eleutheria hodgsoni, sp.n. ...

26
26

28

2 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

PAGE

Ptychogena antarctica, Browne ........ 29

Mitrocomidse. REVISION OF THE GENERA. — Cosmetirella, Cosmetira,

Tlaropsis, Mitrocomella, Mitrocoma . . . . . .32

Cosmetirella simplex, g.n. et sp.n. ....... 34

Cosmetira frigida, sp.n. .... . .35

Pantachogon scotti, sp.u. ......... 3G

Solmundella mediterranea (Miiller) . . . . . . .38

II. SCYPHOMEDUS.E :

Lucernaria vanhoeffeni, sp.n. . . . . . . . .40

Periphylla. NOTE ON THE SPECIES . . . . . . .42

Periphylla dodecabostrycha (Brandt) ....... 42

Atolla wyvillii, Haeckel ......... 47

Desmonema. NOTE ON THE SPECIES . . . . . .48

Desmonema chierchianum, Vauhoffeu ....... 49

Desmonema gaudichaudi (Maas) . . . . . . .49

RENNIE'S ANTARCTIC SIPHONOPHORES . . . . . . .51

Diplulmaris antarctica (Maas) ........ 52

Diplulmaris gigantea, sp.n. . . . . . . . .56

LIST OF BOOKS AND MEMOIRS QUOTED IN THE TEXT . . . . .58
DESCRIPTION OF PLATES ......... 60

INTRODUCTION.

THE collections of Medusae brought home by the ' Discovery ' and ' Southern Cross ' are
combined in this report. There was nothing whatever to be gained by keeping the
collections separate, as they were made in localities not far apart, within two years of
each other, and both belong to the British Museum. Many of the species are common
to both collections, and as the collections contained a high percentage of specimens in
very bad condition, it was a distinct advantage to be able to use the best specimens
and to pass over the bad ones. Some of the specimens were in such bad condition that
without a good clue it would have been impossible to determine the genus.

With such soft-bodied animals as jelly-fishes so much depends, for a good
description and figure, upon the condition of the specimens. There is a difference
between a description or drawing of a living Medusa in perfect condition and one based
upon a contracted and damaged specimen. When dealing with the latter kind one has
to use a certain amount of imagination, and to make allowances for defects. Although
some of the figures may not be absolutely accurate in outline, still I have striven to
make clear the characters of the species.

MEDUSA. 3

The collection made by the 'Southern Cross' in 1899-1900 came from the
neighbourhood of Cape Adare (lat, 70° 18' S., long. 170° 9' E.). Some of the
specimens were collected during May, 1899, and others during November and
December, 1899, and January, 1900. The surface temperature of the sea on the
10th May, 1899, was 27° F., on the 13th Sept., 28'6° F., and during the summer
months — December, January and February — it rarely rose above 32° F. During the
winter months the temperature of the sea under the ice remained constant at 27'8° F.

Most of the specimens were taken in tow-nets or dredges in shallow, open water
not far from shore, and a few were picked up after having been washed ashore.
Unfortunately, the specimens were not sufficiently preserved, and were badly stored in
bottles or tins ; consequently they nearly all arrived home macerated and damaged.
It was, undoubtedly, a stroke of good luck that two out of three of the species peculiar
to the ' Southern Cross ' collection happened to be in good condition.

A preliminary account of the Hydrozoa of the ' Southern Cross ' Expedition was
published by me in 1902. It was based upon a rapid survey of the collection, and
abstracted from a manuscript written for the benefit of Mr. Hodgson, who was thru
about to sail in the 'Discovery.' The preliminary account carries no priority, as none
of the species were named.

The ' Discovery ' collection was made under conditions totally different from those
of the ' Southern Cross ' collection. Nearly all the specimens were captured in nets
which were let down through holes in the ice. Owing to the low air temperatures the
plankton on being placed in the collecting bottles froze in winter at once, and had to
be thawed out on board ship. In summer the water in the bottles was generally full
of ice crystals which, with the jolting of the sledge as it travelled shipwards, cut the
more delicate animals to pieces (Hodgson, 1907). When Medusae are collected under
such severe conditions one must not be surprised at seeing damaged specimens.

The 'Discovery' was held fast in the ice for two years (March, 1902, to February,
1904) in McMurdo Sound (lat. 78° 49' S., long. 166° 20' E.). This sound is between
the mainland of South Victoria Laud and Ross Island, upon which the volcanoes
Erebus and Terror are situated. The sound is converted into a bay at the southern
end by Ross's Great Ice Barrier. At the barrier end the sound is over 400 fms. deep,
but over the area covered by Mr. Hodgson's collecting the water is from 5 frns. to
180 fms. deep. Beneath the ice a current flowed through the sound in a south-easterly
direction. The temperature of the sea beneath the ice ranged from 28 '4° F. in winter
to 30° F. in summer.

VOL. V. U

EDWAED T. BROWNE.

LIST OF MEDUSAE COLLECTED BY THE 'DISCOVERY' AND
'SOUTHERN CROSS' EXPEDITIONS.

HYDROMEDUSJE.

Atlthomedusoi — Discovery. Southern Cross.

Margelopsis atistralis. n.sp. .......

Catablema weldoni. ii.sp. ...... x

Perigonimus. sp. . . . .

Sibogita borchgrevinki. n.sp.

Koellikeria maasi. n.sp. ....

Eleutheria hodgsoni. n.sp. ......

LeptomeduscE —

Ptychogena antarctica, Browne ..... x X

Cosmetirella simples, n.g: n.sp. ..... x X

Cosmetira frigida. n.sp. ...... x

TrachomeduscB —

Pantachogon scotti. n.sp. ...... X

Narco medusa, —

Solmundella mediterranea (Milller) .... X X

SCYPHOMEDUSjE.

Incoronata —

Lucernaria vauboett'eni. u.sp.

Coronata —

Periphylla dodecabostrycha (Brandt) ....

Atolla wyvillii, Haeckel ...... x

Si'intcostomala —

Desmonema gaudichandi (Maas) ..... x X

Diplulmaris antarctica, Maas .....
„ gigantea. n.sp

There are altogether seventeen species belonging to at least sixteen genera, and
with the exception of three species, all are either new species or have been recently
described as new species from the Antarctic, The ' Discovery ' brought back fourteen
species and the ' Southern Cross ' ten, but seven species are common to both collections.
The ' Discovery ' obtained seven species of the ten collected by the ' Southern Cross.'
Eleven species belong to the Hydromedusse and six to the Scyphomedusse.

The Hydromedusse have nine species belonging to the Anthomedusae and
Leptomedusse, which are usually littoral Medusae, but the Trachomedusse and
Narcomedusae, which are generally oceanic Medusae, are each represented by a single
species. The preponderance of littoral over oceanic species is no doubt due to most
of the collecting having been done not far from shore.

MEDUSJ3. 5

The nine species belonging to the Authomcdusse and Leptomedusae are prol)ably
all liberated from hydroids, which have still to be found. In the report on the
Hydroids collected by the 'Discovery' Messrs. Hickson and Gravely (1907) draw-
attention to the fact that out of twenty-three species of Hydroids found in McMurdo
Sound not one exhibits free-swimming medusiform gouophores. When we take into
consideration the difficulties under which Mr. Hodgson worked, and the very .small
area of ground scraped by the trawl and dredge, there seem to be good reasons for
presuming that more species have still to be recorded.

The Scyphomedusas are represented by six species, of which two, belonging to
Periphylla and Atoll/i, have a wide geographical range, and four are at present
confined to the Antarctic region.

The reports on the Medusae collected by the recent expeditions to the Antarctic
have now been published, and I give a list of the species found south of latitude 60° S.

'Belgica' Collection. (Maas, 1906.)
Pltialidium iridescens, n.sp.

Lat. 70° 21' S., to 71° 15' 8. Long. 82° 48' W., to 93° 17' W. (Four
specimens.)

Isonema ampluin (Vanhoffen).

Lat, 69° 48' S., to 70° 49' S. Long. 81° 19' W., to 93° 17' W. (Forty-
two specimens.)

Jlomoenema racovitzse, n.sp.

Lat. 70° 09' S. Long. 82° 35' W. (One specimen.)
Solmundella mediterranea (Miiller).

Lat. 69° 48' S., to 70° 50' S. Long. 81° 19' W., to 92° 22' W. (Twelve

specimens.)
Coutkouyia, ? sp. [= Desmonema\.

Lat, 69° 59' 8. Long. 82° 39' W. (One specimen.)

' Scotia ' Collection. (Browne, 1908).

Halicreas papillosum, Vanhoft'en var. antarctica nov.

Lat. 70° 02' S. Long. 23° 40' W. 0-1000 fms. (Two specimens.)
Botrynema brucii, n.g. et n.sp.

Lat. G4° 48' S. Long. 44° 26' W. 0^2485 fins. (One specimen.)
Atolla wyvillii, Haeckel.

Lat. 72° 02' S. Long. 23° 40' W. 0-1000 fms. (One specimen.)

' Fran9ais' Collection. (Maas, 1908.)

Couthouyia gaiuHchaudi, Lesson. [= Desmonema gaudichaudi, Maas.]

About Lat. 65° S. Long. 66° W. (Paris). Off Wandel Island.
Diplulmaris antarctica, n.g. et n.sp.

About Lat. 65° S. Long. 66° W. (Paris). Off Anvers Island.

u 2

6 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

' Franeais ' Collection. (Beclot, 1908.)

Wand el ia charcoti, n.g. et n.sp. [= Eleutheria charcoti, Bedot.]
About Lat. G5° S. Long. 66° W. (Paris). Off Wandel Island.

'Gauss' Collection. (Vanhoffen, 1908.)
Luceriiaria australis, n.sp.

About Lat. 66° S. Long. 75° E. 385 metres. (One specimen.)

Desmonema chierchiana, Vanhoffen. [ = Desmonema gaudichaudi, Maas.]
About Lat. 66° S. Long. 89° E. North of Kaiser Wilhelm II. Land.

Diplulmaris drygalski, n.g. et n.sp. [ = Diplulmaris antarctica, Maas.]
About Lat. 66° S. Long. 89° E. (Several specimens.)

On glancing at the Table given on page 7 to show the distribution of the
Medusae in McMurdo Sound, it will at once be noticed that Solmundella was by far
the commonest and most abundant Medusa. The number of specimens taken on
certain dates shows that it must have been in shoals under the ice. If a Medusa like
Solmundella was so frequently found in the tow-net, there is no reason for supposing
that the net would fail to catch some of the other small Medusae, if they were present.
The regularity of the occurrence of Solmundella tends to show that the nets were being
properly handled. The only conclusion which I can draw from the Table is that, with
the exception of Solmundella, Medusae were very scarce in McMurdo Sound. It is
unfortunate that there were not more records for 1902, but it was during that year
that Mr. Hodgson was battling with the difficulty of erecting suitable shelters to the
holes in the ice, and then he had not found out how to avoid ice crystals in the nets.
The crystals played such havoc with the plankton as to practically stop tow-netting.

The failure by Mr. Hodgson to catch Desmonema, though its tentacles were
occasionally found entangled on the lines, was due to his not being able to use the
right kind of net. For large Scyphomedusse an ordinary plankton tow-net is perfectly
useless. A large mosquito net with a mouth at least six feet square or a small otter
trawl is required. With a net of that description one stands a chance of securing a
specimen, or a bag full if a shoal is met with.

Geographical Distribution. — As Dr. Maas (1906) has given lists of Medusae
recorded for the Arctic and Antarctic regions, there is scarcely need for me to compile
another. The conclusion which he arrived at, after fully discussing the distribution
problem, is that, so far as Medusae are concerned, there is no proof that a single species
is common to both the Polar regions. With that conclusion I quite agree. It is
probable, however, that when we know more about the species of Solmundella,
Periphylla and Atolla, one species belonging to each of those genera may be found
to extend through the oceans from Pole to Pole.

I now compare the Medusae collected by the ' Discovery ' and ' Southern Cross '
with those collected in Stanley Harbour, Falkland Islands, by Mr. Rupert Valleutin.

MEDUSA.

O
02

O
Q

3

^

O

r-H

H

H
O

r— I
^

O

W

02

i

a

„

:-:::::::- :

o

1

::: 1-1 :::•-<:: :

P

t-

:: -H ::::::: :

fc

10

: ^5 :

«

: : ^ : : : : : ^ ^ :

•g

s

::::::::: » :

0

0»

O3

s

IH : : : : <N J5 :

&

05

:::::::: >-< -H :

b-

;;;;;;; i—i ; 71 ;

c5

::::::::«><» :

U5

CM

: : : --H ; : ; 'M : ^!J :

?

CO

T— I

: : : rn : : : ; : i- :

-H

::::::::•* S :

>>

S

::::::::: ®» :

1-3

CO

r-H

::::::::: 2 :

go

IN ::::•* IH rn

a

o

s

: rH : o : : : o-j : OT :

1—1

: . <M IM

o'

5>i

nf

BH

::::::--: 3| :

1

§

rn : : -* : : : : : <N ^

S

: : : <N : : : : <N OT :

3

: ^ : o, : : : : : S :

a

CO
iH

s

: rn ::::::: ~ :

d

en

fM

CO

s

TH
T-(

-r~z — '• — : — = — : — : — : — r^ h

dy

JUIH

s

: : : : ^ : : : o L-

J3
o

§

: : : : : : : : •* o<

1

CO
i-H

: : : : : rn : : <M :

CM

rH

O

10
CT

: : rH : :::::::

p

r^

: : --H ::::...

o

&b

2

CO

**

1

rH

c3

a >>

1 _ • • » 1 S • 3 | j |
§ | g, 1 | 1 f fill 1

S'c5Mgo§'/1.Sf1^c)oS

! i 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

! 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ! I

O

rrt

•e

111

cS H o> 'o

•8 1-SI
> .*-> .a y

-S s
§

a

.

« i a «^ Q

a .g,a » -

- "S ^ CO ••

- ^ a 1 g

.... 2

to -* co C o

rH C-l 'M C1! i^

EDWARD T. BROWNE.

In the collection from the Falklands there are seventeen species of Hydromedusse (for
names, see Browne, 1902) belonging to sixteen genera. Not one of these species has
yet been found in the Antarctic, and only two of the genera, namely, Eleutheria and
P/iialuliuin, are represented there. Among the Scyphomedusaa the genus Desmonema
is common to the Magellanic and Antarctic regions, but the species are distinct.
Eleutheria charcoti, found off the Antarctic continent near Wandel Island (south of
the Falklands), is more like E. hodgsoni from McMurdo Sound than like E. valient ini
from the Falklands. If we compare the Antarctic Medusa? with the records (which
are still very meagre) from Australia and New Zealand, we find that only one genus
(Margelopsis) and no species are common to both regions.

The recent Antarctic explorations have produced a fair number of new Medusas,
many of which have well-marked and interesting specific characters, but there are only
about three new genera. I expect that ultimately not one of them will remain
peculiar to the Antarctic fauna. All the genera, except those recently described, have
representatives in other parts of the world, frequently living under totally different
conditions and in localities far apart. As the littoral Hydromedusas of the Antarctic
have not yet been found in the Magellauic, South Australian, and New Zealand areas,
it looks as if they belonged to an ancient stock which has long been isolated by the
Great Southern Ocean from the rest of the world.

Sir John Murray, K.C.B. (1896), says: "In water of a low temperature the
metabolism in cold-blooded animals would be much less rapid than in water of a
high temperature, and all those changes which result in the evolution of new species
would proceed at a much slower rate at the poles than in the tropical belt." If the
Medusas of the Antarctic region have long been isolated, and their evolution has
proceeded at a slow rate on account of the coldness of the water, then, when an Antarctic
species is compared with another species of the same genus inhabiting warmer water
we ought to be able to see a difference and mark the course of evolution. As evolution
is proceeding at a much slower rate in cold than in warm regions, .the characters of
an Antarctic Medusa should be more primitive than those of one from warmer seas.

The following are instances of this primitive condition :—

The genus Solmundella has a very wide geographical range, extending from the
tropics to the Antarctic. It has only two opposite perradial tentacles, and the genus
is descended, without doubt, from a genus which had four perradial tentacles. Beneath
the two tentacles there is always a deep groove in the wall of the umbrella. In the
Antarctic form there is still a conspicuous groove present in the two perradii without
tentacles. The grooves have disappeared from the two perradii without tentacles in
the species found off Ceylon. The species from Ceylon has not ouly lost all traces of
the grooves, but in addition has developed about four times the number of sense
organs found in the Antarctic species.

A new species of Sibogita found in the Antarctic has only four centripetal canals,
whereas the other species have eight or more centripetal canals.

MEDUS2B. 9

The Antarctic species of Koellikeria has fewer tentacles, with smaller compound
basal bulbs, than are present in the species found in warm water and there are no
ocelli. The absence of ocelli is not a characteristic feature of the Antarctic Medus;e, as
Eleutln'ria possesses them.

The species of DI^IIHHH'IIKI found within the Antarctic region has about seven very
thick tentacles in each group, but the species found in the Magellanic region has as
many as sixty slender tentacles in each group.

The new genus, Cosmetirella, of the Mitrocomidse is characterised by possessing no
ocelli and no cirri. Their absence shows characters more primitive than are found in
the other genera of the family.

Bathymetrical Distribution. — The occurrence of Periphylla at the surface on
the Antarctic coast shakes my faith in the term " deep-sea " Medusae, as it is commonly
understood. The origin of the name is due to Prof. Haeckel, and is based upon
certain Medusae collected by the ' Challenger.'* It is necessary to remember that the
nets used by the ' Challenger ' were all open nets. The self-closing net is a later
invention, and has not been very extensively used even by recent expeditions. The
deep-sea Medusae have been regarded as permanent inhabitants of the lowest zones of
the oceans, living in very cold water and in darkness, and carefully avoiding sunlight
and warm water.

Mr. Bigelow (1909) discusses very fully the bathymetrical range of Medusae, and
his conclusions are partly based upon the results obtained by the ' Albatross ' in her
cruise (1904-5) over the Eastern Tropical Pacific. Both Periphylla and Atolla were
taken by the ' Albatross ' within 300 fms. of the surface (one specimen of Periphylla
was captured within 200 fms. of the surface). Within the area worked over by the
'Albatross' the temperature of the sea at the surface was between 65° F. and 85° F. ;
at 200 fms. between 48'5° F. and 567° F. ; at 300 fms. between 427° F. and 48'2°F. ;
and at 400 fms. 41'9° F. and 42'5° F. Bigelow states that "not a single species
was taken in hauls below 300 fms. which was not taken in other hauls between
300 fms. and the surface ; although the majority of the genera of Medusae as
yet known to belong to the intermediate fauna were taken during the expedition,
and several of them in considerable abundance." With regard to the term
" intermediate " fauna, Bigelow prefers to adopt " intermediate " in preference to
"deep-sea" ("Tiefsee"), as he term is ambiguous from its common application to
abyssal bottom animals.

There is good evidence that some of the deep-sea Medusae extend down to about
1,000 fms., but we do not yet know the depth which they usually frequent. Many
more hauls with self-closing nets will have to be taken before we can find that out.

* Cf. The Athfnceum for July 16th, 1881, where the writer (who may safely be supposed, from internal
evidence, to have been Professor Moseley) said: "In reality there is no proof that any of the corals came
from a greater depth than thirty fathoms. The dredge ranged whilst down from thirty fathoms, or one
fathom, or ten fathoms to greater depths ; but there is no proof that it did not pick up the corals at the least
depth encountered." — ED.

10 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

The occurrence of Periphylla at the surface in the Antarctic tends to show that
the " deep-sea " Medusas are lovers of cold water, or, at all events, flourish best at a
cool temperature. If the temperature of the water fixes their bathymetrical distribu-
tion, then we can account for their keeping below the warm water zones in the tropical
and temperate regions. I agree with Bigelow that the term " deep-sea " had better be
abandoned, as it is only misleading, especially as the 'Albatross ' obtained the majority
of the deep-sea genera within 300 fms. of the surface where the temperature was
above 427° F.

Anatomical Results. — In the Hydromedusau genus Koellikeria I have found the
interior of the stomach covered with minute endodermal papillre. Whether these
papillfe have the same function as the gastric filaments of the Scyphomedusse remains
to be found out. In the Antarctic species of this genus there are radial grooves in the
wall of the sub-umbrella, adjacent to the radial canals. The grooves are lined with
columnar ectoderm cells, and evidently from their appearance have a definite function.
The Mediterranean species (/£ fascicularis) has not got these grooves.

The new species of Sibogita has its stomach completely converted into a repro-
ductive organ when the gonads attain their full development. The stomach then
ceases to function as stomach, and its cavity is filled with endoderm. The gonads are
apparently in ectodermal pouches which are embedded in the endoderm, and the
pouches have openings to the exterior for the discharge of their contents.

Classification. — The revisions of the old genera and sub-families and the addition
of new genera which have come to light during recent years are gradually changing
the system of classification as laid down by Prof. Haeckel. Although improvements
have been made in some sub-families or groups, others still remain practically in their
old condition, mainly through the want of fresh material to work upon.

By means of a new species of CataUeina in the Antarctic collections I have
endeavoured to show that the family Cladonemidse is no longer required. The chief
character which linked together the genera of this family is based upon the tentacles
having branches, or filaments, or stalked nematocysts. It has resulted in the bringing
together of a number of genera which have no true relationship with one another. The
character selected for the family is more suitable for a generic or even a specific
character. It is easy to abolish a family and to scatter the genera, but it is very
difficult at the present time to assign new places for them, as this involves revision of
other families or sub-families.

A new genus (Cosmetirella) of Leptomedusse with open sensory pits led me to
examine other genera with similar organs, and I have collected them together under
the name of Mitrocomidee, and have defined the genera.

A new species of the Margelidae raised difficulties over the old genus Itathkm.
As a revision of the species could not be satisfactorily accomplished without the use of
another generic name, I considered it is best to revive the generic name Koellikeria of
Agassiz, and thus to obtain a good type species.

MEDUSA. 1 1

In 1908 Prof. Bedot published a description of u new Coelenterate from the
Antarctic under the name of Wandelia chat-cot/,; with lii.s assistance I have been able
to show that it belongs to the genus Eleutlmrid.

I have been able to confirm Dr. Vanhoffen's statement that the tentacles described
by Dr. Eenuie as belonging to large Antarctic Siphonophores are the tentacles of
a Desmoneiiut.

HYDEOMEDUS^E.

ANTHOMEDUS^.

FAMILY CODONID^E.

MARGELOPSIS, Hartlaub, 1897. 1907.

Generic Character. — Codonidfe with four perradial groups of tentacles, each with
two or more tentacles ; with four radial canals ; with gonad encircling the stomach.

MARGELOPSIS AUSTRALIS.
(Plate IV., figs. 6 and 7.)

Description of the Species. — Umbrella bell-shaped, about as broad as high.
Ex-umbrella covered with nernatocysts which are not arranged in groups. Stomach
cylindrical, nearly as long as the umbrellar cavity. Mouth circular. Four radial
canals. Gonad completely encircles the stomach and forms a conspicuous globular
swelling. Four perradial groups of tentacles, each group containing two small tentacles,
placed one behind the other.

Size. — Umbrella about 0'75 mm. in width.

There is only one specimen of this little Medusa in the ' Discovery ' collection.
It was taken on the 29th May, 1903, in McMurdo Sound. The specimen very closely
resembles Margelopsis hartlauli, Browne (1903), which inhabits the fjords of Norway
in the neighbourhood of Bergen. I have not succeeded in finding a good reliable
character for distinguishing the Antarctic species from M. hartlaubi; this is partly
due to the minuteness of the specimen, and to its somewhat contracted and crumbled
condition.

When the specimens from Norway and the Antarctic are placed side by side they
look like two distinct species, but the different appearance is mainly due to the shape
of the umbrella, and to the much larger size of the Norwegian specimen.

The ex-umbrella of Margelopsis liartlaubi is covered with uematocysts which arc
grouped together into clusters, each cluster containing about a dozen uematocysts.
The ex-umbrella of Margelopsis australis is covered with isolated nematocysts which
arc not arranged in groups. The stomach of M. /ntrtl<nil>! has a very thick quad-
rangular base, which is situated in the jelly above the top of the umbrellar <-;ivity.

12 HOWARD T. BROWNE.

This thick base is apparently absent in M. miNtralix, but as the top of the umbrella is
(.•rushed in, it is impossible to see every detail clearly.

The arrangement of the tentacles is similar in both species. "There are two
tentacles, one placed behind the other (PL IV., fig. 7), on each of the four perradial
bulbs. My figures of M. hartlaubi show the tentacles in this position, but I omitted
to direct attention to the arrangement of the tentacles in the description of the
species. Both species have practically the same kind of basal bulb. The tentacles
of M. australis are closely contracted, and it is impossible to make out the arrange-
ment of the nematocysts upon the tentacles. This is unfortunate, because if the
structure of the tentacles should differ from M. hartlaubi, we should have a useful aid
towards the determination of the species. I have decided to give the Antarctic
Margelopsis a specific name because I cannot prove that it is identical with
M. hartlaubi. One really wants another specimen in far better condition than this
to definitely elucidate the specific characters.

The Medusa; which Prof. Dendy (1902) found attached to the Hydroid Pda-
gohydra mirabilis, which was washed up on the coast of New Zealand," probably
belong to the medusoid genus Margelopsis. As these Medusae had not detached
themselves from the Hydroid and were without gonads, they must be regarded as
quite early stages. They have five tentacles on each of the four perradial basal
bulbs. These tentacles are arranged in two pairs, one behind the other, with the
fifth tentacle by itself on the innermost side of the basal bulb.

FAMILY TIAPJDvE.
CATABLEMA, Haeckel, 1879.

Generic Character. — Tiaridce with radial canals having lateral branches or
diverticula.

The above definition of the genus may be regarded as rather vague, but it can
be added to when all the genera and species of the Tiaridse have undergone a
thorough revision. The conformation of the sexual organs has hitherto been used
as the chief means of distinguishing the different genera, but I am rather inclined
to use the shape of the gonads for one of the specific characters. A new Antarctic
species compels me either to omit the gonads from the generic character or to
establish a new genus. I prefer, at any rate for the present, to place the new
species in the genus Catablema. The new species is named after the late W. F. E.
Weldon, who was for some years Professor of Zoology in University College, and
who gave me my first lessons in this fascinating subject.

One of the characters which has always been associated with the genus Catablema
is the presence of diverticula on the radial canals ; but other species with similar
diverticula-have been placed in the genus Turns, because the conformation of their
gonads is not like that in the typical Catablema. The type species of the genus Turrix

MKUUS/K. I::

is Turns netjlectti, Lesson (1837), and this Medusa is quite unlike any Catablema or
Tiara. It is generically distinct from Turrls digitalis of Forbes and from the other
species which have been recently added to the genus Turn*.

In the genus Catablema Hacckel placed three species — namely, C. vesicarium
(A. Agassiz, 1865), C. campanula, Haeckel, 1879 (the earlier references to M<iilns,i
i;i in ]><nutl<i of Faln-icius, 1780, are perfectly useless), and C. <'ur>/*t<>/iK<, Haeckel, 1877.
I think that the above three species may with safety be united under the name of
Catablema vesicarium. Dr. Maas (1904) has already linked C. campanula, Haeckel,
to C. vesicarium. It is clearly an Arctic Medusa, which occasionally drifts into the
North Atlantic, Catablema weldoni has radial canals with long blind diverticula,
which are simply long lateral canals. It is probable that the very short diverticula
present in C. vesicarium are rudiments of long lateral canals.

In the genus Turris the following species have radial canals with diverticula or
a jagged edge: T. di;/!f<tlix, Forbes (1848); T. coeca, Hartlaub (1902); T. pelxjica,
\ uassiz and Mayer (1902) ; T. lireviconis, Murbach and Shearer (1903) ; and T. funlntu,
Bigelow (1909). I do not intend to attempt a revision of the Tiaridse now, as it
would be no light undertaking, so must leave it for another occasion or for some
other student to accomplish.

CATABLEMA WELDONI.
(Plate I., figs. 1-5.)

Description of the Species. — Umbrella somewhat bell-shaped, with a rounded
summit and thick walls, a little higher than broad. Velum narrow. Stomach large
and globular, occupying the upper half of the umbrellar cavity. Mouth large, with
four short lips and a closely folded margin. Four broad radial canals ; each with
about 20 pairs of long diverticula or branches, at right angles to the radial canals,
variable in length and shape, and usually branched. Circular canal broad, with a few
rudimentary diverticula. Gonads in eight longitudinal rows, extending along the
whole leu o-th of the stomach, each row consisting of a series of transverse folds.
About 24 long tentacles, evenly distributed round the umbrellar margin, each having
on the inner side a series of filaments with nematocysts. One small marginal bulb
In 'tween every two tentacles.

Size. — Umbrella up to 30 mm. in height.

Description of an Eurlij Xt.i.j,- (Plate L, fig. 1). — Umbrella somewhat bell-shaped,
with a rounded summit, and fairly thin walls, about as high as broad. Velum
narrow. Stomach small and somewhat quadrangular. Mouth with four rather long
lips and a slightly folded margin. Four fairly broad radial canals, each with about
lf> pairs of short, simple diverticula, variable in length, but not branched. Circular
canal rather narrow, without diverticula. Gouads just appearing in small folds along
the stomach. Two long, opposite perradial tentacles with filaments, and two very

x 2

14 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

small opposite perradial tentacles at an early stage of development, with filaments
just appearing. Four interradial marginal bulbs and eight adradial bulbs, smaller
than the interradial.

Size. — Umbrella about 4 mm. in width and height.

The presence of two long opposite perradial tentacles in the early stage indicates
that this Medusa begins its free-swimming career with only two tentacles. The genus
Catablema is very closely related to the genus Tiara. It is known that Tiara ///Icata
is liberated from a hydroid belonging to the genus Perigonimus, and that on liberation
the Medusa has only two opposite perradial tentacles. It is very likely that Catablema,
is also liberated from a Perigonimus-like hydroid. The early stages of Catablema
weldoni were taken in January and June, and the adults during April and May.

The ' Discovery ' collection contains nine specimens of this new species, which
can be easily distinguished from the others of the geuus by the tentacles possessing
filaments with uematocysts, and by the length of the lateral diverticula of the radial
canals. The specimens all came from under the ice in McMurdo Sound. There are
two early stages with four tentacles, and two intermediate stages with 9 and 12
tentacles. The others are adults with 16 tentacles. Only two specimens are in good
condition.

The ' Southern Cross ' collection possesses ten specimens, all of which are in a
very bad and rotten condition. They are solely recognisable by the structure of the
tentacles and by the lateral diverticula of the radial canals. These specimens,
however, were useful, for some are larger in size and possess more tentacles than those
in the other collection. They were all taken at Cape Adare, at the surface and near
the beach, on 10th May, 1899. Temperature of the sea, 27° F.

As the stomach is large, its attachment to the roof of the umbrellar cavity is
strengthened by "mesenteries." These so-called mesenteries are formed by outgrowths
of the stomach along a portion of the radial canals, and consequently the canals leave
the stomach not at the top, but laterally. In Catablema ireldoni, the outgrowths are
very short, extending just over the top of the umbrellar cavity, and unless specially
searched for are likely to be overlooked. Prof. Haeckel attached importance to the
presence or absence of mesenteries in his classification of the Tiaridte, and included
them in the character of the genera. They are not true mesenteries, such as
Ptychogastria polar is possesses, but simply outgrowths of the stomach, and their
extension along the canals depends greatly upon the size and weight of the stomach.

The gonads (Plate I., fig. 5) are arranged in eight straight, adradial, longitudinal
rows, which extend along the whole length of the stomach. Each row is composed
of many small transverse folds, which bear the generative cells. The arrangement
of the gonads in straight rows is only seen in those specimens which have the stomarli
properly expanded. Two specimens have their stomachs contracted back, and the
gonads are curved and thrown back against the top of the umbrellar cavity.

In Catablema campanula, Haeckel, the diverticula of the radial canals are short

MKDUS.E. 15

and dendritic in shape, forming a kind of ornamental border to the radial and circular
canals. Haeckel calls these diverticula " leberartigen Canal-Drusen," but there is no
evidence that they function as glands. The diverticula of the radial canals in the
early stage of Catablema >r<'/<l<>iii are simply short lateral outgrowths without any
branching. In the adult, though some of the diverticula are short and simple, most
of them are more or less branched. The mode of branching is, however, very variable,
and scarcely two diverticula are alike. It is important to notice that the diverticula
are long and that some nearly meet those from the adjacent radial canals ; there is
no definite arrangement of the diverticula upon the sides of the canals. They are
sometimes in opposite pairs, sometimes alternate, and apparently develop wherever
there is a sufficient space. In some of the other species of Catablema the circular
canal has diverticula upon its upper margin, similar to those upon the radial canals.
In Catablema in'l<l»iii the diverticula of the circular canal have disappeared, and their
former presence is just indicated by a few minute vestigial outgrowths.

The most interesting feature of this Medusa is the presence of filaments (Plate I.,
fig. 4) along the inner side of all the tentacles. The filaments are closely packed
together, forming a kind of frill which extends along nearly the whole length of the
tentacle, being absent from the basal portion only. The crowding together of the
filaments, so as to form thick dense masses, depends entirely upon the contraction
of the tentacle. In a semi-contracted tentacle the filaments are about four deep,
transversely, and when the tentacle is closely contracted they are denser still. In a
fully-expanded tentacle the filaments are probably arranged in a single or double row,
and then they should somewhat resemble the appearance of the filaments on the
tentacle of Ctenaritt ctenophora. In some of the specimens, owing to great shrinkage,
the tentacles have the appearance of long narrow ribbons, with one edge lined with
filaments.

The state of preservation of the specimens is not good for minute histological
details, but is sufficiently so to shosv that the filaments are composed of ectoderm cells.
The filaments are solid, and have a central strand of mesoglaea. They are capable
of a certain amount of expansion and contraction. There is no visible evidence that
the endoderm of the tentacle enters the filament. Sections through the tip of a
filament show that it contains numerous very minute nematocysts.

The tentacles are frequently very long; some measure 60 to 80 mm. in length,
and are by no means fully expanded. They are hollow and well supplied with
ectodermal muscle fibres.

The basal bulbs of the tentacles are laterally compressed and curve over the thick
margin of the umbrella. There is not the slightest indication of a pigment spot on
the basal bulbs, nor of any other kind of sense organ. Between every two tentacles
there is a small marginal bulb, which is probably capable of developing a tentacle
when another is needed.

One specimen has nine long tentacles, with a small bulb in between every two

Hi HOWARD T. I5ROWXK.

tentacles on the one half of the umbrellar margin, and on the other half only twelve
small bulbs. Another specimen has one short tentacle and five bulbs close together
in one quadrant, and the other three quadrants are without tentacles, bulbs, or a
circular canal. These specimens are either congeuitally abnormal, or else in the process
of repairing serious injuries. The latter specimen has every appearance of having lost
the greater portion of its original umbrellar margin, and the wound seems to have
healed up. The former probably lost one half of its tentacles and has begun to
develop a fresh set.

There is an interesting abnormality in one specimen. From one of the radial
canals, not far from the top of the umbrellar cavity, hangs down an extra stomach with
a mouth. The stomach has the shape of a slender tube, and bears a few genital folds.
The mouth is fairly large for the size of the stomach, and its margin is folded.

A large Amphipod belonging to the genus Hyperia was found inside the umbrellar
cavity of two specimens.

PERIGONIMUS. sp. ?

In the ' Discovery ' collection there are four specimens of a little Medusa which
looks like a very early stage of a Perigonimus. They are all about the same age and
have not been long liberated from their hydroid. The shape and structure of the
tentacles are not in favour of this Medusa being a very early stage of Catablema.

Description. — The umbrella is about 1 mm. or less in length and width, with a
small conical process on the summit. The stomach is short, and the mouth has four
little lips. Four radial canals. The gonads have not begun to develop. There are
two long, opposite perradial tentacles, with large tapering basal bulbs. Two very
small, opposite perradial and four very small iuterradial tentacles.

FAMILY BYTHOTIARID^E (Maas, 1905), Bigelow, 1909.

Genus SIBOGITA, Maas, 1905.
sens. em.

Generic diameter. — Bythotiaridre with four perradial canals; with four or more
centripetal canals, which may either remain blind canals, or join the radial canals (when
the latter have the appearance of being branched), or join the base of the stomach.

Mr. Bigelow (1909) has recently emended Maas' original definition of the genus,
so as to be able to include within the genus a new species called Sibogita simulans,
found in the Tropical Pacific between Panama and Chatham Island, and also in the
Behring Sea ; and another new species called S. nauarchus, found in the Gulf Stream
off the North American coast. I now find it necessary to slightly alter Bigelow's
definition of the genus for the admittance of a new Antarctic species, named Sibogita
borchgreuinki, in honour of the leader of the ' Southern Cross ' Expedition to the South
Pole. I think it is advisable to leave the stnirture of the gonads out of the generic'

MEDUSA. 1 7

definition, mid instead of saying "numerous" centripetal canals. In tix the number at
four or more.

The type species of the genus Si/iogita is S. t/cdiiirfi-im, Maas. This Medusa,
according to Maas' figure, certainly has the appearance of possessing radial canals with
lateral branches, as stated by Maas, and there is no indication of the lateral 1 tranches
being really centripetal canals, which originate from the circular canal and afterwards
join the radial canals.

It was my intention to place- the Antarctic species in a new genus, but Mr.
Bigelow's account of the development of the canal system of Siboyita simulans has led
me to place the new species in the genus Sibogita. I believe that Mr. Bigelow is right
in associating his two new species with the genus Sibogita, especially as the tentacles
and the umbrella are simikr to those of the type species.

The two specimens of Sibogita simulans collected in the tropical Pacific have eight
adradial blind centripetal canals, but the single specimen from the Behring Sea is older
than those two and has twelve centripetal canals, which all unite with the base of the
stomach. In S. nauarchus the centripetal canals are more numerous and are all blind.
S/'/xit/ifii borchgrevinki has only four centripetal canals, which may or may not unite by
lateral branches with the base of the stomach.

In the species described by Dr. Maas and by Mr. Bigelow the gonads are
transversely folded, and occupy the whole space between the perradii. The gonads of
the new Antarctic species are distinctly peculiar, as they are in pockets, and the whole
stomach is converted into a reproductive organ.

•

SIBOGITA BORCHGREVINKI.
(Plate II., figs. 1-5.)

Description of the Species. — Umbrella ovoid, a little higher than broad, and very
thick. Velum narrow. Stomach about one-third the length of the umbrellar cavity,
somewhat conical, tapering slightly towards the mouth, and with four perradial ridges.
Mouth with four small lips and the margin slightly folded. Four perradial canals,
and four interradial centripetal canals. The latter may or may not unite with
the cruciform base of the stomach. Gonads (male) in pockets and embedded in
the wall of the stomach, with definite openings to the exterior. About sixteen
fairly long, hollow, smooth tentacles, each with a large terminal bulb containing
nematocysts.

Size. — Umbrella 15-18 mm. in width and 20 mm. in height.

Three specimens of this interesting Medusa were taken at the surface during
November 1899 at Cape Adare by the ' Southern Cross' Expedition. The specimens
are in very good condition, but all have the margin of the umbrella so very much
contracted that it was necessary for examination to cut it into pieces. Two of the
specimens are fully ripe males, and the third specimen has shed its gonads.

18 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

The jelly of the umbrella is not only very thick, but very firm. There is no
apical depression in the wall of the umbrella, as found in S. nauarchus. The margin
of the umbrella is divided by grooves, which are opposite the tentacles, into
small lobes.

The mouth has four short perradial lips, and the margin is arranged in slight
folds. Just inside the mouth there are four iuterradial, endodermal processes
somewhat triangular in shape. On the closing of the mouth these processes meet
and close the entrance to the stomach. One specimen is, however, abnormal, and its
mouth has seven pointed lips. It has five longitudinal ridges on the stomach.

The most interesting features in this Medusa are the gonads and their position
with regard to the stomach. The stomachs of two specimens were cut into transverse
sections. One series (Plate II., fig. 4) shows ripe spermaries, and the spermatozoa
in the process of being discharged; the other series (Plate II., fig. 5) shows the
condition of the stomach after the gonads have been discharged.

On the outside of the stomach there are four perradial longitudinal bands (fig. 2)
which slightly project as ridges. Inside each ridge runs a canal-like cavity lined with
endoderm (fig. 4). These canals branch out from the interior of the " mesenteries,"
and are in direct communication with the top of the stomach and also with the radial
canals. They run down the wall of the stomach nearly to the mouth, and there
terminate blindly, without any communication with the exterior.

Between the perradial bands on the outside of the stomach there are numerous
small holes (fig. 2). The shape of the holes varies in the different specimens, and they
may be either circular, oval, or somewhat quadrangular. The holes are arranged in a
single row on both sides of the perradial bands, and a few occupy the interradial spaces
in the upper part of the stomach. Within these holes, or protruding from them, is a
whitish flocculent substance, which is composed of spermatozoa.

The sections show very clearly that the growth of the gouads has converted the
stomach into a reproductive organ, and that its function as a stomach has ceased.
There is practically no cavity for the reception and digestion of food, for although
a very small cavity does exist in the centre of the stomach (fig. 4), it is not in
communication with the mouth. In the lower part of the stomach the endoderm forms
a solid mass in the centre.

The spermaries form globular or spherical masses encased in a very thin
membrane which lies next to the eudoderm of the stomach. The eudoderm, stained
with hsematoxylin, in the sections, has the appearance of a mosaic pavement in
different tints of blue. The cells have not a well-defined wall and are filled with a
rather dense homogeneous cytoplasm. The preservation is not good for cytological
details, and it must be borne in mind that the specimens were merely preserved for the
determination of the species.

It is unfortunate that there are no intermediate stages of this Medusa in the
collection for the elucidation of the development of the gonads. The four perradial

MEDUSAE.

L9

longitudinal caual-like tubes, which run along the stomach, arc probably the !'• mi-
corners of an ordinary quadrilateral stomach which has become nearly 1 ducked up
owing to the growth of the gonads. I do not think that they are permanent canals,
like the radial canals, but rather spaces in the stomach which have not become filled up
with eudoderm. At the same time it is possible that they might be used as channels
for the conveyance of nutriment to the developing gonads.

Although the goiiads have every appearance of being next to the endoderm,
without the intervention of a layer of mesoglsea, and without a trace of ectoderm, still
there is no evidence that they are of endodermal origin. The gonads are shut off from
the endoderm by a very thin delicate membrane which may be a layer of mesoglaea.
As the gonads are fully ripe they have probably in the course of development absorbed
all the adjacent ectoderm cells. The position of the ripe gonads is certainly peculiar,
and a few young and intermediate stages were much wanted for tracing the
development.

The sections of the stomach belonging to the specimen which has shed all its
o-onads are also of interest. The positions of the shed gouads are marked out by
spaces, which are either straight simple cavities or tubular cavities more or less curved
(fig. 5). These cavities are lined with a well-marked ectoderm which has apparently
developed after the shedding of the gonads. The new ectoderm is continuous with the
old ectoderm on the outside of the stomach.

The specimen which has quadrangular holes alongside the perradial ridges has
somewhat the appearance of having its gonads arranged in short, transverse folds, as
described in the other species of the genus. But it is after all only an external
resemblance.

The four perradial canals are in direct communication with the stomach through
the interior of the "mesenteries" upon which the stomach is suspended, and which
form its cruciform base. The four interradial canals have no direct communication
with the stomach. They run nearly the whole length of the sub-umbrellar cavity.
Some terminate at their proximal end, i.e., nearest to the top of the umbrella r
cavity, either in a straight point, or in slight diverticula (fig. 2), without any
communication with the stomach or the perradial canals. In this condition they
have every resemblance to long centripetal canals which develop direct from the
circular canal.

A few of the iuterradial canals at their proximal cuds do communicate with the
|ierradial canals by means of irregular branches. There is either a single branch
running to one of the adjacent perradial canals, or two opposite branches running to
both the adjacent canals. The union with the perradial canals is at the point where
the " mesenteries " are about to becomes radial canals. In one specimen none of the
interradial canals show any connection with the perradial canals. But in another
specimen three of the iuterradial canals have a connection by means of , -in irregular
branch or branches.

20 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

In the distal half of the umbrella the perradial and interradial cauals are alike iu
size and appearance, but in the proximal half the interradial canals are thinner and
more slender than the perradial. It is evident that the connection between the
interradial and perradial canals is very slight, and probably takes place late in life.
The main current from the stomach to the circular canal runs through the perradial
canals. From the general appearance of the interradial canals I am inclined to the
view that they originate as centripetal canals and that some of them make a union
with the perradial canals or the base of the stomach. One specimen shows a slight
variation by the presence of two centripetal canals in one quadrant.

There are about sixteen tentacles ; eight of which are opposite the radial canals,
and one is usually present between every two canals. Two specimens have in addition
a few very minute tentacular processes, which are evidently tentacles in an arrested
state of development. The tentacles (Plate II., fig. 3) are about 10 mm. in length and,
although hollow, have rather a stiff appearance. At the distal end there is a large
hollow bulb, the ectoderm of which is thickly packed with nematocysts. The basal
portion of the tentacles lies in a little groove formed in the margin of the umbrella,
and the basal bulb is inconspicuous, just a slight enlargement. One abnormal tentacle
with two terminal bulbs was seen ; the extra bulb being on a short lateral branch not
far from the distal end.

There are no indications of any sense organs upon the margin of the umbrella.

Sibogita borchgrevinki may be distinguished from the other species of the genus by
the structure of its gonads, and by the presence of only four (interradial) centripetal
canals.

FAMILY MARGELIDvE.*

Genus KOELLIKERIA, L. Agassiz, 1862.

RATHKEA (partim), Haeckel, 1879.

RATHKEA, Maas, 1905.

Generic Character. — Margelidse with four perradial and four interradial groups of
tentacles ; and with four branched oral tentacles.

The genus Rathkea was instituted by Brandt (1838) for' Oceania /ilumenbachi,
Rathke, 1835. This is the type species of the genus, and unfortunately it has been
inadequately described and badly figured. According to Eathke's figure the Medusa
has eight radial canals, eight groups of tentacles, each group having three tentacles.
The mouth is shown in a crude drawing which is difficult to interpret. Haeckel,
however, defines the genus Rathlcea with only four radial canals, and suggests that the
other four (interradial) canals in Rathke's figure are probably radial muscle bands.
Rathkea blumenbachi was found near Sevastopol, in the Black Sea, and since Rathke
described it, no one else has again recorded it.

' 'i'liis funn of the family imniu h;is tlic sanction of custom only, to which it has been agreed to defer. — ED.

^H MEDUSA. 2 1

Another species placed by Professor Haeckel in the genus /t'<it/i/,-,<i is Cytseis
octv]>tiiif/,i/<i of Sars (1835). This species is fairly well known and has been found in
the Arctic regions and in the North Atlantic, along the coast of North America, and
also along the coast of Europe, from Norway to about as far south as the English
Channel. There is no evidence that the species occurs in the Mediterranean. Cytseis
nctopunctata belongs to the genus Man/ellium Haeckel. It lias four radial canals,
eight groups of tentacles, and a peculiar mouth. The mouth has the appearance of
possessing four perradial tentacles, each of which is distally bifurcated and terminates
with a small globular cluster of uematocysts. These are not true tentacles, but simply
the four corners of the mouth stretched out so as to resemble stalks. The clusters < >t
nematocysts are really on the margin of the mouth and there is no mistaking their
position when the mouth is seen wide open.

Rathkea fasciculata (Perou, 1809) is the third and last species mentioned by
Prof. Haeckel. This species is well known and has been described and figured by
Gegenbaur (1856), by Kefersteiu and Ehlers (1862) under the name of Lizzia kadlilci /•/,
and by Leuck^rt (1856) under the name of Bougainvillia koellikeri. It was originally
named by Peron Mdic<:rta fasciculata, and was transferred by L. Agassiz (1862) to a
new genus called Koellikeria, because Melicerta was a pre-occupied name. This Medusa
has four radial canals, eight groups of tentacles on the margin of the umbrella, and
four perradial oral tentacles which are very much branched. The oral tentacles arise
a little way from the margin of the mouth, which has four lips without any clusters of
nematocysts upon them. The species is confined to the Mediterranean, and is well
known at Naples by the name of Lizzia koellikeri.

I do not think that R. blumenbacki belongs to the same genus as R. fasdcularis,
as Rathke's drawing of the mouth does not represent branched oral tentacles, such as
//. fasdcularis possesses. It is also necessary to bear in mind that Rathke figured
eight radial canals.

For the classification of the Margelidae it is necessary to know not only the
number of groups of marginal tentacles, but also whether the species has definite oral
tentacles (which may be branched or uubranched) or only clusters of uematocysts on
the margin of the mouth. Under the circumstances I think it is best to give h'ntld-i •</
fa(icicit/<ir/x another generic name, and to place Ratlikea blum&nbachi on the dormant
list until we really know something more about it. There is not much to be gained by
retaining a badly described type species, as it only leads to confusion.

I think it will be an advantage to use in future the name A"«- ////!•< ri<t for the genus,
and th&a. fasdcularis will become the type species. To this genus should be transferred
liiitliki-a octane i IK tlix, Maas (1905), found at Ternatc, and TAzzia elegant, Mayer (1900),
found off Tortugas, Florida. I am also rather inclined to include Chiarella centripetal i*,
Maas (1897). < '/ilarf/la is distinguished from the other genera of the Margelidte by
possessing a double bundle of tentacles in each of the eight groups, and by having
interradial extensions of the circular canal, but these are almost too slight to be called

Y 2

EDWARD T. BllOWNR.

centripetal canals. The characters selected for the genus would make very good
specific characters. CJiiariila centripetalis was found by Agassiz in the (4ulf of
California.

KOELLIKERIA MAASI.

(Plate IV., fig. 1-5.)

Description of the Species. — Umbrella very thick, a little higher than broad, with
a rounded summit. Stomach fairly large, cross-shaped, and internally covered with
papillae. Four oral tentacles, each of which is many times dichotomously branched.
Four broad radial canals. Gonads separated perradially into four masses, which cover
very nearly the whole wall of the stomach. Eight groups (four perradial and four
interradial) of marginal tentacles, each group containing seven tentacles, of which the
central tentacle is the largest. Compound basal bulbs of the tentacles very incon-
spicuous. Ocelli absent.

Size. — Umbrella up to 9 mm. in width and 10 mm. in height.

Description of an Early Stage (Plate IV., fig. 1). Umbrella moderately thin, with-
out a mass of jelly above the stomach and slightly higher than broad. Stomach small
and cross-shaped, about one-third the length of the umbrellar cavity. Four oral
tentacles, each of which is 2-3 times dichotomously branched. Four fairly broad
radial canals. Eight groups of marginal tentacles, each group containing three
tentacles, of which the central one is the largest. Umbrella about 1 5 mm. in width.

It is a pleasure to me to associate this new species with the name of Professor
Otto Maas.

There are twenty-four specimens of this Medusa in the ' Discovery ' collection.
The specimens, especially the larger, were difficult to examine, owing to the contraction
of the umbrellar margin and to its curling far up into the interior of the umbrellar
cavity. For the drawing (fig. 2) of the adult several specimens were used. Its
outline may not be quite correct when compared with a living specimen. It shows,
however, the characters of the species.

The specimens were taken from May to December, 1903. As the early,
intermediate, and adult stages occurred during May, and different stages of develop-
ment during the other months, it is probable that the Hydroid has no definite
breeding period.

The stomach in transverse section has the shape of a cross, and is attached at
its base to the radial canals. Its interior is covered with minute endodermal
papillse (O'l toO'3 mm. in length), which are formed by outgrowths of the wall
of the stomach. A series of sections, from a specimen which happened to be in a
fair state of preservation, shows that the cells of the papillae are similar to those
which form the endodermal wall of the stomach (fig. 5). Along the centre of the
papilla runs a slender strand of mesoglsea, which is in continuation with the mesoglsea
between the ectoderm and endoderm in the wall of the stomach.

MEBUSJE.

One of the intermediate stages has its mouth widely expanded, so that :i
view is obtained of the interior of the stomach. The papilla1 arc arranged in
longitudinal rows, which are intcrradial and adradial in position. The interntdial
papillre arc a little longer than the adradial ones, and evidently were the first to
develop. In the adult the papillre have the appearance of being rather irregularly
scattered over the stomach, lint they are not present in the perradial portions. The
papillae extend only over the areas occupied by the gonads. As these papilla; are
simply outgrowths of the wall of the stomach, their function is probably digestive.
After finding papillse in this species I examined specimens of Koellikeria (luiiliLrn)
hiKcicularis (Peron) and found the stomach well covered with them. 1 do not think
that papilla; have hitherto been recorded inside the stomach of any Hydromedusse,
but on account of their minuteness they may easily have been overlooked.

The oral tentacles in the youngest stage of the series are three to four times
diehotomously branched, and the number of branches increases with age. The
adult has its oral tentacles at least seven times diehotomously branched. The
branching is sometimes irregular, and a semi-contracted oral tentacle has a tree-
like appearance. The distal branches all terminate with a small cap containing
neinatocysts.

The radial canals are broad and are adjacent to the ectodermal lining of the
sub-umbrella. The ectoderm cells opposite the radial canals are quite different in
shape and appearance from the flat epithelial cells which form the sub-umbrellar
lining. They are distinctly columnar (fig. 4) and project out so as to give a jagged
outline, and are, moreover, within a well-marked groove, which runs along the whole
length of the umbrellar cavity. I have not seen these grooves with specialised
columnar cells in any other Medusa, but owing to their minuteness they are not easily
detected, except in transverse sections. There are also indications of columnar cells
forming a narrow interradial line, about three cells wide, but here the groove is absent,

The gonads practically cover in an even layer (fig. 5) the whole outer wall of the
stomach, but they are divided into four separate masses by very narrow perradial
bauds of ectoderm which are completely free from genital cells.

The number of tentacles in each of the eight groups depends upon the growth
and age of the individual. The youngest specimens of the series have three tentacles
in each group, and the large adults have seven (fig. 3), which is probablv the
maximum. The number of tentacles in the perradial and intcrradial groups arc
frequently the same, but not always. One large adult has seven tentacles in I he
perradial groups and five in the interradial (fig. 2). Among the intermediate stages
specimens occur with five tentacles (perradial groups) and three (interradial group.-).
In each group of tentacles the central tentacle is always the largest, and I lie central
perradial tentacle is larger than the central interradial tentacle. The difference in the
size of the tentacles is due to a difference in age. The central tentacle in each group
is the first to appear, and as the central perradial tentacles are the largest, the Medusa,

24 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

on liberation from its Hydroicl, either has only four perradial tentacles or eight
(four perradial and four interradial) tentacles. The tentacles which appear later
develop in pairs and in the order shown by these figures — 4, 3, 2, 1, 2, 3, 4. Some
of the specimens have the groups of tentacles quite close together, which gives the
appearance of the tentacles being uniformly distributed round the margin of the
umbrella ; but their position is entirely due to the contraction and shrinkage of
the jelly, and this is especially noticeable in the specimens preserved in alcohol. The
tentacles are solid, and the endodermal core is in direct contact with the endoderm of
the circular canal. The lower side of the basal portion of the tentacles in each group
is covered with a layer of ectoderm containing nematocysts. There is no well-marked,
conspicuous compound basal bulb common to each group of tentacles, such as occurs
in Afiir</i:lix or Chiarella. The tentacles in a semi-contracted condition show at their
distal ends conspicuous circular bands of nematocysts (fig. 3), but these bands seem to
disappear when the tentacles are fairly well expanded, and the nematocysts become
evenly distributed. There is not the slightest trace of ocelli at the base of the
tentacles.

FAMILY CLADONEMHLE.

Prof. Haeckel, in 1879, collected together various genera of Anthomedusee
having either tentacles with branches, or tentacles bearing appendages armed with
nematocysts, or tentacles provided with stalked cnidophors, and placed them in the
family Cladonemidse. The character of the family has remained practically unaltered
to the present day, but the genera have slightly increased in number and have been
revised and re-classified by Mr. R. T. Giiuther (1903) and by Dr. Hartlaub (1907), who
adopts Mr. Giiuther's classification of the genera.

The Cladonemidse are divided into two sub-families :—

1. Pteronemidae with unbranched tentacles having filaments with nematocysts,

or tentacles armed with cnidophors.
Genera — Pteronema, Zanclea, Halocharis, Mnestra, Ctenaria.

2. Deudronemidse, with branched tentacles; one branch terminating in a

sucker or adhesive disc, the other branch or branches provided with
batteries of uematocysts.
Genera — Eleutheria (Clavatella) Zancleopsis, Cladonema, Dendroncmn.

In accordance with the classification at present in vogue for the Anthomedusse,
the new Antarctic Medusa which I have described under the name of Catablema
iveldoni on page 13 should have been described as a new genus of the Cladonemidse
and not placed in the genus Catablema of the Tiaridse. Although this Medusa has
tentacles which bear appendages or filaments armed with a terminal battery of
uematocysts, I do not consider that it has any connection with the Cladonemidse.
The structure of the gonads, the basal bulbs of the tentacles, and the mouth are

distinctly of the type belonging to the Tiaridse. To place Catabhma //;•!</, mi among
the Cladonemidse because of the presence of filaments upon the tentacles when all its
other characters are distinctly those of the Tiaridse would, in my opinion, lie wrong.

Placed among the Cladonemidse is the remarkable Ctcnaria cli'ii<>j>/i<u-a of Haeckel.
It has filaments upon the tentacles somewhat similar to those of CataJblema //•< /</«///;
but it has an important character, namely, the presence of oral tentacles round the
mouth, a character which alone should be sufficient to place it in the family
Margelidse.

The genus Zanclea, sometimes called Gemmaria, which is the generic name of its
Hydroid, has tentacles provided with cnidophors situated on very fine thread-like,
contractile stalks. These are not at all like the filaments on the tentacles of Ctenaria
or Cata/ili'ina irddnni. The Hydroid Gemmaria belongs to the Syucoryuidse, and
there is no reason, so far as I can see, why Zanclea should not be placed among the
Codonidse, not far away from the genus Sarsia, which is connected with the Hydroid
Syncoryne.

/'/,T<>in'/)>'i. is one of Prof. Haeckel's genera and its two species have not been
recorded since they were first described. Pteronema darwini has radial canals with
short diverticula, like those of a Catablema, so it may turn out to be one of the
Tiaridse.

j\[ni-xtra is a curious parasitic Medusa. As the cnidophors on the tentacles are
much like those of Zanclea, it may belong to the same family.

Halocharis is a Hydroid genus belonging to the Syncorynidse, but its Medusa is
not known.

In the second sub-family, the Deudroueniidse, there are three important genera : —
Eleutkeria, Cladonema and Dendronenia. Both Clndmii'ina and Dendronema have oral
tentacles round the mouth, a character also belonging to the Margelidse.

Eleut/tcria, better known under the name of C/ara/cl/a, is usually associated with
Cludniii'iiia on account of both having suckers on the tentacles. The suckers are
specialized organs which have arisen and been perfected by a change in the habits of
the Medusae belonging to these two genera. Suckers also occur in certain genera
belonging to the Trachomedusae. Eleutheria is distinctly a crawling Medusa, and its
habits are not like those of (.'latluncma, which is an active swimmer, and only uses its
suckers for attachment. Except for the presence of suckers, there is nothing in
common between Eleuthi'ria and Cladonema to justify their being placed in the same
family.

Zandeopsis is a new generic name for Gemmaria dichotoma of 1 >r. Mayer (1900),
and it is evidently an early stage without gonads.

It seems to me that the characters selected to distinguish the Cladonemidse from
the other great families (Codonidse, Tiaridse, and Margelidse) of the Anthomedii.-a-
are more suitable for generic or specific characters, as they are based upon the structure
of the tentacles. Moreover, the structure of the tentacles does not belong to one

'-'<; EDWARD T. BROWNE.

definite type, but to three distinct independent types, as found in Zanclea, Ctenaria,
and Cl<t<li»K'i»ii respectively.

Genus ELEUTHERIA, de Quatrefages, 1842.

This genus is better known to English zoologists by the name of Clavatella,
through Hincks's description of Clavatella prolifera, which had, however, been
previously described by de Quatrefages under the name of Eleutherui dichotoma. The
Medusa has normally six tentacles, each of which is bifurcated. The upper or outer
branch of the bifurcation terminates with a large cluster of nematocysts, and the lower
branch ends with an adhesive disc or sucker, by means of which the Medusa is able to
crawl about sea-weeds at the bottom of rock-pools.

A second European species is recorded under the name of Eleutheria claparedii.
It differs from E. dickotoma in having both branches of the tentacles terminating with
clusters of nematocysts. It is quite probable that it is only an abnormal form of
E. dicliotvma, with some nematocysts in the adhesive discs.

Another species of this genus inhabits Stanley Harbour, Falkland Islands. A
single specimen was found there by Mr. Rupert Vallentiu in 1898, and I described it
under the name of Eleutheria vallentini. In 1900 Mr. Vallentiu obtained some more
specimens which have not yet been described. This species has twenty-four tentacles,
each of which is bifurcated. The upper branch bears a terminal cluster of nematocysts,
aud, in addition, two to three clusters along the upper side, and occasionally a cluster
on the lower side. The other branch of the bifurcation has an adhesive disc. The
finding of an Eleutheria in the Falklands was of considerable interest, because the
genus had been previously known only to Europe.

In 1908 Prof. Bedot published a Paper bearing the title " Sur un Animal Pe'la-
n'iijue de la Region antarctique," and the animal was named Wandelia charcdti. It
was taken off Wandel Island, lat, 65° S., long. 6G° W. (Paris), by the ' Fraucais '
Expedition. The specimens, as the figures show, were in a very fragmentary
condition. Although Prof. Bedot felt sure that the animal was not the remains of a
Siphonophore, he was uncertain about its position amongst the Coelentera.

At first I did not recognise the animal, but on a second reading a picture of an
Eleutheria came into my mind. As there was nothing in the description or figures
to render the idea an impossible one, I wrote to Prof. Bedot. I suggested that
his remarkable animal might possibly be an Eleutkeria, and sent him the original
drawings of Eli'iif/ti'i'in. i-nUt'iitini for comparison. Prof. Bedot most kindly sent
me specimens of Wandelia for examination, and I, iu return, sent specimens of
Eleutlifrin hud ijnniii. We both came definitely to the conclusion that Wandelia was
undoubtedly an i'.l< ut/n-riii.

The condition of the sjiccinicns of Wnndi'lia was so bad that without a good
due it was practically impossible to associate the animal with an Eleutheria. I was

MEDUSA.

27

able to provide this clue by means of my figures of Eleutln i'in nifl,-n/iit!, but they
have not yet been published, and only a preliminary description of the Medusa has
been printed. To any one who has seen either specimens or drawings of Elfutlurin
mil, i/tnii or E. hodgsoni it would be fairly easy to identify the genus.

Eleutheria charcoti, now called by its rightful name, is, I consider, a new species,
and is distinguished from E. vallentini and E. hodgsoni by the radial canals having
slender lateral branches with a tendency towards anastomosis. As I have compared
Prof. Bedot's figures with the original specimens, I must say that his drawings arc
of the greatest accuracy, even to the minutest details.

The largest specimens of Eleutherin in the ' Discovery ' collection have 20 to
32 tentacles, and in general appearance closely resemble the species from Falkland
Island. Each tentacle is bifurcated, the upper branch has clusters of nematocysts and
the lower is provided with a terminal adhesive disc. There are more clusters of
nematocysts, and their position upon the branch is different from that of E. vallentini,
but similar to that in E. charcoti. They are arranged laterally along the branch, i.e.
at right angles to the clusters of E. valient hii.

There are also other characters, which will be mentioned later on, showing that
the Eleutheria in the ' Discovery ' collection is specifically distinct from the one found
in the Falklands. The two Antarctic species are more closely related to one another
than to E. vallentini

I have much pleasure in associating the new Antarctic Eleutheria, brought
home by the ' Discovery,' with the name of Mr. T. V. Hodgson, whose perseverance
and energy under the most trying conditions have led to a very considerable advance
in our knowledge of the marine fauna of the Antarctic region.

Our knowledge of the habits of Ele-utlier'm is almost entirely based upon
Eleutheria dichotoma, which only moves about by crawling, and is apparently
incapable of propelling itself through the water. There is no evidence that it uses its
tentacles for swimming, and its umbrella is far too much reduced for that purpose.
Mr. Vallentin saw the Falkland Eleutheria alive, and states in his notes that it
is able to swim at a fairly respectable pace by means of its tentacles, which rapidly
open and close, and so in a manner the Medusa rows itself along. But it evidently
prefers to crawl amongst seaweed, for Mr. Vallentin writes in his notes, " These
ambulatory gonozooids appear to live on a fine weed which is uniformly spread over
the bottom of the harbour. The gonozooids are always on the move, crawling in and
out of the fine filaments and twisting themselves into the most peculiar shapes as
they slowly progress through the miniature tangled forest."

Mr. Hodgson informed me that he caught his specimens in a tow-net, which was
left all night over the stern of the ' Discovery.' The ship was at anchor and swung
with the tide.

EDWARD T. BROWNE.

ELEUTHERIA HODGSONI.
(Plate III, figs. 1-4.)

Dcxcrii'tion of the Species. — Umbrella rudimentary, and reduced to a nearly flat
circular disc, 1 • 5 to 2 mm. in diameter. Velum very broad, covering the whole of
the under side of the umbrella. Stomach conical, partly projecting through the
aperture of the velum. Mouth small and circular. Radial canals eight in number
and very short. Gonads surrounding the stomach. Tentacles twenty to thirty-two,
each of which is bifurcated close to the basal end ; the upper arm bears five to six
pairs of lateral clusters of uematocysts and a terminal cluster ; the lower arm,
without clusters of nematocysts, terminates in an adhesive disc, or sucker. On the
under side of the basal portion of the tentacles is situated a thick pad of nematocysts,
and on the upper side, close to the ex-umbrella, a conspicuous reddish-brown ocellus
is present.

The ' Discovery ' collection contains six well-preserved specimens of this interesting
Medusa. They were taken on 20th February, 1902, ten days after the ship had taken
up her position for the winter, and a month before she was frozen in.

The youngest specimen of the series is about 1 mm. in diameter, with the gonads
just visible. It has eleven radial canals, and nineteen tentacles in various stages of
development, seven of which are tiny buds. The other specimens are much older and
approach nearer to the adult stage.

Notes on the Specimens. — The umbrella is rudimentary in the sense that it has
completely lost its function as a swimming organ owing to the almost complete dis-
appearance of the umbrellar cavity. A reduction in the length of the umbrella has
taken place, and this gives it the appearance of its being flattened out. The velum is
very broad and covers the whole of the lower side of the umbrella, and its aperture fits
tight round the conical stomach. In nearly all the specimens the velum is close
against the sub-umbrella, and in this position it is not at once recognised. The largest
specimen has its velum more expanded and curved outwards, so that a space is clearly
visible between the velum and the wall of the sub-umbrella. This space represents the
umbrellar cavity, and is, I believe, used as a brood pouch for the development of the
ova up to the planula stage.

The stomach has the shape of an inverted cone, and when expanded projects
through the aperture of the velum. At the apex of the cone is a small circular mouth.
The radial canals (fig. 2) are variable in number. Three specimens have eight canals,
and three specimens have six, ten, and eleven canals respectively. The canals are very
short, extending from the base of the stomach, across the top of the sub-umbrella, to
the circular canal. According to Mr. Vallentin, the Falkland species has four radial canals.

The gonads form a continuous ring round the stomach and are extended into
seven or eight swellings. Sections of one specimen show that each swelling contains a
large ovum, which is absorbing the small surrounding germinal cells. There are no

MKDU.S.K. 131)

visible signs of Medusa-buds in any of the specimens, and, if this species dues
reproduce ascxuallv, then some buds should be present in the young stages. It is quite
probable that only Eleut/n'i-in <//r//i>t«ina in this genus has Medusa-buds.

The number of the tentacles increases with age, and they are closely packed
together round the margin of the umbrella. It is very likely that the number of
tentacles present when the Medusa is liberated from its Hydroid corresponds to the
number of radial canals, one tentacle being opposite each canal. The tentacles opposite
the radial canals in the later stages have their ocelli further in from the margin
(Plate III., fig. 2), indicating that they are the oldest of the series. Each tentacle is
bifurcated or branched, and the bifurcation is visible soon after the first appearance of
the tentacle. The upper branch comes off close to the umbrella, and, when fully
developed, is provided with ten to twelve clusters of nematocysts arranged laterally
in pairs, and a terminal cluster of nematocysts is also present. When the branch is
expanded (Plate III., fig. l) the clusters are far apart and form an alternating series,
but in a contracted branch (fig. 4) their arrangement is pinnate. It is by the
position of these clusters of nematocysts that this species can lie easily distinguished
from EU'utheria valient in!, which has two or three clusters on the upper (aboral) side,
and occasionally one on the under side. The lower branch of the bifurcation is
without clusters of nematocysts, and it terminates in a slight enlargement, the
adhesive disc or sucker, which is composed of specialised ectoderm cells. The
tentacles are hollow and the endodermally lined lumen extends along both the
branches. The basal portion of each tentacle is covered on its under side with an
extra thick layer of ectoderm containing nematocysts (Plate III., fig. 3), but there
is no enlargement of the nature of a basal bulb. Both Eleutheria dichotoma and

O

E. r,i]l,'ntii/i have a continuous band of nematocysts round the margin of the
umbrella. This baud is absent from E. hodgsoni, but it is represented by isolated
[latches of nematocysts on the basal portion of the tentacles.

LEPTUMEDUSJv

FAMILY LAODICID^E.

PTYCHOCK.NA, A. Agassiz, 18<',.>.

<!<ih'rii' (Jlniriirter. — Laodicidaa with four radial canals: with a central stomach
and mouth ; with the basal bulbs of the tentacles without ocelli (Browne, 1907).

PTYCHOGENA ANTARCTICA.

(Plate II., figs. 6-9).
Pli/rlniiji-iiii n/itiir: lii'n. Browne, I!i07, p. 474.

In my preliminary notes on the 'Southern Cross' Hydrozoa I alluded to this
Medusa under the name of Laodice. Later on, when I revised the Laodicidse, it
was placed in the genus I'ti/fliixjiiHi, and a brief description <>f the species was given.

z 2

30 KmVARl) T. HliOWXK.

The ' Southern Cross ' collection contains three specimens, taken at Cape Adare.
The largest is in a mutilated condition, having a clean-cut hole through the centre
of the umbrella. The stomach and mouth have completely disappeared, and so also
have the proximal ends of the gonads, but the margin of the umbrella is in good
condition. The two other specimens are intermediate stages in bad condition.

The ' Discovery ' collection also contains a mutilated specimen, which was taken
in McMurdo Sound on 27th March, 1903, through one of the holes in the ice.

Description of the Adult. — Umbrella slightly convex, and thick, about four times
as broad as high. Velum broad. Four radial canals with sinuous margins in the
gonadal regions, but without conspicuous lateral diverticula. Gonads large and broad,
arranged in lateral and transverse folds, and extending over nearly the whole length
of the radial canals. Tentacles long and slender, about 300, with a reddish pigment
in the endoderm, and with laterally compressed basal bulbs. One long club-shaped
cordylus between every two tentacles.

Size. — Umbrella up to 60 mm. in diameter.

Notes on the Specimens. — The ' Discovery ' specimen shows that the gouads extend
from the base of the stomach nearly to the circular canal. They are arranged in a
series of lateral folds, along both sides of the radial canals, and form a closed tube.
There is no evidence of a mouth extending over and along the gonads, a character
which distinguishes Staurophora from Ptychogena. The radial canals of Ptychogena
antarctica have not the conspicuous lateral diverticula of P. lactea. In the proximal
part of the canals there about two very short irregular diverticula, but the margins of
the canals are of a rather irregular wavy nature, so that the pinnate arrangement of
the gonads, conspicuous in P. lactea, is absent in this species.

The tentacles are closely packed together round the margin of the umbrella, and
are like long, slender threads, some of which measure 40-50 mm. in length. The
endoderm of the tentacle, including the basal bulb, contains a dark reddish pigment
(in formalin). Sections show that the pigment is in minute globules, either isolated
or grouped in clusters. The ectoderm of the tentacle is thick, and composed of many
layers of very small cells, amongst which are numerous long slender nematocysts,
about 15 /j. in length. The nematocysts frequently congregate in clusters or layers
adjacent to the rnesoglsea, and look in that position just like spicules. The basal bulbs
of the tentacles arc laterally compressed (PI. II., fig. 8) and the upper (aboral) side of
the bulb is arched, but when viewed from the aboral side, the basal bulbs look long
and tapering (PI. II., fig. 7).

The cordyli are long and club-shaped (fig. 9), and are situated on the margin of
the umbrella close to the velum. There is usually only one cordylus between every
two tentacles. The cordyli are without pigment. Some of the cordyli possess just a
few uematocysts similar to those in the tentacles. I have not noticed nematocysts in
a cordylus before, but here at any rate is an exception to the rule. Haeckel (1882) in
his description of Ptychogena pinnulata states that the cordyli appear chalk-white in

MKIH'S.K. Ml

reflected, black iu transmitted light. I noticed that a few of the cordyli of
Ptychogena unturctica were chalk-white, and this conspicuous whiteness was also
present in patches on the surface of some of the gonads. I am unable to explain the
cause of the whiteness, but it is evidently due to minute particles, which are perhaps
products of the decomposition of the endoderm. The white cordyli mounted in
balsam show no cellular structure, but seem to be simply masses of granules.

The two intermediate stages in the 'Southern Cross' collection taken on 1'Jth
May, 1899, are in a bad condition. Their connection with the large specimen,
mentioned above, was traced by the shape of the basal bulbs of the tentacles and bv
the presence of the long club-shaped cordyli. The umbrella has the appearance of
being hemispherical in shape, and measures about 25 mm. in width. The margin
of the umbrella is crowded with tentacles, the number of which is estimated at about
one hundred. Long cordyli were found between some of the tentacles, but not
between every two tentacles. Their scarceness is no doubt due to the condition of the
specimens. The better of the two specimens shows the gonads with the characteristic
folds and a stomach. Unfortunately the stomach and gonads are compressed into1 a
flat mass and matted together. Dissection could only be incompletely carried out
owing to the rotten condition of the tissues. There is every appearance of a large
central stomach, which hangs down in the umbrellar cavity, and a large mouth
with a folded margin. The gonads extend along the radial canals from the base of
the stomach nearly to the circular canal. The radial canals can be traced up to
the centre of the umbrella, where they meet, and probably the stomach hangs down
from them.

Mr. Borchgreviuk may have alluded to this species iu his book "First on the
Antarctic Continent," p. 125 : " 10th May, 1899. In the forenoon I had discovered
a small white clear jellyfish with a distinct blue cross in it." The gonads of
the two intermediate stages showed a deep bluish-black colour when, some years
ago, I first examined them ; but now the colour has changed to a dark brown
(in alcohol).

The single specimen in the " Discovery ' collection is iu a fairly good state of
preservation, but is mutilated and out of shape. It was useful for the description
of the gonads, which are fairly perfect in this specimen and contain large ripe oya.
The umbrella is rather thin, and is about 35 mm. in diameter.

Pti/clmiji'iiti iiiitiirctlcn is distinguished from Pff/c/n'i/i'i/n /»<•/, i> by the absence of the
conspicuous diverticula on the radial canals, and by the colour of the tentacles, which
are red.

Mr. Bigelow (1909) described a new species — P. </•//////•«//«//«//, from the eastern
tropical Pacific (between Galapagos Islands and Callao). It has well-marked specific
characters, possessing a very thick globular umbrella and about 80 tentacles. Its
coloration is a very brilliant brick-red.

EinVAHD T. BROWNE.

FAMILY MITROCOMIDSE (Haeckel, 1879), Torrey, 1909.

Character of the Family. — Leptomedusse with open sensory pits on the velum,
containing otocysts.

In the summer of 1908, I began a revision of the Leptomedusse with open
sensory pits, but circumstances arose which compelled me to lay aside the work before
the critical examination of the species was finished, and even now it must be deferred
for another communication. Prof. Maas, in 1893, practically laid the foundation of
the family, which he called the Lafoeidse; but I agree with Mr. Torrey (1909) that
Mitrocomidse is a better name to use, and it was that which I was going to adopt.
The hydroid genus Lafoea has no connection with the Medusas belonging to the
Mitrocomidae. Messrs. Maas and Torrey include the genus Halopsis in the family
with open sensory pits, but in the descriptions given by Prof. Agassiz (1865) and
Mr. Fewkes (1888) of Halopsis ocellata, which is the type species of the genus, no
mention is made of the sense organs being open pits. Before Halopsis can be included
among the Mitrocomidse the structure of the sense organs must be re-investigated.

The family consists of the following genera : — Cosmetirdla, Cosmetim, T'utnipsis,
Mitrocomella and Mitrocoma. I give the characters of the genera and just mention
the species, but some of the latter have not been critically examined.

COSMETIRELLA.

Generic Character. — Mitrocomidse with four radial canals ; with eight sensory
pits ; without marginal cirri ; and without ocelli adjacent to the sense organs.

This new genus is established to receive a new Antarctic species, described on
p. 34, under the name of Cosmetirella simplex. This genus corresponds to Plii<tl<-ll<i
among the Eucopidse. The only real difference between Cosmetirella and Phialella
is that the former has open sensory pits, and the latter closed sensory vesicles.

COSMKTIRA (Forbes, 1848), Hartlaub, 1901).

Generic Character. — Mitrocomidse with four radial canals ; with eight sensory
pits ; with marginal cirri.

The type species of the genus is Cosmetira pilosella (Forbes). It was originally
described by Forbes under the name of Thaumantias ^7<w//", and he proposed
Cosmetira as a sub-generic name. He never mentioned the existence of sense organs,
which I found some years ago, when (1896) I temporarily placed the species in the
genus Euchilota, which has closed sensory vesicles and belongs to the Eucopidse.
Subsequently I noticed that the sense organs were open pits, and realised that the
species would have to be removed to another genus, for which I selected Forbes'
name of Cosmetira.

MEDUSAE.

Not long ago Professor Hartlaub informed me in a letter that he had obtained a
new Medusa from Norway with open sensory pits, but thought, after all, that it must
lie Thauinantian piloxella of Forbes. An exchange of letters and specimens proved
that the specimens were Thaumantias pilosella, and Prof. Hartlaub adopted the name
Cosmetira for the genus.

Coxnii'tii-,1 jiilaxilla is a very common Medusa during the summer months on the
IJritish coasts, and occasionally it occurs in vast shoals.

The Medusa described by Prof. Maas (1893) under the name of Halopsis •in<'</<tl<it/x
belongs to this genus.

I have also placed provisionally in this genus a new Ant an -tie species called
(•n.^nn'tint frii/iilu, a description of which is given on p. 35.

TIAROPSIS, Agassiz, 1849.

Generic Character. — Mitrocomidse with four radial canals ; with eight sensory pits ;
with an ocellus adjacent to each sense organ ; without marginal cirri.

This is the oldest genus of the family, and contains about six species. Mr. Torrey
(1909) has recently split the genus into two. For the species with tentacles which
are all alike the old name Tiaropsis is retained, but for those species with two
kinds of tentacles, large and small (some of which are no doubt young stages), he
proposes a new genus called Tiaropsidium. The one character common to all the
species, and it is a conspicuous character, is the presence of a definite ocellus adjacent
to the sensory pit. I consider that it is best to keep all the species with this character
together, and that another genus is not really wanted. I must leave for another
occasion the critical examination of the species, which are at present as follows :
Tiaropsis rnulticirrata (M. Sars), 1835, T. diademata, Agassiz, 1849, T. mediterranea,
Metschnikoff, 1886, T. rosea, A. Agassiz and Mayer, 1889, T. punctata, Mayer, 1900,
T. ilarisi, Browne, 1902, and T. kdsei/i (Torrey), 1909.

MITROCOMELLA, Haeckel, 1879.

Generic Character. — Mitrocomidse with four radial canals ; with sixteen sensory
pits ; with marginal cirri.

This genus probably contains only a single species, namely, M. polydiadema
(Romanes), 1876, which has been found on the coasts of the British Isles and Norway.
On a casual examination it is easy to mistake this Medusa for ('«>•///< !/>•</ i>ilox, II, i,
unless the number of sense organs be counted. I think the species described by me
in 1 903 under the name of Mitrocomella fulva had better be placed as a synonym of
HI. puli/diadema.

MITROCOMA, Haeckel, 18(54.

Generic Character. — Mitrocomidse with four radial canals, with numerous open
sensory pits, with marginal cirri.

*\!y

34 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

This is the type genus of the family and contains four species, namely, M. annas,
Haeckel, 1864, M. nii//i>n-fe, Haeckel, 1879, M. mbengha [sic], Agassiz and Mayer, 1899,
and M. discoidea, Torrey, 1909.

COSMETIRELLA SIMPLEX.

(Plate L, fig. 6-8.)

For the generic characters, see p. 32.

Description of the Species. — Umbrella hemispherical, a little broader than high,
and fairly thick. Velum narrow. Stomach quadrilateral and short. Mouth with four
small lips having a slightly folded margin. Four radial canals. Gonads linear or
cylindrical, extending over the central third of the radial canals. Thirty-two or more
tentacles, having rather large conical basal bulbs, and usually a tentacular bulb between
every two tentacles. Eight adradial sensory pits on the velum, containing several
otocysts.

Size. — Umbrella up to 7 mm. in width and 6 mm. in height.

Three specimens were taken by the ' Discovery ' amongst pack ice in lat. 66° 52' S.,
long. 178° 15' E. on 3rd January, 1902. One of them is at an intermediate stage of
development, and has nineteen fully formed tentacles and about as many tentacular
bulbs or tentacles in the process of developmeu I.

In the ' Southern Cross ' collection there are two specimens which were taken at
Cape Adare on 27th November, 1899. In my preliminary report upon the collection I
mentioned these specimens under the name of Phialidium, and also stated that the
marginal sense organs were not visible. They were visible, but I did not recognise
them owing to the invisibility of the otocysts, which had lost their refrangibility in
formalin.* After finding the sense organs in the ' Discovery ' specimens, and thus
knowing exactly what to look for, I again examined the ' Southern Cross ' specimens
and found the sensory pits.

The ' Southern Cross ' specimens are similar to those in the ' Discovery ' collection,
except that the tentacles are very much longer and have larger basal bulbs, and the
velum is a little broader.

There is a specimen in the ' Discovery ' collection taken under the ice in McMurdo
Sound on 16th March, 1903. It has evidently undergone a considerable amount of
contraction and shrinkage, as the umbrella has become a flat disc about 7 mm. in
diameter. There are forty-nine tentacles and thirteen sensory pits. The sensory pits
are irregular in position, and their number in eaxjh quadrant is 4, 4, 3, 2 respectively.
The gonads are large, cylindrical in shape, and look about ripe. It may be the fully
•grown adult of this species with an abnormal number of sense organs.

Another specimen in the 'Discovery' collection was taken during May, 1903.
The umbrella is about 8 mm. in height and 5 mm. in width. The specimen is in

* This is a fact about the use of formalin which is new to me, and should, I think, be noted. — ED.

MEDUS.K. 35

formalin and shows DO sign of shrinkage, but the length and narrowness of the umbrella
are no doubt due to contraction at the moment of death. The slnmacli is verv short
and quadrilateral. The gonads contain fairly large ova and arc evidently about ripe.
They occupy the central third of the radial canal and are cylindrical in shape. The
curious feature of this specimen is that it has only three little degenerate-looking
tentacles. The margin of the umbrella looks quite perfect and shows no signs of
damage. There are eight sensory pits, two in each <|iiadrant. Although the margin
looks perfect, yet it has an unnatural appearance. The presence of one iuterradial and
two perradial tentacles, without any marginal bulbs, rather indicates that the normal
course of development has not taken place.

Localitu'S.—' Discovery ' Coll.; 3. ix. 02; Lat. GG° 52' 8., long. 178° 15' E.
'Discovery' Coll.; 16. iii. 03 and May, 1903; Winter Quarters, McMurdo Sound.
'Southern Cross' Coll.; 27. xi. 99; Cape Adare ; Surface temp. 28° 9' F.

COSMETIRA FRIGIDA.

For the generic characters, see p. 32.

In the ' Discovery ' collection there are several specimens of a Leptomedusa with
tentacles, cirri, and traces of open sensory pits. All the specimens are in bad condition
and it is impossible to give a satisfactory account of them, or a trustworthy drawing.
As the exact number of sense organs remains unknown, this species is placed
provisionally in the genus Cosmetira.

Description of tlie Species. — The umbrella is probably hemispherical in shape, with
fairly thin walls. The largest specimen measures about 7 mm. in height and 10 mm.
in width. The stomach is fairly large, with a cross-shaped base attached to the radial
canals. The mouth is large and its margin is slightly folded. Four broad radial canals
and a broad circular canal. The gonads extend along nearly the whole length of the
radial canals, but not over the proximal and distal ends of the canals. They are band-
shaped and hang down in folds. There are about thirty-two tentacles, fairly long and
covered with transverse rows of nernatocysts. Their basal bull is are long, hollow and
tapering, and slightly compressed laterally. Between every two tentacles there are
numerous long cirri, some of which are situated on the side of the ex-umbrella, just a
little way above the margin. The cirri have a minute, oval, terminal cluster of
iiematocysts.

The above description is based upon the best specimen, in which sense organs
could not be detected. But three smaller specimens, which evidently belong to the
same species, do show sense organs. They are open sensory pits with the aperture
situated upon the inner side of the velum. The species has probably eight sense
organs, which from their size should contain several otocysts.

There are four other specimens which may belong to the same species. They have
smaller tentacles and basal bull is, and their gonads are over the outer half of the radial
canals. They also have cirri and open sensory pits.

VOL. V. 2 A

36 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

TRACHOMEDUSJE.

FAMILY TRACHYNEMHLE.

•

Genus PANTACHOGON, Maas, 1893.

Generic Characters. — Trachynemidse with numerous similar tentacles ; with
gonads extending along the radial canals, and separated from the stomach by a
short interval.

PANTACHOGON SCOTTT.
(Plate III., figs. 5 and 6.)

Description of the Species. — Umbrella hemispherical, a little broader than high,
and fairly thin. Velum very broad. Stomach very small, roundish, and not on a
peduncle. Mouth with four short lips. Eight very narrow radial canals. Gonads
long, extending over the proximal two-thirds of all the radial canals, and separated
by a short interval from the stomach. Tentacles all alike, very short and numerous,
about fifteen in each octant.

Size. — Umbrella up to about 4 mm. in diameter.

The ' Discovery ' collection contains twenty-five specimens of this little Medusa.
They were all taken from under the ice in McMurdo Sound from May to December.

It was not until after much consideration that I decided to place this new species,
which is named in honour of the leader of the ' Discovery ' Expedition, in the genus
Pantachogon. The type species of the genus is Pantachogon haeckeli, Maas (1893),
which has gonads distributed at intervals along the whole length of the radial canals.
Another species is P. rulirum, Vanhoffen (1902), which has gonads upon the outer
half of the radial canals. The new species has its gonads upon the proximal part
of the canals, where they form a continuous band. There is a difference in the
structure of the gonads compared with the type species, but I am rather inclined to
regard this difference as a specific character. I think it is best to leave the new
species in the genus Pantachogon until better specimens have been examined and the
sense organs found.

The shape of the umbrella in most of the specimens is somewhat plano-convex,
and, I believe, the shape is due partly to the shrinkage of the jelly and partly to the
curling inwards of the margin of the umbrella. The drawing of fig. 5 is based upon
a single specimen which is in fairly good condition.

Some of the specimens show a saucer-shaped depression at the apex of the
umbrella, just over the top of the stomach. I am not sure whether the depression
is a natural one or the result of shrinkage. There appears, however, to be a decrease
in the thickness of the jelly above the stomach. Several specimens have a ring-shaped
stomach, and the shape is due to the contracting back of the wall of the stomach. The

MEDUS.K. :57

position of the gonads upon the radial canals is slightly variable. Some specimens
have the gonads extending over the proximal half of the canals, and others over the
central third portion of the canals. There is always a space between the stomach and
the gonads, so that the species cannot be placed in the genus Isonema of Maas, which
has the gonads adjacent to the stomach.

One specimen still retains most of its tentacles, but the other specimens have, as
usual, lost their tentacles, and only the stumps remain. The tentacles are long and
thread-like, and have more the appearance of long cirri. They are too macerated for
a detailed description of their structure. Sense organs were searched for, but not
found.

NAECOMEDUS.E.

FAMILY ^EGINID^E (GegenBaur, 1856), Maas, 1904.
SOLMUNDELLA (Haeckel, 1879), Maas, 1904.

Generic Character. — JLginidaj with two tentacles, and with a stomach having
right pouches.

Prof. Vanhoffen (1908), in his revision of the Narcoruedusse, recognises only one
species for the genus, namely, SolmuncJella bitentaculata. (Quoy et Gaimard), 1833.
Under that name all the Solmundellse taken by the ' Valdivia ' on her long cruise
(1898-1899) in the North Atlantic, South Atlantic, Antarctic, and Indian Oceans have
been placed.

Prof. Maas, on the other hand, recognises two species, S. bitentaculata and .\
mediterranea (Joh. M tiller), 1851. The latter species Maas (1906) has also recorded
from the Antarctic, where it was taken by the ' Belgica.'

The differences between the two species, according to Maas, are the shape of the
umbrella, colour, and the number of sense organs. S. bitentaculata has a rather high
conical umbrella, with its apex above the exit of the tentacles, and the fully grown
adult has sixteen to thirty-two sense organs. S. mediterranea has a rather fiat-topped
umbrella, not usually extending above the level of the exit of the tentacles, and the

J O .

sense organs do not exceed eight in number.

Dr. Bigelow (1909) points out that the number of sense organs would be the brsi
character to select for the distinction of the two species. S. bitentaculata, however,
passes through a stage with eight sense organs, and the number increases with age, so
that at an early stage it resembles S. mediterranea.

I became familiar with N. bitentaculata in Prof. Herdmau's collection of Medusae
from Ceylon, and after a prolonged second examination of the Solmundellse in the
' Discovery ' collection, I came to the conclusion that S. mediterrant'ti is a distinct
species. About twenty of the largest adult specimens in the ' Discovery ' collection
were specially examined for the number of sense organs. I could not find more than
eight, and they are distinctly adradial. S. bitentaculata of a similar size would have

•J A -J

EDWARD T. BROWNE.

at least double the number of sense organs. I could not find a single specimen in the
collection with the characteristic conical umbrella of 5. bitentaculata. S. mediterranca
is a colourless Medusa, and Mr. Hodgson informed me that the ' Discovery ' specimens
were colourless when alive. S. bitentaculata, on the other hand, has reddish gonads
and tentacles, but the colour disappears after preservation.

SOLMUNDELLA MEDITERRANEA.

jfiginopsis mediterranea, J. Miiller, 1851, p. 272, Taf. XI. ; Leuckart, 1850, p. 33, Taf. II. ; Metschnikoff,
1874, Bel. xxiv., p. 26, Taf. IV. ; Haeckel, 1879, p. 352 ; Lo Bianco, 1904, p. 56, Tuf. XXXV.,
fig. 142.

Solmundetta meiliterranea, Maas, lOOfi, p. 12, Taf. I. (fig. 5), Taf. III. (figs. 23, 24).

Snlmimdella mwllfri, Haeckel, 1879, p. 352.

Snlmimlella henseni, Maas, 1893, p. 55, Taf. V., fig. 11.

The ' Discovery ' collection contains about 300 specimens of this species, but only
a few are in a satisfactory condition, and all are more or less contracted. It was by
far the commonest Medusa in McMurdo Sound. In 1903 specimens were taken from
the middle of March throughout the Antarctic winter up to the beginning of
November. Young and adult stages frequently occurred together, and apparently the
Medusa has no definite breeding season.

In the ' Southern Cross ' collection there are three specimens of Solmundella,
which no doubt belong to this species. They were taken at Cape A dare on 10th
May, 1899.

The umbrella is a little broader than high, with a rather flat top, about on a level
with the exit of the tentacles. The umbrella of the largest specimens measured 7 mm.
in diameter. Over the ex-umbrella there are scattered many small clusters of cells,
which are especially noticeable near the margin of the umbrella. These are ectodermal
cells containing many well-defined granules, and amongst these cells are generally a
number of nematocysts.

There are four peronial grooves in the wall of the umbrella. The groove below
each tentacle is of the normal type, but the groove in each of the perradii without
tentacles is in a rudimentary condition. Prof. Maas (1905), p. 72, figs. 74 and 75,
mentions and figures slight peronial grooves in the perradii without tentacles in
S. bitentaculata, taken by the ' Siboga ' expedition in the East Indies, and he includes
the presence of four radial grooves in the generic character. The specimens which
I examined of the same species taken off Ceylon (Browne, 1905, p. 153) did not show
a groove in the perradii without tentacles.

The Antarctic specimens have very conspicuous grooves in the perradii without
tentacles. The grooves cut deep into the jelly at the margin of the umbrella, but the
length and depth of the groove show a considerable amount of variation. The
peronial band in each of the perradii without tentacles, after running alongside the
sub-umbrella turns off at the level of the stomach to the ex-umbrella, where there is

MEDCS.K. 39

a small funnel-shaped pit, which, like the groove, shows a fair amount of variation.
This pit is probably a vestige of the upper part of the peronial groove. The existence
of a peronial baud ami of the vestiges of a peronial groove in the perradii without
tentacles marks the former existence of tentacles in those perradii, and shows that
Solmundella is descended from a Medusa which had four perradial tentacles.

The gonads are usually confined to the pouches of the stomach. In one
specimen, however, the gonads extend over the lower part of the stomach, nearly up
to the circular mouth. Many of the specimens of S. bitentaculata from Ceylon had
gonads on the lower wall of the stomach, as well as on the walls of the pouches.

The two tentacles are of the normal type, and are long, four to seven times
as long as the diameter of the umbrella. None of the specimens possessed tentacles
exceeding 40 mm. in length.

The margin of the umbrella was invariably curled up, and had to be unfolded
or cut off for the examination of the sense organs. Not a single specimen examined
possessed more than eight sense organs. There are four very minute interradial
bull is on the margin.

Distribution, — X. mediterranea, as its name implies, occurs in the Mediterranean,
and it is also widely distributed over the Atlantic (Maas, 18(J3). It is recorded by
Maas (1906) for the Antarctic. About a dozen specimens were taken by the ' Belgica '
about lat. 70° S., long. 81° to 90° W. They were mostly larval stages, but one adult,
3 mm. in diameter, was also found. Dr. Fewkes (1886) recognised from a sketch a
Solmundella which was taken in Discovery Harbour, lat. 81° 44' N., long. 64° 45' W.
As one is not likely to be led astray over even a rough drawing of a Solmundella, the
record shows that Solmundella extends from Pole to Pole.

SCYPHOMEDUS^B.

INCORONATA.

FAMILY LUCERNARIID.K.

Genus LUCERNARIA, 0. F. M tiller, 1776.

In the 'Southern Cross' collection there arc two fine specimens of a /.iic<'nn/r!<i,
which were dredged off Cape Adare at the depth of 28 fathoms on 9th January, 1900.
Both specimens are in a contracted condition, and it was necessary for the determina-
tion of the specific characters and for the investigation of the internal anatomy to cut
them longitudinally in half.

When Prof. Haeckel (1881) described Luccnt<ir!n f>ti//i>//>//il<i. lie pointed out that
the reproductive organs had lobed sacs and branched hollow spaces, and that in this
respect the species differed from the other Liii-i-ninr/se. He was rather inclined to
make it a type of a new genus, for which he proposed the name Lucernosa.

Ill EDWARD T. BROWNE.

Iii 1892 Dr. Antipa described three new species from the Arctic Ocean, and on
account of their having gonads in tubular follicles he adopted Haeckel's name
Lucernosa for the genus. The species with gonads of a simple structure are left in
the old genus Lucernaria, and those with a compound structure placed in the genus
Lucernosa. The new species from the Antarctic belongs to the latter group, owing
to the structure of its gonads.

I am not in favour of the splitting up of the species into two genera solely on
account of the structure of the gonads, especially as the structure of the gonads of
L. bathyphila forms a connecting link between Lucernaria campanula and Lucernaria
vanhoeffeni and also Antipa's species. The Arctic species of Lucernaria and Lucernaria,
bathyphila found in deep water, 540 fms., between Faroe Islands and Shetland
Islands, are all of great size, and in this respect the new Antarctic species can take
its place along with them.

Prof. Vanlib'ffen (1908) has described a new species of Lucernaria under the
name of L. australis, which was found at the ' Gauss ' winter station off the
Antarctic continent at the depth of 385 metres (about 210 fms.). Unfortunately, only
a single specimen was obtained, and this turned out to be an early stage without
gonads. It is not likely to be an early stage of L. vanhoeffeni, because it has minute
rudimentary tentacles, called " conuli " by Vauhoffeu, one about midway between
every pair of arms, and in addition there is no indication of a definite peduncle.

LUCERNARIA VANHOEFFENI.
(Plates V., figs. 3-6, and VII., figs. 3 and 4.)

Description of the Species. — Umbrella campanulate, about as high as broad.
Peduncle very short, expanding into a very large, broad, flat, adhesive disc ; one
chambered, with four interradial tseniolse terminating in bulbous enlargements without
muscles. Eight arms, about equal distances apart, with the four perradial bays about
as wide and deep as the iuterradial. Each arm with about 300 tentacles, the exterior
row of which has lateral adhesive pads. Stomach short, and containing branched
filaments. Mouth with large leaf-like lips. Eight longitudinal bands of genitalia,
extending from the stomach to the base of the arms ; each genitalium composed of
numerous elongated sacs which have tubular follicles containing gonads.

Si:e. — About GO mm. in height (including peduncle) and 60 mm. in width.

It is a pleasure to me to associate this new species with the name of Prof.
Ernst Vanhoffen.

Owing to the contraction of the arms the umbrella has lost to a slight extent its
natural shape. The sub-umbrellar cavity is large and spacious. The walls of the
umbrella are rather thin and have the appearance of being very pliable. The
c.\-umbrella is covered with a thick layer of ectoderm which is opaque and white
in formalin.

The peduncle (Plate V., fig. 3) is remarkable for its shape. It is flattened out

into ;i verv broad adhesive di>c. liy which the animal fixes itself to the bottom of the
sea. There is no true stalk, and only a narrow constriction separates the umbrella
from the adhesive disc. The peduncle is hollow and consists of one single chamber,
which is partly filled up with the bulbous enlargements of the four tseniolse. The
internal longitudinal muscle bands of the taeniola terminate at the constriction, and
do not proceed into the peduncle itself. In the peduncle the tsuniolse are wholly
gelatinous, as in Lucernaria campanulata. The jelly or mesoglsea on the bottom of the
peduncle and of the tseniola is permeated by small branched canals which come from
the hollow chamber. The ectoderraal surface of the peduncle is divided up into
numerous small lobes and irregular folds, which are flattened out on the side used
for attachment.

The mouth has a large, thin, leaf-like margin which is beautifully arranged in folds.
It opens through a small constricted oesophagus into the stomach, which is rather
small for the size of the umbrella, and is well packed with gastric filaments. The
funnel cavities are large and penetrate about half the length of the stomach. The
gastric filaments are very much crowded together on the tseniolae. As a rule they are
branched close to their base, and occasionally near their distal ends. They have the
appearance of flat slender ribbons, about 5 to 10 mm. in length.

The arms are short and thick, and are about equal distances apart. Upon each
arm is situated a large oval cluster of short capitate tentacles, the number of which is
estimated up to about three hundred. The capitate apex of the tentacle is crowded
with long nematocysts. The tentacles forming the outer row, on the ex-umbrellar side,
are provided with a lateral adhesive pad (Plate V., fig. 4), and some of the tentacles
in the second row have also similar pads. Lucernaria campanulata has adhesive pads
of similar structure on the tentacles occupying the same position as those of Lucernaria

The gonads extend from the stomach to the base of the arms, forming fairly broad
bands. Each band consists of a large number of elongated sacs (Plate V., fig. 5).
Transverse and longitudinal sections were cut of the sacs, but only a diagram
(Plate V., fig. G) of their structure is given, as the preservation was too bad for the
drawing of an actual section. Each sac consists of a large number of little branched
or unbranched tubes, lined with endoderm and separated from one another by
mesoglaea. All the tubes are connected with a main duct, which runs the whole length
of the sac and opens at one end to the exterior. The blind end of the tubes is bloekei 1
with cells, amongst which small ova are clearly visible. It is amongst these cells at
the end of the tubes that the gonads develop, and when the ova reach a certain si/e
they pass down the tubes into the main duct which opens into the gastric pouch. In
the male the small tubes are not so well defined. There are masses of sperm mother-
cells, which are connected with tubes leading into a large broad duct filled with
spermatozoa. The structure of the gouads of Lucerinirin rnit//<>< ;//"»/// is similar to that
described by Antipa for L. walteri.

42 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

The eight narrow longitudinal muscle bands lie close to the interradial septa ;
each pair forming nearly parallel bands along the greater length of the umbrella, but
diverging near the umbrellar margin to enter the arms. A circular marginal muscle
band, divided into eight segments by the arms, is also present. The interradial septa
do not extend quite to the umbrellar margin, and the space left forms an opening
which places the gastric pouches in communication with one another.

The smaller specimen of the two, about 40 mm. in diameter, is abnormal. It has
only seven arms, six longitudinal bands of gonads, and three septa. This individual
probably received an injury, early in life, near one of the interradial septa, and the new
growth has not taken the normal course. One arm is smaller than the others, with
smaller and fewer tentacles, and this arm is next to where the missing arm should be.
Here a septum is missing, and it is replaced by a tseniola, which runs along the
whole length of the umbrella and is covered along its whole length with gastric
filaments. The two bands of gonads are also missing on the injured side.

Lucernaria vanhoeffeni has certain characters in common with L. campanulata,
the well-known British species, which occurs widely in Europe. The lateral adhesive
discs on the outer row of tentacles, the absence of muscles in the tseniolse within the
peduncle, and the arrangement of the arms on the umbrellar margin, are common to
both species. The shape of the peduncle distinguishes L. vanhoeffeni from the other
species of the genus.

CORONATA.
FAMILY PERIPHYLLID^E (Haeckel, 1880), Vauhoffen, 1902.

Genus PERIPHYLLA, Steenstrup, 1837.
(sens. emen. Vanhoffen, 1892; Maas, 1904.)

Generic Characters. — Periphyllidse with four interradial sense organs ; with 12
tentacles (three between every two sense organs) ; and with 16 marginal lobes.

PERIPHYLLA DODECABOSTRYCHA.

Cliri/saora dodecalostnjcha ?, Brandt, 1838, p. 387, Taf. XXIX., fig. 30.

Periplnjlla dodecabostrycha,* Haeckel, 1880, p. 421.

Periphylla miralilis, Haeckel, 1880, p. 422 ; id., 1881, p. 54, Taf. XVIII.-XXIII. ; -id., 1882, p. G4,

Pis. XVIII.-XXIII.
/'eriphi/Un doderabostrycha, Vanhoffen, 18!»2, p. 10, Taf. II., fig. 1 ; Maas, 18H7, Taf. XI., fig. 1 ; Mayer,

1'JOG, p. 113G, I'l. III., figs. 5, 6.

In the ' Southern Cross ' collection there are five specimens of Periphylla, which
were found either at the surface or in less than 6 fathoms of water off Cape Adarc in

* Prof. Haeckel had no authority to write Brandt's name as he did; Dodecabostrycha is (see Brandt, p. 387)
one of the three sub-genera of Chrysaora, and the following is an exact transcript : " 3. Art. ? Chrysaont
(Dodecabostrycha ?) Dulia." — ED.

MEDUSA.

43

December, 1899, and January, 1900. The ice was then breaking up and departing
from the coast. The temperature of the sea at the surface was 29° to 30° F. These
specimens were evidently ruined by bad storage. It is sad to see large specimens in
such an unsatisfactory condition, especially when the correct determination of the
species is of importance.

The 'Discovery' obtained a single specimen on 1st August, 1902. It was
captured by hand in MrMurdo Sound. This specimen also got broken into pieces.

The occurrence of Pei-i/ilii/Un at or near the surface in the icy Antarctic region is
very interesting, because it is not a surface-seeking Medusa in the Atlantic or Pacific,
but prefers to inhabit the intermediate and deeper zones of those oceans. I have but
little doubt, from the appearance and condition of the internal organs, that these
specimens were alive and in healthy condition when taken out of the sea ; and that
they were not dying specimens, as Vanhoffen has suggested, or ones washed up from
the depths of the Antarctic Ocean.

Haeckel, from the material collected by the ' Challenger,' described and figured in
great detail tvo new species of Periphylla, namely, P. mirabilis, of which a single
specimen was taken in lat. 40° 28' S., long. 177° 43' E. (off the east coast of New
Zealand) ; and P. rc/jina, a single specimen of which was found south-west of the
Kerguelen Islands (lat. 62° 26' S., long. 95° 44' E.).

Messrs. Maas and Vanhoffen recognise three species of Periphylla, namely,
P. hyacinthina, Steenstrup, /•*. dodecabostrycha (Brandt), and P. regina (Haeckel).

Periphylla mirabilis is considered by Maas (1897) and by Vanhoffen (1902) to be
identical with P. dodecabostrycha.

According to Prof. Haeckel's description and figures, the rhopaliar pedalia of
P. mirabilis are shorter than the tentacular ones. It seems to me that he has divided
the rhopaliar pedalia into two parts by a transverse groove. In the ' Challenger ' type
specimen of P. mirabilis the groove is more like a crease on the surface of the jelly
than a natural groove. If one disregards this crease, then the rhopaliar pedalia are
longer than the tentacular pedalia, and are similar in shape to those on the specimens
in the two Antarctic collections, and also similar to the pedalia of P. hyacinthina
(Haeckel, 1880, Taf. xxiv.).

The ' Challenger ' type specimen of P. regina in the British Museum consists of
a few fragments. From a scientific point of view these fragments are of little value,
and can now be looked at only as objects of historical interest.

The description and figures of P. dodecabostrycha, as first given by Brandt (1838).
are based upon a large specimen about 200 mm. in length and width. The specimens
taken by the recent exploring expeditious have usually been small ones, not larger
than 27 mm. in height and 18 mm. in width. Mr. Bigelow (1909) has put
forward good reasons for regarding the small specimens of P. dodecabostrycha,
described by Messrs. Mass and Vanhoffen, as young and less pigmented forms
of P. hyacinthina.

VOL. V.

12 B

-

<

44 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

Dr. Mayer (1906) has described and figured some specimens of P. dodecdbostrycha
taken by the 'Albatross' off the Hawaiian Islands in June, 1902, at the depth of
577-480 fins, and 478-453 frns. The smallest specimen was 55 mm. high and
50 mm. wide at the tentacular zone, and the largest 70 mm. high and 100 mm. wide.
From the description and figures these specimens agree very well with those in the
Antarctic collections. Mayer draws attention to the shape of the umbrella changing
with age, becoming natter and relatively wider as the Medusa grows larger. All the
specimens taken by the ' Albatross ' were deeply pigmented with brownish purple,
especially in the zones of the radial and circular muscles. Mayer is of the opinion
that it is possible that all of the so-called species of Periphylla may in the end prove
to be local races of one and the same form.

After the first examination of the specimens in the Antarctic collections I felt
fairly sure that they were large specimens of Periphylla hyacinthina. My determination
was based not so much upon the shape of the umbrella, or upon the amount of
pigmentation, as upon the shape of the pedalia. All the specimens have the rhopaliar
pedalia longer and narrower than the tentacular ones. In this respect they resemble
Haeckel's figures of P. hyacinthina.

The rounded shape of the top of the umbrella is in favour of the specimens being
Periphylla regina. But after comparing Dr. Wilson's sketch (Plate VII. , fig. 1) with
Agassiz's sketch of P. regina, drawn and coloured from life (see Maas, 1897, Taf. X.),
I came to the conclusion that the specimens did not belong to that species. According
to Prof. Agassiz's figure the pedalia of P. regina are semi-globular in shape, and all of
the same size.

At present the three species of Periphylla are mainly distinguished by the
shape of the umbrella and by the colour and amount of pigmentation. I think
that we require a better and more definite character for the determination
of the species, especially as the identification has usually to be based upon preserved
specimens.

If Periphylla hyacinthina and P. dodecabostrycha be really distinct species, then
I think a character could be found upon the margin of the umbrella, such as the shape
of the pedalia, by which they could be readily distinguished.

I have placed the specimens collected by the ' Southern Cross ' and ' Discovery '
under the name of Periphylla dodecabostrycha because they agree very well with
Haeckel's P. mirabilis, which is considered to be identical with P. dodecabostrycha.
I am rather in favour of Mr. Bigelow's suggestion that the small P. dodecabostrycha,
described by Messrs. Maas and Vanhoffen, are young stages of P. hyacinthina.
I am also inclined to think that the large specimens called P. mirabilis and
P. dodecdbostrycha will eventually be proved to be only very large specimens of
P. hyacinthina.

MEDUSA. 45

NOTES ON THE SPECIMENS. ' SOUTHERN CROSS ' COLLECTION.

Specimen A. — This is the smallest specimen in the collection. The diameter of
the central disc is about 50 mm. and its height nearly 40 mm. The umbrella is
covered with a thick layer (about 7 mm.) of transparent jelly, and through it one can
see the dark brown conical-shaped stomach. At its apex there is a short (nearly
2 mm.) spike-shaped projection. That portion of the Medusa which lies below the
coronal furrow is not in good condition. The pedalia are present, but the lobes,
tentacles, sense organs and pigment have either completely or nearly disappeared.
The tentacular pedalia are about 10 mm. in width and 13-15 mm. in length (measured
from the coronal furrow to the base of the tentacle). The distance from the coronal
furrow to the distal edge of the marginal lobes is estimated at about 28 mm. The
specimen is too much macerated to show any gonads.

Specimen B. — The external appearance of this specimen shows that it was
originally placed mouth downwards in a tin can with straight sides and a flat bottom.
The specimen is in a fairly good state of preservation, but spoilt through having been
squeezed into a small can and stained with iron rust.

The central disc is about 75 mm. in diameter, but it has lost its natural shape, as
the sides are straight and the top flattened. There is a thick layer (about 8 mm.)
of jelly, which suddenly thins out to about 1 mm. in thickness, marking the apex of
the umbrella. The tentacular and rhopaliar pedalia in general appearance resemble
closely those in Prof. Haeckel's figures of Periplti/lla hyacinthina (1880, Taf. 24,
fig. 11) and of P. mimbilis (1882, Plate 18, fig. 1). The tentacular pedalia are about
25 mm. in length and 15 mm. in width. The rhopaliar pedalia are about 33 mm. in
length (measured from the coronal groove to the rhopalium) and about 13 rum. in
width at the proximal end (next furrow), and about 8 mm. wide near the distal end.
They have a somewhat wedge-shaped appearance, and are longer and narrower than
the tentacular pedalia. The tentacles are broken off close to the pedalia, and the
rhopalia are entirely gone. Some of the marginal lobes appear to be in fairly good
condition, but have completely lost their pigment. The only conspicuous pigment left
below the coronal furrow is a triangular patch within the tentacular pedalia, at the
base of the tentacles. The distance from the coronal furrow to the distal edge of the
marginal lobes is ajjout 50 mm. The gonads are in a very immature condition. They
are just narrow bauds about 2 mm. in width.

Specimen C. — This is a large adult in alcohol, with the jelly very much shrunken
and of a rather opaque whitish colour. The disappearance of the dark brown pigment
and the thinness of the jelly, which resembles a thick tough skin, are no doubt due to
the method of preservation.

The specimen has lost its natural shape, so that measurements are of little
scientific value, but are given to indicate the size of the specimen. The central disc
has a broad conical appearance, and its height is not less than 90 mm. The total

2 B 2

46 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

length of the whole umbrella is not less than 200 mm. The pedalia have lost their
external form and have become flattened. The tentacular pedalia are a little over
40 mm. in length and 25 to 30 mm. in width. The rhopaliar pedalia are at least
60 mm. in length and 20 to 25 mm. in width. Nearly all the tentacles are present,
and one measures 300 mm. in length. The tentacular lobes are a little over 55 mm.
in length and 30 mm. in width. The gonads are large, about 80 mm. in length and
20 mm. in width, and show ova in different stages of development.

The other two specimens in the ' Southern Cross ' collection are densely stained
with iron rust, broken and much flattened out. They are of about the same size as
specimen C, and have well-developed ovaries.

' DISCOVERY ' COLLECTION.

The ' Discovery ' specimen was preserved in chromic-formol solution, and is of a
greenish colour, which is due to the chromic acid. It is very much broken and
damaged.

From the appearance of the above specimens it seems to me that a large
Periphylla requires not only careful preservation, but very careful packing. A
specimen should be well soaked in several changes of formalin or alcohol, and then
placed in a jar or can larger than the specimen, but not along with starfish, glass
tubes, or the like.

The sketch of Periphylla made by Dr. Wilson, who is an accurate and skilled
artist, is of considerable value. It is a life-size sketch of a living specimen. As such
accurate sketches are very rare, I have given a photographic reproduction of it (Plate
VII., fig. 1), and only regret that it was necessary to reduce the size.

The sketch shows that the specimen was nearly 200 mm. in height and about
300 mm. wide across the lobes. The central disc measures in height from the coronal
furrow to the top of the umbrella about 100 mm., and its width is about 160 mm. The
tentacular pedalia are about 40 mm. in length and 30 mm. in width, and the rhopaliar
pedalia about 50 mm. in length and 20 mm. in width. (These measurements agree
with those made upon the specimen, except that the rhopaliar pedalia are a little
longer, nearly 60 mm.) Mr. Hodgson informs me that the Medusa when alive was of
a reddish (?) brown colour, by no means intense, except round the lower portion of the
umbrella, where the colour was very dark.

I have in my collection a well-preserved specimen of Ptrlphylla hyacinthina from
the North Atlantic. In this specimen two of the rhopaliar pedalia show a transverse
groove, and the other rhopaliar pedalia do not. The groove is in about the same
position us that figured by Prof. Haeckel for P. m/ntbilis. The absence of a groove on
I w<> of the rhopaliar pedalia points strongly to the groove being a crease formed by
the bending back of the margin of the umbrella cither whilst the Medusa was in the
net, or on deck, or in the handling of the specimen.

MEDUSA. 47

Distrilmtion. — Pacific Ocean : off the coast of Chile (Vanhoffen, 1892), off the
coast of Central America (Maas, 1897), off the Hawaiian Islands (Mayer, 1906), off
New Zealand (Haeckel, 1880).

FAMILY ATOLLIM.

Genus ATOLLA, Haeckel, 1880.
(sens. em. Vauhoffen, 1902, Maas, 1897-1904.)

ATOLLA WYVILLII.
(Plate VII. , fig. 2.)

*>

A/n/lii. Wyvillri, Haeckel, 1880, p. 488 ; id., 1882, p. 113, PL XXIX., %s. 1-9 ; VanholYeii, 1902, p. 13,
Taf. V., fig. 22 ; Browne, 1908, p. 241 ; Bigelow, 1909, p. :;9.

There is one specimen of this Medusa in the ' Discovery ' collection. It was
taken in lat, 70° 30' S., long. 169° E., off Admiralty Range (near Cape Adare), in a
trawl (bottom at 610 fms.), on 26th February, 1904, when the ship was among
pack ice.

The aboral side of the umbrella is in good condition, but the oral side is damaged.
The stomach is torn, and only two of the gonads remain. The jelly is of a dark green
colour, which is due to fixing with chromic acid, but the dark reddish brown pigment,
which should coat the greater part of the umbrella, has been rubbed off, and only
traces of it now remain in grooves, depressions, and other more or less protected
places.

This species has been very well described and figured by Prof. Haeckel. It is
distinguished from the other species of the genus by the presence of conspicuous
lobes, separated by broad furrows around the margin of the central disc of the
umbrella. The specimen shows this character very clearly. It lias 21 lobes
separated from each other by a broad, deep U -shaped furrow.

The width of the umbrella is about 77 mm. and the height about 20 mm. The
top of the central disc is probably not perfectly flat, but slightly convex; its
diameter measured 46 mm. There are 22 tentacles and an eijual number of sense
organs. The pedalia of the tentacles measured 6 mm. in length and 7 mm. in
width. The length of oesophagus is about 20 mm. The diameter of circular muscle
band is about 65 mm.

Until Prof. Agassi/ carried out in the 'Albatross ' (1904-05) his explorations in
the Eastern Pacific, Af»//ir u-yvillii was known from the Antarctic and sub- Antarctic
regions only. Mr. Bigelow (1909), in his report on the Medusae collected by
Agassiz's expedition, records .specimens from the neighbourhood of the (Jalapagos
Islands, and from other stations. In the region explored Ati>ll<t occurs within
300 fins, of the surface.

48 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

SEM^EOSTOMATA.
FAMILY CYANEID^E.

DESMONEMA, L. Agassiz, 1862.
(sens. em. Maas, 1908.)

Generic Character. — Cyaneidse with eight rhopalia ; with eight straight or nearly
straight groups of tentacles, each group containing only a single row of tentacles ;
with eight tentacular and sixteen rhopaliar lobes ; without radial muscles on the lobes.

In 1862 L. Agassiz placed Chrysaora gaudichaudi, Lesson (1830), in a new
genus called Desmonema, and at the same time he described Couthouyia pendula as a
new genus and species. Prof. Haeckel (1880) emended the definition of the genus
Desmonema and reduced Couthouyia to a synonym of it. Dr. Vanhoffen (1888) has
also emended the generic definition of Desmonema and added a new species called
Desmonema chierchiana[_um~], on the ground that the earlier species were not recog-
nisable owing to their imperfect descriptions.

Until quite recently the above-mentioned species had only been recorded from the
Magellauic area, and it was generally considered tjmt they belonged to one genus, and
that probably only one species really existed. The occurrence of a second s'pecies of
Desmonema in the Magellanic area has still to be proved, as Desmonema chierchianum
is the only one which has been adequately described and figured from that area.

Dr. Vanhoffen (1908) in his report on the 'Gauss' Medusae has recorded
Desmonema chierchianum from Kerguelen and Heard Islands, and also large tentacles of
a Desmonema, and early stages from the ' Gauss ' Winter Quarters of Kaiser Wilhelm II.
Land on the Antarctic continent.

Dr. Maas (1908) in his report on the Medusse collected by the ' Fran9ais '
Antarctic expedition records a Desmonema under the name of Coutlwuyia gaudichaudi,
from Booth-Wandel Island, off Dauco's Land on the West Antarctic continent. From
Maas' description and figures there can be no doubt that his Couthouyia and the
Desmonema in the ' Southern Cross ' collection belohg to the same species. It must be
clearly understood that there is no proof whatever, at present, that Desmonema
(Couthouyia) gaudichaudi of Maas is identical with Desmonema (Chrysaora] gaudichaudi
of Lesson.

Dr. Maas (1906) has also given a brief description, without figures, of an early
stage of a Medusa which he considers to be probably a young Couthouyia. This
specimen was taken in October, 1898, by the ' Belgica,' in lat. 69° 59' S., long. 82°
39' W., at a station which is south-west of the ' Francais ' station off Danco's Land.
According to Maas the specimen measured 15 mm. in diameter. It has sixteen
marginal lobes which show the beginnings of branched canals, and eight tentacles and
eight sense organs alternating with one another. This young Couthouyia is probably
an early stage of Desmonema gaudichaudi, because Desmonema chierchianum of a similar

MEDUSAE.

49

size has eight groups of tentacles, each group with one long tentacle and four to six
minute tentacles or tentacular buds. (Browne, ' Scotia ' Report, p. 244.) I regret
that I cannot follow Maas in using the name Couthouyia instead of Desmonema, The
latter seems to me to be the correct name to use, and Vauhoffen is also of
this opinion.

I believe that Desmonema chierchianum (Vanhoffen) and Desmonema gaudichaudi
(Maas) are two distinct species belonging to the same genus, and I shall also endeavour
to show that the Desmonema taken at the ' Gauss ' Winter Station is not Desmonema
chierchianum, but Desmonema gaudichaudi (Maas). Before the name Desmonema
gaudichaudi can be definitely established for the Antarctic species, the Medusa must
be found in the Magellanic area, but I have decided to use the name in this report in
preference to introducing a new specific name. Up to the present the records show
that Desmonema gaudichaudi (Maas) is an Antarctic species occurring south of
latitude 60° ; whereas Desmonema chierchianum is a sub-Antarctic species occurring
north of latitude 60°.

Desmonema gaudichaudi can easily be distinguished from Desmonema chierchianum
by the thickness and number of the tentacles. The former has up to about seven
tentacles in each group, and these tentacles become very thick, 5 mm. or more in
diameter. The latter species, Desmonema chierchianum, has a very large number of
tentacles, up to sixty in each group, and they are thin and slender, about 2 mm. in
diameter. The difference in the number and size of the tentacles is not due to age
(Plate V., figs. 1 and 2).

DESMONEMA GAUDICHAUDI.
(Plate V., fig. l.)

Couthouyia rjaudichatiiU, Maas, 190S, p. 3, PI. I. ('Frangais' Exped.).

Desmonema chierch-iana, Vanhoffen, 1908 (partim), p. 44, fig. 9, Taf. X., fig. 3, and text relating to
specimens taken off the Antarctic continent, ' Gauss ' Winter Station.

The ' Southern Cross' collection contains three specimens which were taken near
the surface of the sea at Cape Adare on 27th December, 1899, and 15th and 17th
January, 1900. It is not possible to give a complete description, as the specimens
arrived in bad condition.

Specimen A. — The diameter of the umbrella, measured to the periphery of the
circular muscles, is about 150 mm. There are eight groups of tentacles, each containing
two large tentacles, and four of the groups have au additional small tentacle. The
gonads are very much flattened out, and in this condition measured 25 mm. in length
and 50 mm. in width. The genital openings are about 35 mm. in length and the
spaces between, forming the pillars of the oral arms, are 6 to 10 rum. in width.

Specimen B. — The diameter of the umbrella measured to the periphery of the
circular muscles is about 160 mm. The number of tentacles in each of the eight

='•

50 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

groups is as follows :— 3 large + 1 small, 2 1. + 2 s., 2 1. + 2 s., 2 1. + 2 s., 2 L + 2 s.,
2 1. + 1 s., 3 1., 1 1. +1 s. The large tentacles are 4 to 5 mm. thick near the base,
and one measured 260 mm. in length. The small tentacles are in the course of
development ; they vary very much in size and length, and are situated on the outer
sides of the group. Some of these little tentacles are only just visible, and measure
about 2 mm. in length. The gonads protrude about 30 mm., and the genital openings
in the wall of the stomach are 20 to 25 mm. in width and 35 to 40 mm. in length,
and the spaces between the openings about 8 mm.

Specimen C. — This specimen is in better condition than the other two, but it is
by no means perfect. The diameter of the umbrella, measured to the periphery of the
circular muscles, is about 220 mm. The umbrella is of moderate thickness and its
external surface is smooth and free from warts or clusters of nematocysts.

The stomach is circular in outline, about 80 mm. in diameter, with sixteen radial
pouches. The tentacular pouches are 45 to 55 mm. in width at their distal margin,
and the rhopaliar pouches about 35 mm. The oral arms are incomplete, only the
basal parts remain, and these have large frills. The width of the pillars of the arms
is about 10 mm. The gouads in general appearance are similar to those of Desmonema
chierchianum, and are about 70 mm. in length. The genital openings are large and
somewhat rectangular in shape and measure about 40 mm. in length and 30 mm.
in width.

There are eight groups of tentacles arranged in a single row, adjacent to the
outer edge of the circular muscles. The largest tentacles are in the middle of the
group and the smallest on either side. The large tentacles are broken off close
to the umbrella, and stumps show that they were about 5 mm. in thickness. In
each group there are two or three large tentacles and two that are smaller.
The sense organs are eight in number and are very much like those in Desmonema
chierchianum.

The tentacular lobes (PI. V., fig. 1) measure about 45 mm. in length and 55 mm.
in width, and their distal margin is without any clefts or indentations. The rhopaliar
lobes are about 35 mm. in length and 25 mm. in width. The canal system in the
marginal lobes is of the same type as that in Desmonema chierchianum (PI. V., fig. 2).
In the tentacular lobes there is a canal between every two tentacles. Owing to the
fewness of the tentacles in Desmonema gaudichaudi the canals are also few in number,
but they are much broader than in Desin/>i/i'ina chierchianum, and occasionally nearly
coalesce in the proximal part of the lobes.

The young Medora stage of Desmonema chierchianum described by Dr. Yanhoffen
(1908, p. 46, Taf. II., fig. 3) and taken at the 'Gauss' Winter Station, I consider to
be a young Desmonema gaudichaudi Maas. It measures 38 mm. in diameter, with
eight groups of tentacles, each group containing one large stout tentacle and one
minute tentacle or tentacular bud. In the Report on the ' Scotia ' Medusa? I described
young stages of Desmonema chierchianum from the Falkland Islands. One specimen,

MEDUSA. 51

16 mm. in diameter, has one long slender tentacle and four to six minute tentacles or
tentacular buds in each group. A specimen 25 mm. in diameter has in each group
three to six tentacles, one of which is very long and slender, and about six tentacular
buds (' Scotia ' Report, PI. II., fig. 2). It is clear that the young stages of Desmonema
chierchianum have far more tentacles in each group than Vanhoffen's Medora stage,
though the latter is larger in size. There is also a difference in the shape of the
tentacular lobes.

Detached Tentacles taken in Nets. — The 'Scotia' when in lat. 72° 31' S., and
long. 19° W., on 5th March, 1904, found in a drift net at 1 to 100 fms. some long,
thick tentacles. The longest was over four feet in length and the maximum thickness
measured was 7 mm. These tentacles have been described and figured by Dr. Rennie
(1905) and considered by him to be the tentacles of a Siphonophore.

The ' Discovery ' obtained isolated tentacles in McMurdo Sound, and these were
also examined by Dr. Rennie (1907), who considered them to be the tentacles of
another Siphonophore. "These tentacles differ from those of the Scottish Expedition,
both in colour and consistency, the latter being brownish and of a markedly gelatinous
nature even in their badly preserved parts. They appear to belong to a distinct and
otherwise unknown form."

Dr. Vanhoffen (1908) has proved, beyond all doubt, the tentacles of Rennie's
Siphonophore to be the tentacles of a Desmonema. The ' Gauss ' obtained similar
large tentacles at her winter quarters off the Antarctic Continent.

I obtained from the British Museum a piece of one of the tentacles found by
Mr. Hodgson in McMurdo Sound and cut some sections of it. The sections clearly
show that Dr. Vanhoffen was right when he said that the tentacles belonged to a
Desmonema and not to a Siphonophore. The structure of the tentacles of Dr. Rennie's
Siphonophore is similar to that of Desmonema gaudichaudi in the 'Southern Cross'
collection.

The tentacles of Desmonema chierchianum and D. gaudichaudi are similar in
structure, but the muscle bands of D. chierchianum are smaller in size and more
slender than those of D. gaudichaudi. As the tentacles of D. gaudichaudi are
much thicker than those of D. chierchianum, so also are the muscle bauds larger
and thicker.

Distribution. — Antarctic Ocean. Booth- Wandel Island, lat. 65° S., long. GG° W.
(Paris) (Maas, 1908, ' Francais ' Expedition); lat. 69° 59' S., long. 82° 39' W.
(Maas, 1906, 'Belgica' Expedition); lat. 66° S., long. 89° E. (Vanhoffen, 1908,
' Gauss' Expedition) ; Cape Adare, lat. 70° 18' S., long. 170° 9' E. (' Southern Cross '
Expedition); lat. 72° 31' S., long. 19° 00' W. (Rennie, 1905, 'Scotia' Expedition);
McMurdo Sound. Lat. 78° 48' S., long. 1GG° 20' S. (Rennie, 1907, 'Discovery'
Expedition).

VOL. V. 2 C

52 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

FAMILY ULMARIM.*
DIPLULMARIS, Maas, 1908.

Generic Character. — Ulmaridse with 16 rhopalia, 16 tentacles, and 32 marginal
lobes, regularly alternating (with numerous radial canals, some branching and all
anastomosing in a network at the periphery and communicating with a circular
canal).

DIPLULMARIS ANTARCTICA.

(Plate VI.)

Diplulmaris antarctica, Maas, 1908, p. 9, PL II., figs. 2, 3.
Ulmaropsis dr//f/alslcil, Vauhoffeii, 1908, p. 45, figs. 10-12.
Ulmaropsis antarctica, Vanhoffen, 1909, Deutsche Sudpolar Exped. Vorwort, Bd. x. (Zool., Bd. ii.), p. v.

This interesting Medusa was first described by Maas as a new genus and species,
and his description is based upon two specimens collected by the French Antarctic
expedition. A few months after the appearance of Maas' report on the Medusae of the
French expedition, Vanhoffen's report on the Medusae of the German Antarctic
expedition was published, and in it he described a new Medusa under the name of
UlnHtropxis drygalskii, n.g. et n.sp. Messrs. Maas and Vanhoffen soon recognised
that both expeditious had collected specimens of this new Antarctic Medusa, and that
they had described it under different names. This was, however, unavoidable, owing
to the short interval of time between the publications of the two reports.
Dr. Vanhoffen (1909) recognises Maas' priority and proposes that the name Ulmarop*ix
antarctica should be used instead of Diplulmaris antarctica. I am sorry that I cannot
agree to Vanhoeffen's proposed generic jiame, because it is directly opposed to the
rules of nomenclature, which are very clear and definite on this point. The generic
name Diplulmaris has priority over Ulmaropeis, just as the specific name antarctica
has priority over drygalskii.. The name Diplulmaris is quite valid and must be used.

The 'Discovery' brought home twenty-six specimens of this species, and they
nearly all belong to the ephyra and . meta-ephyra stages; but three are certainly
adults.

There is also a single specimen in the ' Southern Cross ' collection. It belongs to
the meta-ephyra stage, and was taken at Cape Adare on 10th May, 1899.

The Ephyra stage (Plate VI., figs. 1 and 2). — The smallest and youngest specimens
of the series are between 4 and 5 mm. in diameter, and have the typical ephyra
appearance. At this stage the ephyra has sixteen fairly long arms, each divided into
two flat lobes, which in the adult become the marginal lobes of the umbrella, and each
arm carries a rhopalium. There are thirty-two straight, unbranched, radial canals,
sixteen of which run direct from the stomach to the rhopalia, and sixteen belong to

* As Ulmaris is a name coined by Prof. Haeekel, and not of Greek origin, Ulmaridie maybe allowed to pass,
but Dijiltilmnris is so shocking a hybrid that a protest must be entered. Ulmaropsis is, of course, as bad. — ED.

MEDUSA. 53

the tentacular series, regularly alternating with the former. The teutaeular canals are
evidently not of the same age as the rhopaliar canals, liut of a slightly later gi-u\vlli.

The tentacles are just beginning to make their appearance, and are indicated
either by bulb-like buds, by tapering elongated buds, or by minute tentacles. Four
tentacular buds varying in size and age are found in the smallest specimens, and as
the Medusa grows twelve more buds develop, making' the total up to sixteen. It is
clear that the tentacles do not all develop at the same time, but at irregular intervals
and apparently in no definite order. Ultimately the full number is reached, and
corresponds to the number of sense organs.

It is quite probable that there is a still younger ephyra stage, which is not
represented in the collection — a stage with only sixteen rhopaliar canals, and without
the tentacular canals.

The stomach is very small, circular in outline, and four gastric filaments are
visible inside. The filaments increase in number as the Medusa grows. In the early
stages one filament in each group is much longer than the others, and this is
probably the primary one. The mouth is simply a large opening, without any definite
lips or arms, which appear later.

The ex-umbrella is covered with small clusters of nematocysts. In the later
stages the nematocysts are confined to the aboral side of the marginal lobes.

The circular canal is formed by outgrowths from the radial canals (Plate VI.,
fig. 2), and is evidently formed just before the branches of the rhopaliar canals begin
to develop.

The Meta-ephyra stage. — The normal appearance of this stage has been very
well figured by Maas (1908, Plate II., fig. 2). It may be distinguished by all the
rhopaliar canals possessing two opposite lateral branches, which lead into the circular
canal. The tentacular canals remain unbranched, as in the earlier stages. The
branching of the rhopaliar canals in the ' Discovery' specimens is rather irregular, and
there is a want of uniformity in the pattern. The number of tentacles or tentacular
buds present is very variable and is not correlated with the size of the umbrella, which
at this stage is 15 to 25 mm. in diameter.

Variation. — Among the ephyra and meta-ephyra stages fourteen specimens are
sufficiently perfect for counting the number of rhopalia or rhopaliar canals. On<?
specimen has eleven rhopalia, four have fourteen rhopalia, two have fifteen rhopalia.
and seven have the normal number of sixteen.

The early stages were mostly taken by the ' Discovery ' during April and May.
As meta-ephyra stages were taken at the end of March and ephyra stages in May and
June, there is no clue given as to the breeding season of this Medusa. The ephyra and
meta-ephyra stages were found by the 'Gauss' in January and March. Vanhofieu's
account of these stages is based upon nine specimens, 4 to 22 mm. in diameter.

Tltc Ail alt. — The adult specimens were all placed in one jar and labelled " Winter
Quarters, various dates, 1903. Chromic-formalin." They were afterwards transferred

2 c 2

54 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

to alcohol, as the storage room on the ship was below freezing point. These specimens
have now been preserved about six years, and the tissues are still in good condition,
and the niesoglsea remains transparent and pliable. The jar contained at least three
specimens.

Specimen A. — The umbrella is about GO mm. in diameter, and it is unbroken,
though the margin is torn away and the whole of the mouth. This is, however, a
valuable specimen, as it is the only one showing the gonads in situ, and they are in
good condition.

Specimen B. — This specimen is represented by one-half of the umbrella, with
about eight rhopalia and eight tentacles. The diameter of the umbrella is estimated
at about 70 mm.

Specimen C. — This one consists of only one-half of the umbrella, with seven
rhopalia. The diameter of the umbrella is estimated at about 75 mm. From the
appearance of the radial canals, Specimens B and C belong to different Medusae, and
not to one Medusa torn in half. In addition to the above there are four fragments
belonging to the margin of the umbrella, with tentacles and rhopalia. These fragments
may be parts of the above specimens, or of other specimens.

Description of the Adult. — The umbrella is thin and probably slightly convex in
shape. The margin of the mouth is studded with warts and short protuberances
containing nematocysts. The fragments belonging to the mouth are from the margin
of a large mouth with either four lips, or four short arms, about 35 mm. in length,
something like the oral arms of Aurelia aurita, but thinner and more membrane-like.
The stomach is a flat circular cavity, about two-thirds the diameter of the umbrella,
and its lower side is covered with a moderately thick layer of mesoglsea.

In a normal specimen 32 radial canals should leave the stomach. Sixteen of these
belong to the rhopaliar series and are branched, and sixteen to the tentacular series
and are unbranched. All the radial canals communicate with a circular canal and also
with one another by means of an irregular anastomosing network of canals near the
periphery of the umbrella (Plate VI., fig. 3). The rhopaliar canals have opposite
lateral branches, which are irregular in their position on the main canal. In the
adult the primary lateral branches have not uufrequently lost their connection
with the main canal, and are in direct communication with the stomach. This is
evidently due to the outward growth of the periphery of the stomach cutting off the
proximal portion of the radial canals, including the junctions of the branches. (In
Aurelia aurita it is not unusual to find the interradial branched canals isolated from
their main canal, which then runs as a straight isolated canal from the stomach to the
sense organ.) The main rhopaliar canals have frequently secondary lateral branches,
which originate nearer the margin of the umbrella. The secondary branches were not
present in the ephyra stages, and were only seen in the adults.

The gonads begin to make their appearance in the meta-ephyra stage, and are
then indicated by a very narrow baud on the outer side of the gastric filaments. As

MEDUSA. 55

the gonads develop the Kind becomes sinuously folded and broadens. In the young
adult the baud is about 4 mm. in width and somewhat semicircular in shape.
There is no sub-genital cavity as in Aurdia aurifa. The gonads protrude from the
stomach and hang down from the sub-umbrella like the gonads of a Chrysaora.
In the meta-ephyra stage the genital sacs have the appearance of simple sac-like
enlargements, with very thin walls ; on the wall of the stomach inside are situated two
rows of gastric filaments and the embryonic genital band. By the time the gonads
have reached maturity the genital sacs have become lobated (Plate VI., fig. 5).
Internally the proximal end of the sac is covered with numerous gastric filaments, and
its distal end or bottom holds the gonads, which are now arranged in more complicated
and somewhat irregular folds.

The tentacles are very much laterally compressed, especially in the basal portion,
but the distal portion is more round and tapers off to a slender point. Along the
whole length of the tentacle, on the inner side, runs a band or ridge, which is closely
studded with clusters of nematocysts. The outer side of the tentacle is smooth and
free from clusters of nematocysts (Plate VI. , fig. G). The tentacles are hollow
throughout their whole length, a fiat tube-like cavity running close to the inner edge.
They are apparently in a semi-contracted condition, and the tube-like cavity is
contracted into a series of transverse folds, which, when viewed from the outer edge
of the tentacle, have the appearance of a series of rings. The folding or wrinkling
is present in all fully-grown tentacles, and is sufficiently conspicuous to be noticed
by the naked eye.

In the adult there are normally sixteen sense organs, alternating with sixteen
tentacles. The rhopalium, or tentaculocyst, is not well protected in this Medusa—
neither by lying back in a groove nor by a covering formed by the marginal lobes.
It is situated on the wall of the niche formed by the marginal lobes, and points
upwards towards the aboral side of the umbrella. The rhopaliar canal, which leads
from the circular canal to the sense organ, is broad and fiat in the adult. Over the
rhopaliar canal and on the surface of the umbrella is situated a small patch of darkly
coloured cells, in the midst of which there is generally a slight depression forming
the dorsal sensory pit. The pit has the appearance of being in a rather rudimentary
condition and is occasionally absent.

Although the marginal lobes are more or less torn, there are no indications of
any further increase in number, beyond the original thirty-two of the ephyra stage,
by subsequent division. The ex-umbrellar side of the lobes is covered with numerous
warts containing uematocysts. The lobes show a slight variation in shape, and fill
up the space between the sense organs and the tentacles. As these are not always at
equal distances apart, some of the lobes are broader than others.

Vanhoffen's description of the adult is based upon a large fragment of the
marginal part of the umbrella, and Maas had only one quadrant of an umbrella to work
upon. Vanhoffen describes and clearly figures tentacular lobes on the margin of the

56 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

umbrella iu addition to the rhopaliar lobes. Each rhopaliar lobe is divided by a deep
deft. Maas, on the other hand, figures the rhopaliar lobes with an undivided margin.
I have carefully examined the tattered marginal lobes of my specimens, and can
occasionally see a small isolated lobe in the position of Vanhoffen's tentacular lobes.
From their general appearance I have come to the conclusion that they are only
detached portions of the torn rhopaliar lobes. Although none of my specimens have
one absolutely perfect lobe, still, in building up a picture from the many imperfect
lobes I cannot trace or find any definite cleft in these rhopaliar lobes.

Distribution.— Antarctic. 'Gauss' Winter Station, about lat. 66° S., long. 89° E. ;
north of Kaiser Wilhelm II. Land (Vanhofteu). Wandel Island ; lat. 65° S., long.
66° W. (Paris) (' Francais ' Expedition). (Maas, 1908.) McMurdo Sound; lat.
78° 49' S., long. 166° 30' E. ('Discovery' Expedition). Cape Adare ; lat. 70° 18' S.,
long. 170° 9' E. (' Southern Cross ' Expedition).

DlPLULMARIS (?) GIGANTEA.

In Mr. Borchgrevink's " First on the Antarctic Continent " there is an allusion to
the capture of a very large Scyphomedusa. " One large jellyfish was caught near the
peninsula, with arms, or extremities, about 12 yards long; its weight was 90 Ibs."
There are also two illustrations from photographs of this Medusa ; one showing it at
the surface of the sea, and the other after it was landed from the boat. This specimen
was apparently caught on 10th October, 1899, and there is a record of another
specimen for December 27th. " Mr. Fouger secured a magnificent specimen of a
jellyfish." In the ' Southern Cross ' collection there is one specimen of a large
Scyphomedusa labelled "Cape Adare, January, 1900; 7 fathoms." It was originally
in formalin, but was transferred to alcohol at the British Museum.

I saw this specimen soon after its arrival at the Museum. It was then in a broken
condition and thickly coated with a deposit of iron rust, which had uniformly stained
the surface of the Medusa a dark reddish-brown colour. It seems to me that this
specimen must have passed through some other chemical besides formalin, because the
jelly of the umbrella has become very much consolidated and rather hard and brittle.

When the specimen was laid out flat in a dish, the umbrella measured about
18 inches (500 mm.) in diameter. (The size of the " 90-lb. Medusa" is not stated,
but from the photographs I roughly estimate the umbrella to have been about 2^ feet
in width and about 1 foot in height.) There is a central mouth and four oral arms,
which are not perfect. The longest arm measures 7 feet (over 2 metres), and another
arm 5 feet. They must have been very much longer when the animal was alive.
They have every appearance of great strength and length, so that I do not think that
the length of 12 yards for the oral arms of the "90-lb. Medusa" was a very great
exaggeration. The arms are evidently of the Desmonema type, V-shaped transversely,
broad at the base, and tapering towards the distal end. The delicate membranous
folds, which form the sides of the arm, have disappeared, and only the keel and thick

MEDUSA. 57

gelatinous parts remain. The basal portion of the arm, close to the mouth, is very
much compressed laterally, resembling a thick fleshy leaf, about 130 mm. broad and
about 20 mm. thick.

The lower wall of the stomach is thick and strong for carrying the weight of
the oral arms. In it there are four interradial genital openings, which are semi-
oval in shape, measuring about 20 mm. in length. These openings are very small
for the size of the stomach, but larger openings would tend to weaken its lower
wall. From one of the openings a gonad is protruding about 50 mm. The
stomach is circular in shape, forming a large cavity without internal septa and without
distal pouches. From the periphery of the stomach go forth many radial canals.
The courses of several of the canals were traced by dissection. They pass through
the layer of jelly and come to the surface of the sub-umbrella. It has already been
stated that the Medusa is of a dark reddish-brown colour, which is an opaque surfai-c-
layer confined to a very thin skin, which can be peeled off from the underlying jelly
This skin, at first, was mistaken for the ectoderm, but after further investigation and
consideration, it seems more likely to be an artificial product, formed after preservation
On tracing the radial canals from the stomach it was found that they came to the
surface of the sub-umbrella near the periphery of the stomach, and that their open
ends were covered by the reddish skin. There is not the slightest trace of a canal
system over the surface of the sub-umbrella, nor of any muscles. One would naturally
expect to see powerful circular muscles on the suit-umbrella, considering the size of
and thickness of the umbrella, and the great, length of the oral arms. I believe that
all the circular muscles, and the whole of the canal system on the sub-umbrella, have
peeled off. Their absence would account for the abrupt termination of the radial
canals after passing through the wall of the stomach.

The margin of the umbrella is very much damaged and broken, but there arc
indications, here and there, of lobes, which are, perhaps, the basal portions of larger
lobes. There is not the slightest trace of a tentacle, nor of a sense organ. Except
for the gonads the specimen is but little more than a gelatinous skeleton.

The presence of a central mouth, and oral arms without internal canals excludes
this Medusa from the Rhizostomata. It, no doubt, belongs to the Semseostomata.
The absence of marginal gastric pouches, and the presence of radial canals, indicate
that it belongs to the Ulmaridse. It is best to place this large Medusa provisionally
in the genus Dipltitwaris, as it is too imperfect to justify the possession of a new
generic name.

58 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

LIST OF BOOKS AND MEMOIRS QUOTED IN THE TEXT.

AGASSIZ, A., 1865.—" North American Acalephax" Catalogue Museum Conrp. Zool., Harvard College,

No. II. Cambridge, U.S.A.
AGASSIZ, L., 1860-62. — " Contributions to the Natural History of the United States of America," vols. iii.,

iv. Boston.
ANTIPA, G., 1892. — "Die Lucernarideu der Bremer Expedition nach Ostspitzbergen im Jahre 1889."

Zool. Jahrb. (Syst.), Bd. vi., pp. 377-396. Taf. XVII., XVIII.
BEDOT, M., 1908. — "Stir un Animal pelagique de la Region antarctique" (Wandelia charcoti). Exped.

Antarct. Francaise (1903-5). Expedition Charcot. 5 pp. 1 PI.
BIGELOW, H. B., 1909. — " Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Eastern Tropical

Pacific ... by the steamer 'Albatross,' 1904-5." No. 1C. The Medusas. Mem. Mus. Comp.

Zool., Harvard, vol. sxxvii. 243 pp. 48 Pis.
BIGELOW, H. B., 1909. — "Cruise of the Schooner 'Grampus' in the Gulf Stream during July, 1908 ; with

description of a new Medusa (Bythotiaridce)." Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, vol. Iii., no. 12,

pp. 195-210. 1 PI.
BORCHGREVINK, C. E., 1901.— " First on the Antarctic Continent. ' Southern Cross ' Expedition, 1898-

1900." London.
BRANDT, J. F., 1838. — " Ausfiihrliche Beschreibung der von C. H. Mertens auf seiner Weltumsegelung

beobachteten Schirmquallen, nebst allgemeinen Bemerkungeu iiber die Schirinqnallen iiberhaupt."

Mem. Acad. Imp. St. Petersbourg, ser. 6, torn. ii. (Sci. Nat), pp. 237-411. Taf. I.-XXXI.
BROWNE, E. T., 1896. — " On British Hydroids and Medusas." Proc. Zool. Soc., London, pp. 459-500.

Pis. XVI., XVII.
BROWNE, E. T., 1902.— "A Preliminary Report on Hydromedusfe from the Falkland Islands." Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. ix., pp. 272-84.
BROWNE, E. T., 1902. — " Hydrozoa." A preliminary account. Report Collections Nat. Hist., ' Southern

Cross,' pp. 310-16. British Museum.
BROWNE, E. T., 1903. — " Report on some Medusae from Norway and Spitzbergeu." Bergens Mus. Aarbog.,

1903, no. 4. 36 pp. 5 Pis.
BROWNE, E. T., 1905.— Medusaj, in " Herdman's Pearl Fisheries, Ceylon." Part IV., pp. 131-GC. 4 Pis.

Royal Soc., London.
BROWNE, E. T., 1907. — " A Revision of the Medusas belonging to the Family Laodoceidje." Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist., vol. xx., pp. 457-80.
BROWNE, E. T., 1908.— "The Medusa of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition" ('Scotia').

Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. xlvi., pt. ii., pp. 233-51. 2 Pis.
DENDY, A., 1902. — " On a Free-swimming Hydroid, Pelagohydra mirabilix, n.g. et n.sp." Quart. Journ.

Micro. Sci., vol. xlvi., pp. 1-24. 2 Pis.
FEWKES, F. W., 1886. — "Report on Medusas collected by the Lady Franklin Bay Expedition," in Greely's

" Three Years of Arctic Service," vol. ii., app. xi., pp. 399-408. 1 PI. London.
GEGENBAUR, C., 1856. — " Versuch eines Systernes der Medusen." Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., Bd. viii.,

pp. 202-73. Taf. VII.-X.
(irNTHER, R. T., 1903. — "On the Structure and Affinities of Mnestra parasites, Krohu ; with a Revision

of the Classification of the Cladonemidie." Mith. Zool. Stat. Neapel., Bd. xvi., pp. 35-62. 2 Pis.
HAECKEL, E., 1879-80. — " Das System der Meduseu." Jena.
HAEOKEL, E., 1881. — "Die Tiefsee-Medusen der ' Challenger '-Reise und der Orgauismus der Medusen."

205 pp. 32 Tafn. Jena.
HAECKEL, E., 1882. — "Report on the Deep-Sea Medusa; dredged by H.M.S. 'Challenger,'" vol. iv.

154 pp. 32 Pis.
HARTLAUB, C., 1897. — "Die Hydromedusen Helgolands." Wiss. Meeres. deutsch. Meere, Bd. ii.,

pp. 449-536. 10 Tafn.

MEDUS.K. 59

HARTLAUB, C., 1907. — " Craspedote Meduscn ; Codonidcn und Cladonemiden." Xordisches Plankton.

XII. 13". pp. 12(1 figs, •_' ninps.
HARTLAUB, C., 1909. — "Uber Thaumantias pilusella, Forl.es ; und die neue Lafoeiden-Gattung t'oxnir/u-n."

Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. xxxiv., pp. s2-*9. 4 figs.
Hii'Ksii.N, S. J., and GRAVELY, F. X., 1907. — " Hydroid Zoophytes." National Antarctic Expedition

('Discovery'). Xat. Hist., vol. iii. 34pp. 4 Pis. British Museum.
HODOSON, T. V., 1907. — " On Collecting in Antarctic Seas." National Antarctic Expedition, vol. iii-

in pp.
LEUCKABT, II., l.xr.f,.— " Beitriigc zur Kctintniss d<T Medusenl'aiina von Xiz/a." Arcliiv. f. Nalurgc -sell..

]ip. 1-41.1. Taf. I.-II.
Lo BIANCO, S., 1904. — " Pelagisclio Ticfseeiiseherei der ' Maja ' in dur Umgebung von Capri," I!d. i.

91 pp. 4i' Tafn. Jena.
MAAS, 0., 1893. — " Die Craspedoten Mednsen." Ergebnisse der Plankton-Expedition, Bd. ii., K.c.

1(17 pp. 8 Tafn.
MAAS, 0., 1*97. — Reports on an Exploration oil' the west roast of Mexico, Central and Smith America, and

oil' the Galapagos Islands. ' Albatross,' 1*91. Pt. 21. "Die Medusen." Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.

Harvard, vol. xxiii., pp. 1-92. 15 Tafn.
MAAS, ()., 1904. — ''Meduses provenam des Campaniles des Yachts ' Iliromlelle ' et ' Princessc Alice,'

1SXG-1903." Result Camp. Scient. Monaco, fuse, xxviii. 71pp. i: Pis.

MAAS, ()., 1905. — " Die Craspedoten Medusen der Siboga-Expedition." Monograph X. 84pp. 14 Tafn.
MAAS, ()., 1906.—" Die arktisehen Medusen." Fauna Arctiea, lid. iv., pp. 481-526.
.MAAS, ()., r.loi;.— "Medusen." Expedition antaivtiqne I'.elgc, (• liclgica, '). 32 pp. :', Tafn. Anvcrs.
MAAS, O., 1908.— "Meduses." Expedition antarctiijue Franeais, 1903-5. is pp. i' 1'ls. Paris.
MAYKH, A. (i., 1900.— •' Some Medusa; from the Tortugas, Florida." Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard,

vol. xxxvii., pp. 11-S2. Pis. I.-XLIV.
MAVDI:. A. (!., 19oi;.— "Medusic of the Hawaiian Islands, collected by the ' Albatross ' in 19o2." Bull.

U.S. Fish Com., 1903, pt. iii., pp. 1131-1143. Pis. I.-II I.
MKTSI IINIKOFF, E., 1x74.— "Studien iiber die Entwicklung der Medusen und Siiilioii.iphoren." Zeil<<-hr.

f. wiss. Zool., Bd. xxiv., pp. 15-83. Taf. II.-XII.
.Mi i, t, i;it, J., 1851. — " Ueber eine eigeuthiiinliche Medusc des Mittelmeeres und iliren Jugendzustand."

Arch. Anat. Physic.!., Berlin, pp. :.'72-277. Taf. XI.
MriiUAV. J.. I.s9i;.— "On the Deep aud Shallow Water Marine Fauna of the Kerguelen R.-gion nf th.-

< i rent Southern Oeean." Trans. Roy. Soc., Edinburgh, vol. xxxviii., p].. :;i:;-.".oO.
REXNIH, J., I9o5. — " (")n the Tentacles of an Antarctic Siphouopliore." Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc., Edinburgli,

vol. xvi., pp. 35-37. 1 PL
REXMI-:, J., 1907.—" Tentacles of a Siphonophorc." Xational Antarctic Expedition, ' Discovery,' 19IH-4.

Xat. Hist., vol. iii. 3 pp. 5 figs. British Museum.
ROMANES, <!. .!., 187H-77. — "An Account of some Xew Spec'ies, Varieties and Monstrous Forms of

Medusiu." Journ., Linn. Soc., London. (Zool.) xii., ]ip. .'.L'.". .".:'.! ; xiii., p].. 190-194. !'N.

XV.-XVI.
TORREY, H. B., 1909.— "The Leptomedusa> of the San Die"., Kr-inii." I'niv. Calilnrnia I'nbl.. vol. vi.,

pp. 11-31. 11 figs. Berkeley, I'.S.A.
YAXHOFFEN, E., 18*8. — " Untersuchungen iiber Semacostome und Rhizosti.mc' iledusen." Uiblinthc'i-a

Zoologica, Bd. i., Heft 3. 54pp. t; Tafn. Map.

VAXHOFFEX, E., IN'.IL'. -" Die Akalephen der Plankton-Expedition," Ergeb. lid. 2, K.d. 2s pp. 1 Tafn.
YANHOFFEX, E., 1902.— "Die Craspedoteu Mi'dusen der deiitschen Tiefsec-Expeditinn " r Valdivia '),

I.S9S-99. Wissen. Ergebnisse, Bd. iii., pp. 53-86. Taf. 1X.-XII.
YAXiic'iFKEX, I-:., 1908. "Die Xarmineduseu der deiitschen Tiefsee-Expedition (• Yaldiviu '). 1898-99."

Wissen. Ergebnisse, Bd. xix., pp. 43-71. Taf. YII.-IX.
YAXHOFFEN, E., 190s. — "Die Lucernariden uud Skyphouiedusen," Deutsche Siidpolar-Expedition,

1901-3. Bd. x. (Zool., Bd. ii., pp. 27-49). Taf. II., III.
YANHOFFEX, E., 190'J. — Deutsche Sudpolar-Expedition. Bd. x. (Zool., Bd. ii.), Yorwort, p. v.

VOL. V. 2 D

60

EDWARD T. BROWNE.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

("/., adhesive pad (Lucernarid).

(ul.f., adhesive disc of the foot (Lucernarici)

I., basal bulb.

<-., cordylns.

c«., cavity of the peduncle (Lucernaria).

re., circular caual.

cm., circular muscles.

i/i'., diverticulnm of the circular canal.

ec., ectoderm.

ec. c., ectodermal cavities.

i'/i., endoderm.

ex., exumbrella.

/., filament of the stomach.

(j., gonad.

i/i/.. genital duct.

inter. ('., iuterradial canal.

k., canal in foot of Limr/it/riii.

in.. mouth.

'iiili., marginal bulb.

•Hies., mesoglsea.

iin'xi'ii., mesentery.

•n., nematocysts.

ec., ocellus.

LETTERING OF THE PLATES.

Of. I.,

ocular lobe ( = rhopaliar lobe)

rnaria).

or.,

oral lip.

of.,

otocyst.

ov.,

ovum ; ovary.

aria).

P;

papilla.

per.,

perradial.

•t

per. c.

, perradial canal.

iial.

r.,

radial canal.

rh.,

rh opal iu m.

rh. c.,

rhopaliar canal.

rh. L,

rhopaliar lobes.

s. p.,

sensory pit.

spt.,

septum.

St.,

stomach.

si. r.,

perradial ridge of stomach .

sub.,

sub-umbrella.

t;

tentacle.

ta.,

treniola.

('•-,

tentacular canal.

a.,

tentacular lobe.

UK'.,

umbrella wall.

- V;

velum.

PLATE I.

FIG. 1. — GataUema iceldoiii. Early stage, x 10.
FIG. 2. — Catalilema weUoiii. Adult, x 3i.

FIG. 3. — GataUema welthni. The basal portion of a tentacle. Lateral view. X 1-. l>., basal bulb;
re., circular canal ; tic., diverticulutn ; ex., exumbrella ; ml., marginal bulb ; r., radial canal.

FIG. 4. — Calablema weldoni. The filaments upon a tentacle. Lateral view, x 25.

FIG. 5. — Catubhma icehloni. Lower portion of the stomach, showing the gonads (//.), and the mouth (in.)
with perradial lip (per.), x -0.

FILL (i. — L'usiiietirella simple.!'. Adult. Lateral view, x 7.
PIG.

PIG.

7. — Cosmetirelhi siiiijjlr.i: A portion of the margin of the umbrella, showing a sensory pit (s.p.) and
two tentacles, x 0(*.

s. — CosiiiftireUa si»ijjJe.r. Transverse section of a sensory pit. x 480. <r., circular canal ;
ot., otocyst ; r., velum.

MEDUSAE.

61

FIG.
FIG.

FIG.
PIG.

FIG.
FIG.

FIG.

FIG.
FIG.

FIG.

FIG.

FIG.
FIG.

FIG.
FIG.

FIG.
FIG.

FIG.

FIG.
FIG.

FIG.
FIG.

PLATE II.

. — Siboyitii . bnri-lujri'v inl.i. Adult. Lateral view, x 2L

. — Sibogiln borrhgrevinki. Lateral view of the stomach, x 7. (Wall of the umbrella partly cut
away.) g., genital opening in the wall of the stomach; at. >:, pernidial ridge or band along the
stomach ; nifsen., "mesentery" connecting the pemuliul canal (PIT. <:) with tin: sinmach ; i/i/rr. c.,
interradial canal with diverticula.

. — Sibogita lorchgrcviiiki. Lateral view of a tentacle, x 1">.

. — Sihor/ita borc/i'/rrriii/,-/. Transverse section through the middle of the stomach, showing the
position of the gonads. x 2<i.

. — Silifii/itti lorchgreviriki. Transverse section of the stomach of a specimen wliich has >]nd the
gonads. cc. c., cavities lined with ectoderm, x -'<>.

. — Phji'liniii'iiii iniliirrlii-ii. Margin of the umbrella curled over, showing the dist;il portion of u
gonad (;/.), the width of the velum (v.) and the arrangement of the tentacles. Oral view, x 2.

. — Ptychogcna antarclica. Basal bulbs of the tentacles and the cordyli (P.). Aboral view, x !•">.
. — Ptychofjcna antarctita. The basal bulb of a tentacle. Lateral view, x 15.
. — Ptychogena antarctica. A cordylus. x 80.

PLATE III.

!

, — Elei/theria hodgsoni. Lateral view of the medusa, x 20.

. — Eleutlieria ho/ff/soni. Aboral view of the umbrella, showing the base of the stomach («/.), radial
canals (r.~), the bases of the tentacles (/.), and ocelli (oc.). X 20.

. — Eleufheriii Im/li/soiii. Oral view of the umbrella showing the mouth (/».), the gonads (//.), covered
over by the velum (v.~), and the bases of the tentacles covered with nematocysts (/?.). x 20.

. — Ekuthcria hoiljxmii. A tentacle showing the arrangement of the clusters of nematocysts when
the upper branch is contracted.

. — •Pitntftchogon scotti. Lateral view of the medusa. X !:">.

. — Pantachogon scotti. Diagram showing the position of the gonads upon the radial canaN.
Oral view.

PLATE IV.

. — Koellikeria maasi. An early stage. Lateral view, x :;n.
. — Koellikeria marisi. Lateral view of the adult. X 0.

. — Koellikrriit maasi. Portion of the margin of the umbrella, showing the perradial and interradial
groups of tentacles of an adult. Oral view, x 2n. />er., perradial ; y., velum ; cc., circular canal ;
b., compound basal bulb.

. — Knrllikrriit niiiiixi. Transverse section of a radial canal, showing the cctodi rm <•< 'Us and groove
in the wall of the sub-umbrella, x 2:!n.

. — Koellikeria maasi. Transverse section through the wall of the stomach, and showing a
longitudinal section of a gastric papilla (}>.}, and the ovary. X 2:!n.

aitslnilis. Tjateral view of the Medusa, x •">•">.

. — Miirt/rl'i/ixix iti/stnili*. Oral view of a basal bulb, showing the position of the t\vo tentacles.
X 200.

^H 2 D -2

62 EDWARD T. BROWNE.

PLATE V.

FIG. 1.— Desmonema gaudicTiaudi. A tentacular and two rhopaliar lobes on the margin of the umbrella,
showing the canal system in the lobes and the bases of the tentacles. Nat. size.

Fre. 2. — Desmonema elder cliiarnim. A tentacular and two rhopaliar lobes on the margin of the umbrella,
showing the canal system in the lobes and the bases of the tentacles. Nat. size.

FIG. 3. — Lucernaria vanhoeffeni. The interior of the peduncle. X 2. ta., tseniola with gastric fila-
ments (/.) in the lower part of the stomach (s/.), and terminating in bulbous enlargements ;
fa., cavity of the peduncle in communication with the stomach ; k., blind branched canals from the
cavity of the peduncle in the wall of the adhesive foot (fnl.f.~) ; inc., wall of the umbrella.

FIG. 4. — Ltn-eriifiria vanhoeffeni. Tentacles with adhesive pads (ad.). X 1C.

Via. T>. — Lucernaria vanhneffeiu. Portion of the genital bands, showing the elongated sacs containing
gonads. X 4.

Fin. li. — Lucernaria vanhoeffeni. Diagram of a longitudinal section through a genital sac. ov., ova or
ovary ; ffJ., genital duct.

PLATE VI.
Diplulmaris antanin,i.

pjG. i.. — Ephyra stage ; showing an early stage of the development of the canal system and the tentacles.
Oral side. X 15.

FIG. 2. — Ephyra stage later than fig. 1, showing the circular canal and the commencement of the branching
of the rhopaliar canals. Oral side. X 5.

FIG. 3. — Portion of the margin of the umbrella of an adult, showing the anastomosing of the canal system.
Oral side. X 2.

FIG. 4. — Sense organ. Aboral view. X 11.

Fn;. .">. — Sketch of a gonad lying on the sub-umbrella. Oral view, x 2.

FIG. G. — Tentacle of an adult. Lateral view, x 3.

PLATE VII.

FIG. 1. — Periplif/Hti </ni/eaibt»</ry<-hit. Photograph of Dr. Wilson's sepia drawing. Reduced nearly
2i times.

FIG. 2. — -AMla iryriUii. Photograph to show the wide furrows round the margin of the central disc.
About natural size.

FIG. 3. — Lucernaria vanhoeffeni. Photograph showing a lateral view of the medusa. About natural size.

FJG. 4. — Lurernitria vanhoeffeni. Photograph of a specimen cut longitudinally to show the interior of the
umbrella and the stomach. Slightly larger than natural size.

f

5.

2.

3

7.

2.

-Sub.

V \

Sub.

I

CC

St.r

En.
EC

9

En

SI r

St.r

G

Ex.

arctic (Discovery^ :

•usae r

EC
Ere.

•Ex.

. ..St.r

I -En.

En.

Kc.c

R

Oc

\\ U 1!

(T

••

3.

4.

5.

f""'-

CC.

A'

4.

0V. EC.

.':•

En

>' . -.

5

Antarctic (Discovery) Exp

6.

Medusae pi. IV.

CC

V.

7.

Aub. del., Wilson

3.

Ta

l t

4

5.

;

M

cc

(

cc

.

llll r

Tc

cc

I /I, I

6.

Sffi;

Discovery) Exp.

Medusae pi VI

PERIPHYLLA DOUECABOSTRYCHA.
Fig. 1.

ATOLLA WYVILLII.
Fig. 2.

LUCKKNAKIA VANHOBFFBN1.

I-ig. 3.

(CXtt't'lOl ).

LlICERNARlA VANHOEFFEN1.

F,g. 4.
(interior).

MEDUSAH PL. vn.

Mot n AM A Kidd— P

LICHENES.

By OTTO VKRXON DAKBISHIRE.
(1 Plate.)

INCLUDING the material brought back by the British National Antarctic Expedition,
there seem at the present moment to be recorded for the Antarctic continent, and a few
islands off its coast, about eighty-eight lichens. In the Arctic regions a well-developed
lichen-flora extends well to the north of 80° N. Lat. We might expect, therefore, to rind
lichens on the Antarctic continent in the same latitudes. As far as this particular
group of plants is concerned, we have not yet reached the same latitudes south as
north, and the furthest-south lichens are recorded from about 78° S. Lat. The southern
lichens are found in small (juantities only, and not in the abundance to which we are
accustomed in the case of the Arctic regions. The real Antarctic lichens have a double
interest. Their presence shows under what adverse conditions plant-life is possible.
It is also interesting and important to observe that the species met with on the
Antarctic continent do not belong to any new type of genus. There are of course
several new species, but they all belong to already known genera, or genera which have
representatives in warmer climes. In a paper on the Lichens of the South Orkneys I
made some comparison between the Antarctic lichens and arctic and alpine lichens of
Europe, but in that instance I included the lichens enumerated by Sir J. Hooker in his
" Flora Antarctica." Only few of his plants came actually from the Antarctic continent.
The time is not yet come to compare only the latter with the European species. AYe
must wait till more plants have been collected. Not till then shall we be able to
make suggestions regarding the origin of the lichen-flora of the Antarctic continent.
I must mention that of the eighty-eight lichens recorded, thirty-eight species are new,
and confined to the Antarctic south of 60°. But we may expect many additions to
the Antarctic lichen-flora during the next few years.

The lichen-material brought back by the British National Expedition includes
twenty-five species. But some of the plants were indeterminable, and in connection
with these I would like to make a few remarks about the collection of lichens.
Lichens should not be preserved in spirit, until after they have been named. It is
next to impossible to determine even the larger lichens from such material, as their
colour has been removed by the alcohol. After collection they should he dried l>\-
exposure, and then packed in soft paper tightly to prevent rubbing. A label should
of course be placed inside. Very few botanists arc lichenologists, but on the other

0. Y. DAEBISHIRE.

hand lichens form /«/>• i:r<-<'II<'nee the outposts of plant-life, and their collection is of the
greatest biological interest, as they occur in places where no other plants at all are met
with. Mosses and Algae accompany the lichens only up to a certain point. No doubt
more lichens might have been found if an expert lichenologist had accompanied
Captain Scott ; but, as it is, the material of the ' Discovery ' is of very great interest.
Most interesting is the discovery on Mount Erebus at a height of 1500 feet of
Gyrophora anthracina, Polycauliona rcf/alis, Caloplaca citrina, and Neuropogon iinln-
.i'1/iit/iuin. The first and last of these four lichens are also recorded from Mount Terror.
All but the second of the four are also Arctic species. Of .still greater importance is
the finding at the highest point reached on the ridge of the Western Mountains — that
is, at a height of 5000 feet — of a few bits of lichen. Two bits remained indeterminable,
and a third — with some misgiving, it is true — was relegated to Lccanom subfusca.
But it is of sufficient importance to discover any living organism at all in such a
locality. Amongst the twenty-five species of lichens, there were five new to science.

The lichens of the ' Discovery ' were collected in the neighbourhood of Granite
Harbour, McMurdo Bay ; at the Winter Harbour ; on Mounts Erebus and Terror ;
and on the Western Mountains. The various substrata on which the lichens were
found are moss, felspar-porphyry, dark basic scoriaceous lava, dark basic volcanic
agglomerate, dark basic lava, dark basic tuff, and light acid volcanic ash. I have to
thank Mr. G. H. A. Hickling for kindly naming the material on which the lichens were
growing.

ENUMERATION OF THE SPECIES.
LECIDEA AURICULATA.

Lcriilfd aiirlnilfitfi Th. Fr. Th. Fries, Lich. Scancl., p. 491).

Locality. — Granite Harbour, McMurdo Bay, January 20th, 1902, on felspar
porphyry.

Notes. — The specimens of this species, only a few apothecia of which were found,
belonged to the var. dulucens (Nyl.) Th. Fr. ; crusta fere nulla. Oil the same stone
were specimens of Placodium •innroram and an undetermined species of Endocarpon.
A few apothecia of Lecanora polytropa were also noticed on the same bit of porphyry.
Leciflcn iiiD'iculntn is also recorded from the Arctic regions and from the northern and
alpine parts of Europe.

RHIZOCAEPON GEOGRAPHICUM.
Rhizocarpon geographicum (L.) B.C. Th. Fries, Lich. Scancl., p. 622.

Locality. — Granite Harbour, McMurdo Bay, January 20th, 1902, on granite.
Xoh-ft. — This species is one of the most cosmopolitan of lichens in its distribution.
It has been recorded for the Antarctic by MM. Hue (Charcot, no. 16), and Wainio

LICHENES.

(Belgica, p. 31), and by Prof. Blackmail ('Southern Cross,' p. 320), and myself
(S. Orkneys, p. 2).

GYROPHORA AXTHRACINA.

unil/rnnna (Wulf.) Krb. Th. Fries, Lich. Scand., p. ICi.'i.

Localities. — From Mount Terror, October 21st, 1903, collected by Dr. Wilson's
party. The same little box contains a second label with " Mt. Terror, October 27-28th,
1903, collected by E. A. Wilson," on it. Cape Royds, on rock at altitude 1500 feet
(Erebus), January llth, l'J04, II. T. F. In both places the substratum was basic
scoriaceous lava.

Notes. — Only small plants were found, and in both cases associated with
Neuropogon melaxanthum. Gyrophora anthracina has not previously been recorded
from the Antarctic, but it is common enough in arctic and alpine portions of Europe
and America.

GYROPHORA CYLINDRICX

Gyrojihora cyliwlrica (L.) Acli. Tli. Fries, Lich. Scand., p. 157.

Locality. — Over damp places on rocks (actual material not mentioned), Granite
Harbour (New Bay), January 20th, 1902.

AWc.y. — A few sterile specimens were found. This species has a wide arctic and
alpine distribution. M. Wainio records its presence on the Antarctic continent
(Belgica, p. 10).

GYROPHORA DILLENII.
Gyrophora DiUenii Tuck. Tuck., N. A. L., vol. 1, p. 87.

Locality. — Over damp places on rocks (material not specified), Granite Harbour
(New Bay), January 20th, 1902.

AWi'.v. — This species is recorded from Canada and also by MM. Wainio
(IVIgica, p. 9) and Hue (Charcot, p. 13) for the Antarctic.

XANTHORIA LYCHNEA.

Xantlioria lychnea (Ach.) Th. Fr. Th. Fries, Lich. Scand., p. HI;.

Locality. — Granite Harbour (New Bay), McMurdo Bay, January 20th, 1902, on
dark basic volcanic tuff; there was also another specimen of the same species, but
without any label or record of locality.

AWr.v. — This is a cosmopolitan species and is recorded from the Antarctic by
M. Wainio (Belgica, p. 22) and myself (S. Orkneys, p. 4).

0. V. DARBISHIRE.
PLACODIUM ELEGANS.

cli't/ans (Link) Th. Fr. Th. Fries, Lich. Scaud., p. 108.

Locality. — Granite Harbour (New Bay), McMurdo Bay, January 20th, 1902, on
felspar porphyry.

Note*. — This is a common plant in most arctic and alpine regions. We have
Antarctic records by Dr. Fries (Borchgrevink, p. 208), Prof. Blackman (' Southern
Cross/ p. 320), Prof. Vauhoeffeu (German Antarctic), and myself (S. Orkneys, p. 3).

PLACODIUM MURORUM.

Placodium murorum (Hft'm.) B.C. Th. Fries, Lick. Scancl., p. 170.

Localities. — Summit of Observation Hill, Winter Harbour, December 12th, 1902,
on felspar porphyry and light acid volcanic ash. Granite Harbour, McMurdo Bay,
January 20th, l'J02, on dark basic lava. "Red Lichen, Cape Royds, at altitude of
200 feet in moraine, January llth, 1904, H. T. F.," on basic scoriaceous lava.

Notes. — Nearly all the specimens were either poor to begin with or were damaged.
For this reason the above determination is open to doubt. Some of the specimens
much resemble the figures in Hooker's " Flora Antarctica," vol. 2, plate 198, fig. 2,
which arc, however, marked Lecanora miniata. Our species is quite cosmopolitan in
distribution. M. Wainio records it for the Antarctic (Belgica, p. 23), and so did
Sir J. Hooker (Flora antarctica II., p. 535).

POLYCAULIONA 'REGALIS.
Polycauliona regalis (Wain.) Hue. Hue, Charcot, no. 7.

Locality. — "Cape Royds, at various altitudes up to 1500 feet, January llth, 1904,
H. T. F.," on basic scoriaceous lava.

Notes. — The material has been determined as Polycauliona regalis with some
hesitation. It was preserved in spirit and had thus become almost unrecognisable.
The plant is Antarctic only, in distribution, M. Wainio (Belgica, p. 23) and myself
(S. Orkneys, p. 3, plate 3, as Placod iitin fruticulosurii) recording it.

CALOPLACA CITRINA.
i 'aloplaca i-id-ina (Hffm.) Th. Fr. Th. Fries, Lich. Scand., p. 17(5.

Lucallty. — Cape Royds, on rocks 1500 feet up Erebus, January 4th, 1904,
" II. T. F.," on basic scoriaceous lava.

A'c/rx. This species is almost cosmopolitan.

LICHENES. 5

SQUAMARIA CHRYSOLEUCA.

Squamaria cliryx<il<-in-a (Sm.) Nyl. Tb. Fries, Lich. Scand., p. 224.

Locality. — Granite Harbour, January 20th, 1902, on dark basic tuft'.
Notes. — This plant is an arctic and alpine species, recorded by Dr. Fries
(Borchgrevink, p. 208) for the Antarctic continent.

LECANORA EPIBRYON.

Lecanora epibrynn Ach. Th. Fries, Lich. Sound., p. i':'>'.i.

Locality. — Winter Harbour, December 15th, 1903, over moss on earth.

Notes. — A few apothecia were found, evidently belonging to the above species.
The spores measured '013--014 mm. by '004--005 mm. This species is recorded
from arctic America and Asia and from Europe, also from Kerguelen.

LECANORA EXPECTANS.
(Plate L, fig. 2.)

Locality. — Winter Harbour, December 15th, 1903, over moss.

Diagnosis, — Crusta tenuissima, tartarea, albida aut cinerea, aut saepius obsoleta ;
apothecia ad 1 mm. lata, nigra, aut pallide rufescentia, discrete pruinosa, primum thallo
immersa, margine cincta albido, crasso, demum elevatiora, sed semper margine
distincto instructs, plaua, saepe contigua et angulosa ; hypothecium decolor, sed
gonidiis superimpositum ; sporae octonae, hyalinae, simplices, • 014-' 01 5 mm. lougae
et '005- '006 mm. latae. Habitat supra muscos.

Notes. — This new species resembles, in external appearance and by its habitat,
some species of Rinodina, such as Rinodina turfacea, but on examination the difference
in the nature of the spores is revealed. It is nearly related to Lecanora cpibyron, but
differs in the disk of the apothecium, generally being darker in our new species and
also rougher and not smooth and shiny.

LECANORA LAVAE.
(Plate I., tig. 1.)

Locality. — Winter Quarters, on dark basic tuff.

Diagnosis. — Crusta minute granulosa, pulveruleuta, aut quasi obsoleta, cinerascens ;
apothecia ad 1 mm. lata, semper elevata. saepius quasi stipitata, margine crasso,
all iido instructa, epithecium nigrum rarius pallidior et rufo-uigricans, primum depressum
aut planuni, demum convexum et margine altiori ; hypothecium gonidiis superimpositum ;
sporae octonae, hyalinae, simplices, '010-' 012 mm. longae, "004- '005 mm. latae.
Habitat ad saxa vulcanica.

VOL. V. 2 E

fi 0. V. DAEBISHIRE.

Notes. — This new species was found in the smallest interstices -of lava. The
specimens are hardly visible, and they owe their discovery to the presence of a yellow
lichen, which has however remained undetermined. The thallus consists mainly of a
few granular masses of sterile tissue containing gonidia, which are overshadowed by
the apothecia which are almost stalked. These act also as assimilators, as they possess
a dense layer of gonidia underneath the hypothecium.

LECANORA POLYTROPA.
Lecanora polytropa (Ehrh.) Xyl. Th. Fries, Licli. Scancl., p. 259.

Localities. — Granite Harbour, January 20th, 1902, on dark basic tuff. Summit
of Observation Hill, Winter Harbour, December 27th, 1902, on light acid volcanic ash.

Notes. — The specimens from Observation Hill are just a bit doubtful. This
species is almost cosmopolitan, and has been recorded from the Antarctic by M. Wainio
(Belgica, p. 19).

LECANORA SUBFUSCA.

Lecanora subfusca (L.) Ach. Th. Fries, Lich. Scand., p. 238.

Locality. — " Lichen from ridge of West Mountains at highest point we reached,
5000 feet, December 15th, 1902, Western Sledge Journey, collected by. Skelton,"
on granite.

Notes.- — I am not at all certain that the specimens before me really belong to
Lecanora subfusca. The material from this locality included some lichens that were
quite indeterminable. It is however of first importance to find lichens at all in such
a locality. The species is widely distributed and almost cosmopolitan.

PARHELIA QUARTA.
(Plate L, fig. 5.)

Locality. — Granite Harbour, McMurdo Bay, January 20th, 1902, on dark basic
volcanic ash.

Diagnosis. — Thallus 5-10 mm. latus, 3-4 mm. altus, peltatus-affixus, convolutus,
superne apotheciis nigricans vel coeruleo-nigricans, sed partibus apotheciis destitutus et
margine pallidior, inferne pallidior nudus et albidus, superne et inferne plentenchy-
matice corticatus ; medulla laxe stupposa, sed ad ombilicum firma ; gonidia proto-
coccoidea ; apothecia parmeleina ; epithecium coeruleo-nigricans ; parathecium decolor ;
hypothecium decolor sed gonidiis instructum numerosis ; asci ventricosi ; sporae
4-8nae, hyalinae, simplices, octonae, '0075- '008 mm. longae et '0065- '0075 mm.
latae, quaternae, "010 mm. longae et '0075 mm. latae. Habitat ad saxa vulcanica.

Notes. — I think there can be no doubt that this is a new species, and that it
belongs to Parmelia. The well-developed cortex above and below separate it from
any species of Squamaria. The cortex in each case consists of branching cell-rows

UCHKXKS. 7

running at right angles to the surface of the thallus. The plant appears as a small
dark convolute lichen on a grey background of solidified volcanic ash, the most bleak
substratum one can imagine.

NEUROPOGON MELAXANTHT^.

Neuropogon melaxanthtts Nyl. Nyl. Syn., p. "27 '2.

Localities. — From Mount Terror, October 21st, 1903, collected by Dr. Wilson's
party. The same box contains a second label with " Mount Terror, October 27th-28th,
1903, collected by E. A. Wilson," on it. "Cape Royds, on rocks at altitude 1500 feet
(Erebus), January llth, 1904, H. T. F." In both cases the substratum was basic
scoriaceous lava.

\<'f<'.*. — This plant is common in the Arctic and Antarctic regions, and also in
New Zealand. It is recorded for the Antarctic continent by MM. Fries (Borchgrevink,
p. 208), Wainio (Belgica, p. 11), Hue (Charcot, no. 5), and by myself (S. Orkneys, p. 2).
Prof. Blackman (' Southern Cross,' p. 320) mentions Neuropogon Taylor! Nyl. as
occurring on Geikie Land. Through the kindness of Dr. Rendle, I was enabled to
examine the specimens, on the strength of which this determination has been made.
I have no doubt that they belong to Neuropogon melaxanthus Nyl.

RlNODINA TURFACEA.
Riiiii/lina turfucea (Wubg.J Th. Fr. Th. Fries, Lick. Scand., p. 195.

Locality. — Land close about Winter Quarters, December 15th, 1903, over moss
on earth.

Notes. — This species occurs in northern America and Europe. It has been
recorded for the Antarctic by myself (S. Orkneys, p. 2).

BUELLIA FRIGIDA.

(Plate I., fig. 4.)

Localities. — Granite Harbour, McMurdo Bay, January 20th, 1902, on dark basic
tuff. Some other specimens (localities not recorded) were found on felspar porphyry.

Diagnosis. — Crusta crassa, fusco-ciuerea, contiuua aut saepius discontinua, ri
macula formans miuuta, rimoso-diffracta, et saepius quasi tuberculoso-granulosa,
margine obscuriori et effigurato distiucto, hypothallo discrete; ap»thrria nigra. primum
thallo immersa, marginata, demum emergentia, immarginata, plana vel convexa.
• 5-1 ' 0 mm. lata ; epithecium carbonaceum aut rarius (in eadem specimine) decolor ;
hypothecium obscure fuscescens aut rarius decolor vel carbonaceum ; apothccia rarius
amphithecio (Rinodinae speciei simili) gonidia continenti instructa ; sed niaturiora
semper amphithecio non cincta ; sporae octonae, fuscae, bicellulares, '009-'015 mm.

2 K -1

8 0. V. DARBISHIRE.

longae, et '004- '007 mm. latae ; spermogonia thallo immersa, irregulariter cavernosa ;
sperniatia cylindrica, ad '004 mm. longa. Habitat ad saxa vulcanica.

Notes. — This new species is, I think, undoubtedly a species of Buellia, but in its
earlier stages the apothecium not unfrequently is partially lecanorine. The plant thus
comes near to Rinodina. The hypothecium is often carbonaceous, especially near the
margin of the fruit ; but, of course, Buellia and Rinodina are very closely related to
one another.

BUELLIA PARASEMA.

BueUia parasema (Ach.) Th. Fr. Th. Fries, Lich. Scand., p. 589.

Locality.— Winter Harbour, December 15th, 1903, over moss on earth.
Notes. — The specimens consisted of small fragments only. This species is known
from arctic America and Europe.

BUELLIA QUERCINA.
(Plate I., fig. 3.)

Locality. — Probably from Granite Harbour, McMurdo Bay, January 20th, 1902,
on dark basic lava.

Diagnosis. — Crusta tenuis, cinerascens, regulariter rimoso-diffracta, margine
pallidiori, ambitu effigurato (Catolechiae speciei similis), continua ; apothecia primum
thallo, immersa, dein emergentia, elevata et quasi stipitata, immarginata ; epithecium
et parathecium carbonaceum ; hypothecium fuscescens ; amphithecium nullum ; sporae
octonae, fuscae, bicellulares, '012- '014 mm. longae, '0076 mm. latae. Habitat ad
saxa vulcauica.

Notes. — This species shows a very well-marked eftigurate margin, but the thallus
as a whole is so thin that I think it is only a species of Buellia. The thallus is
rimoso-diffract, and the young immersed apothecia recall some species of Aspicilia.
It is very closely applied to the very rugged surface of the substratum. Only one
specimen, measuring about 6 by 4 mm., was found. Budlia quercina is lighter in
colour than Buellia frigida, and its margin is more clearly effigurate. The interrupted
thallus of the latter, forming often small patches barely • 5 mm. in diameter, is another
important external difference.

PHYSCIA CAESIA.

/'////ma caesin (Hffm.) Nyl. Th. Fries, Lich. Scand., p. 140.

Localities. — Granite Harbour, McMurdo Bay, January 20th, 1902, on granite.
Winter Harbour, December 15th, 1903, over moss and possibly basis scoriaceous lava.

Notes. — The material from the latter locality is I think again open to doubt,
especially that specimen which has the lava as its substratum. This species is
cosmopolitan. It is recorded from the Antarctic by MM. Wainio (Belgica, p. 24),
Hue (Charcot, no. 11), and Vauhoeffen (German Antarctic).

LICHBNES. 9

ACAROSPORA CHLOROPHANA.

Acarospora chlorophuna (Wnbg.) Mass. Th. Fries, Lieh. Scand., p. 20*.

Localities. — "From one of islets hi 'old ice,' middle of strait (McMurdo).
Collected by Dr. Wilson, December 10th (circa), 1903," on felspar porphyry. Granite
Harbour, McMurdo Bay, January 20th, 1902, on basic scoriaceous lava.

Notes. — This is an arctic and alpine plant not previously recorded from the
Antarctic.

ENDOCARPON.

Endocarpon sp.

Locality. — Granite Harbour, McMurdo Bay, January 20th. 1902, on felspar
porphyry.

Notes. — A small fragment only of some species of Endocarpon was found on the
same stone as the apothecia of Lecideu auriculata. Sections were cut of the few
perithecia present, but they were old and contained no spores. Thus it was possible
to determine only the generic name.

With regard to the specimens which were impossible of determination, the
following remarks may be made. A bit of dark scoriaceous lava and a bit of dark
basic agglomerate from " Cape Royds, alt. 1500 feet on Mount Erebus, January llth,
1904, II. T. F.," both had lichens on them. But they were very simple in structure
and also sterile, so that I was quite unable to name them. The alcohol-material from
the same locality was, as already mentioned, quite useless.

There was a minute yellow lichen on some small bits of dark .basic scoriaceous
lava from " Winter Quarters," January 13th, 1903, which was not determinable.

Some felspar porphyry from Granite Harbour (?) has on it a lichen with
incomplete apothecia. but with soralia here and there.

Some granite from Granite Harbour had on it a species of Lffidi'ii (spores
'OOG-'007 by '004-' 005 mm.), which was in too incomplete a condition to name.

From Winter Harbour (December 15th, 1903), we have a quantity of moss on
soil. On the moss are found specimens of Lecan<>r<i i'j>ibri/oii and L. < ,/y/iY'/w//.v,
Itiiindiiiii tnrfdi-t'ii, and a yellow species which turns red on the application of potash.
It is sterile and may belong to some reduced form of Placodium, but I have not been
able to place it satisfactorily. It is not unlike "Arnold exsic. no. I(il5, Physcia
cirrhochroa Ach., thallus leprosus." The plant seems to be very common : but I have
been unable, even after careful searching, to find any apothecia,

10 (). V. DAKBISHIRE.

The following is an arrangement of the species under the different localities at
which they were found.

Granite Harbour, McMurdo Bay.

All the lichens were found on rocks and stones :

Lecidea auriculata.
Rhizocarpon geograpkicum.
Gyropkora cylindrica.

„ Dillenii.
Xautkoria lyckiiea.
Placodium elegans.

„ murorum.
Squamaria ckrysoleuca.
Lecanora polyfcropa.
Parmelia quarta.
Buellia frigida.

,, quercina.
Pkyscia caesia.
Acarospora ckloropkana.
Endocarpon sp.

•

Islet In, old ice, middle of strait, McMurdo Bay.
On stone :

Acarospora ckloropkana.

Winter Harbour.
Over moss on earth :

Lecanora epibryon.
„ expectans.
Rinodina turfacea.
Buellia parasema.
Pkyscia caesia.

On stone :

Lecanora lavae.

Winter Harbour, summit of Observation Hill.
On stone :

Placodium muroniiii.
Lecanora polytropa.

Cape Hoi/ds, 1500 feet up Mount Erebus.
On stone :

Gyropkora authrnciim.

Neuropogon melaxauthus.

Polycauliona regalis.

Caloplaca citrina.

Placodium murorum (200 ft. only).

LICHENES. 1 1

.]fi»t/if Terror.

On storie :

Gyrophora anthracina.
Xenropogou melaxanthus.

Highest point reached (5000 feet) mi rtJ<je of TFc.v/.r// Mountain^.
On stone :

Lecanora subfusca.

The following papers have been referred to in the course of this Report on the
lichenes of the ' Discovery ' :—

1. BLACKMAN, V. H. — Lichenes. Report on the Collections of Natural History made in the Antarctic

regions during the Voyage of the 'Southern Cross.' London, 1902, p. 320.

2. DARIIISHIRE, 0. V. — The Lichens of the South Orkneys. Transact, and Proceedings of (lie

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, vol. 2:5, pp. 105-110, plate 23, 1005.

3. FRIES, TH. M. — Lichenographia Scandinavica. ITpsalise, 1871-1874.

Lichenes antarctici. Nyt Mag. f. Naturvideuskab. Bind 4n (1!><>2), p. 208.

4. HOOKER, J. D. — The Botany of the Antarctic Voyage of H.M. Discovery Ships ' Erebus ' and

' Terror,' in the years 1839-1843. London, 1847. (Flora antarctica.)

5. HUE, A. M. — Lichens. Expedition Antarctique Franpaise (1903-1905), cominandee par le Dr. Jean

'Charcot. Paris, ID us.

6. XYLANDER, "W. — Synopsis Methodica Lichenum. Paris, 1858-l*(ln.

7. TUCKERMAN, E. — A Synopsis of the North American Lichens. Boston and New Bedford, is.s2-ls8,x.

8. VANHOEFFEN, E. — Veroffentlich. Instituts f. Meereskunde, Heft 5, pp. 143-151. Berlin, 1903.

9. W.UNIO, E. A.— Lichens. Rcsultats du Voyage du S. Y. 'Belgica' en ls'.i7-l,s'.(9. Expedition

Antarctique Beige. Anvcrs,

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE.

Km. 1. Lffiiitin-ii lii/'i/r. — Veitical section of apothecium, showing the gonidia under the hypothecinni and
the small granules at the lower end of the stalk of the apothecium. Magnilication Inn.

Kic. 2. — Lecann/;/ i>.r/if<iu/is. — Vertical section of apothecium, showing the gonidia under the hypothecium
and the loose hyphae infgstingthe moss-plant on which the lichen is growing. Magnification Inn.

FIG. 3. — Bitellifl qiiei'i-iini. — Plant in situ on dark basic lava from Granite Harbour. Natural size.

Fin. 4. — Buellia frigida. — Plant in situ on felspar porphyry from unknown locality. Natural size.

Km. 5. — Piirnii'li/i iji/iirtu. — Plant in situ on dark basic volcanic ash from Granite Harbour. Natural size.

LONDON :

PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED,
DUKE STREET, STAMFORD STREET, S.E., AND GREAT WINDMILL STREET, W.

Antarctic (Discovery) Exp.

Lichenes.

Fio. 1.

Fig. I.

West, Newman proe.

Fig. 1. LECANORA LAV>E. Fig. 2. LECANORA EXPECTANS. Fig. 3. BUELLIA QUERCINA.

Fig. 4. BUELLIA FR1GIDA Fig. 5. PARMELIA QUARTA.

•

-